]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
bbf6f052 | 1 | /* Convert tree expression to rtl instructions, for GNU compiler. |
fdf004cf | 2 | Copyright (C) 1988, 92-98, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
bbf6f052 RK |
3 | |
4 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
5 | ||
6 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
7 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
8 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
9 | any later version. | |
10 | ||
11 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
12 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
13 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
14 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
15 | ||
16 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
17 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
940d9d63 RK |
18 | the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
19 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
20 | |
21 | ||
22 | #include "config.h" | |
670ee920 | 23 | #include "system.h" |
ca695ac9 | 24 | #include "machmode.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
25 | #include "rtl.h" |
26 | #include "tree.h" | |
ca695ac9 | 27 | #include "obstack.h" |
bbf6f052 | 28 | #include "flags.h" |
bf76bb5a | 29 | #include "regs.h" |
4ed67205 | 30 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" |
3d195391 | 31 | #include "except.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
32 | #include "function.h" |
33 | #include "insn-flags.h" | |
34 | #include "insn-codes.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 35 | #include "insn-config.h" |
d6f4ec51 KG |
36 | /* Include expr.h after insn-config.h so we get HAVE_conditional_move. */ |
37 | #include "expr.h" | |
bbf6f052 RK |
38 | #include "recog.h" |
39 | #include "output.h" | |
bbf6f052 | 40 | #include "typeclass.h" |
ca55abae | 41 | #include "defaults.h" |
10f0ad3d | 42 | #include "toplev.h" |
bbf6f052 RK |
43 | |
44 | #define CEIL(x,y) (((x) + (y) - 1) / (y)) | |
45 | ||
46 | /* Decide whether a function's arguments should be processed | |
bbc8a071 RK |
47 | from first to last or from last to first. |
48 | ||
49 | They should if the stack and args grow in opposite directions, but | |
50 | only if we have push insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 51 | |
bbf6f052 | 52 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
bbc8a071 | 53 | |
3319a347 | 54 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) != defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
55 | #define PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED /* If it's last to first */ |
56 | #endif | |
bbc8a071 | 57 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
58 | #endif |
59 | ||
60 | #ifndef STACK_PUSH_CODE | |
61 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
62 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_DEC | |
63 | #else | |
64 | #define STACK_PUSH_CODE PRE_INC | |
65 | #endif | |
66 | #endif | |
67 | ||
18543a22 ILT |
68 | /* Assume that case vectors are not pc-relative. */ |
69 | #ifndef CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE | |
70 | #define CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE 0 | |
71 | #endif | |
72 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
73 | /* If this is nonzero, we do not bother generating VOLATILE |
74 | around volatile memory references, and we are willing to | |
75 | output indirect addresses. If cse is to follow, we reject | |
76 | indirect addresses so a useful potential cse is generated; | |
77 | if it is used only once, instruction combination will produce | |
78 | the same indirect address eventually. */ | |
79 | int cse_not_expected; | |
80 | ||
81 | /* Nonzero to generate code for all the subroutines within an | |
82 | expression before generating the upper levels of the expression. | |
83 | Nowadays this is never zero. */ | |
84 | int do_preexpand_calls = 1; | |
85 | ||
86 | /* Number of units that we should eventually pop off the stack. | |
87 | These are the arguments to function calls that have already returned. */ | |
88 | int pending_stack_adjust; | |
89 | ||
5c7a310f MM |
90 | /* Under some ABIs, it is the caller's responsibility to pop arguments |
91 | pushed for function calls. A naive implementation would simply pop | |
92 | the arguments immediately after each call. However, if several | |
93 | function calls are made in a row, it is typically cheaper to pop | |
94 | all the arguments after all of the calls are complete since a | |
95 | single pop instruction can be used. Therefore, GCC attempts to | |
96 | defer popping the arguments until absolutely necessary. (For | |
97 | example, at the end of a conditional, the arguments must be popped, | |
98 | since code outside the conditional won't know whether or not the | |
99 | arguments need to be popped.) | |
100 | ||
101 | When INHIBIT_DEFER_POP is non-zero, however, the compiler does not | |
102 | attempt to defer pops. Instead, the stack is popped immediately | |
103 | after each call. Rather then setting this variable directly, use | |
104 | NO_DEFER_POP and OK_DEFER_POP. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
105 | int inhibit_defer_pop; |
106 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
107 | /* Nonzero means __builtin_saveregs has already been done in this function. |
108 | The value is the pseudoreg containing the value __builtin_saveregs | |
109 | returned. */ | |
110 | static rtx saveregs_value; | |
111 | ||
dcf76fff TW |
112 | /* Similarly for __builtin_apply_args. */ |
113 | static rtx apply_args_value; | |
114 | ||
956d6950 | 115 | /* Don't check memory usage, since code is being emitted to check a memory |
7d384cc0 KR |
116 | usage. Used when current_function_check_memory_usage is true, to avoid |
117 | infinite recursion. */ | |
956d6950 JL |
118 | static int in_check_memory_usage; |
119 | ||
fdc46fbe JM |
120 | /* Postincrements that still need to be expanded. */ |
121 | static rtx pending_chain; | |
122 | ||
4969d05d RK |
123 | /* This structure is used by move_by_pieces to describe the move to |
124 | be performed. */ | |
4969d05d RK |
125 | struct move_by_pieces |
126 | { | |
127 | rtx to; | |
128 | rtx to_addr; | |
129 | int autinc_to; | |
130 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
e9cf6a97 | 131 | int to_struct; |
4969d05d RK |
132 | rtx from; |
133 | rtx from_addr; | |
134 | int autinc_from; | |
135 | int explicit_inc_from; | |
e9cf6a97 | 136 | int from_struct; |
4969d05d RK |
137 | int len; |
138 | int offset; | |
139 | int reverse; | |
140 | }; | |
141 | ||
9de08200 RK |
142 | /* This structure is used by clear_by_pieces to describe the clear to |
143 | be performed. */ | |
144 | ||
145 | struct clear_by_pieces | |
146 | { | |
147 | rtx to; | |
148 | rtx to_addr; | |
149 | int autinc_to; | |
150 | int explicit_inc_to; | |
151 | int to_struct; | |
152 | int len; | |
153 | int offset; | |
154 | int reverse; | |
155 | }; | |
156 | ||
292b1216 | 157 | extern struct obstack permanent_obstack; |
4ed67205 | 158 | extern rtx arg_pointer_save_area; |
c02bd5d9 | 159 | |
03566575 JW |
160 | static rtx get_push_address PROTO ((int)); |
161 | ||
4969d05d | 162 | static rtx enqueue_insn PROTO((rtx, rtx)); |
4969d05d | 163 | static void init_queue PROTO((void)); |
4969d05d | 164 | static int move_by_pieces_ninsns PROTO((unsigned int, int)); |
eae4b970 | 165 | static void move_by_pieces_1 PROTO((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
4969d05d | 166 | struct move_by_pieces *)); |
9de08200 | 167 | static void clear_by_pieces PROTO((rtx, int, int)); |
eae4b970 | 168 | static void clear_by_pieces_1 PROTO((rtx (*) (rtx, ...), enum machine_mode, |
9de08200 RK |
169 | struct clear_by_pieces *)); |
170 | static int is_zeros_p PROTO((tree)); | |
171 | static int mostly_zeros_p PROTO((tree)); | |
d77fac3b JL |
172 | static void store_constructor_field PROTO((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, |
173 | tree, tree, int)); | |
e1a43f73 | 174 | static void store_constructor PROTO((tree, rtx, int)); |
4969d05d | 175 | static rtx store_field PROTO((rtx, int, int, enum machine_mode, tree, |
ece32014 MM |
176 | enum machine_mode, int, int, |
177 | int, int)); | |
e009aaf3 JL |
178 | static enum memory_use_mode |
179 | get_memory_usage_from_modifier PROTO((enum expand_modifier)); | |
4969d05d RK |
180 | static tree save_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree)); |
181 | static tree init_noncopied_parts PROTO((tree, tree)); | |
e5e809f4 | 182 | static int safe_from_p PROTO((rtx, tree, int)); |
4969d05d | 183 | static int fixed_type_p PROTO((tree)); |
01c8a7c8 | 184 | static rtx var_rtx PROTO((tree)); |
4969d05d RK |
185 | static int get_pointer_alignment PROTO((tree, unsigned)); |
186 | static tree string_constant PROTO((tree, tree *)); | |
187 | static tree c_strlen PROTO((tree)); | |
55a6ba9f | 188 | static rtx get_memory_rtx PROTO((tree)); |
307b821c RK |
189 | static rtx expand_builtin PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx, |
190 | enum machine_mode, int)); | |
0006469d TW |
191 | static int apply_args_size PROTO((void)); |
192 | static int apply_result_size PROTO((void)); | |
193 | static rtx result_vector PROTO((int, rtx)); | |
194 | static rtx expand_builtin_apply_args PROTO((void)); | |
195 | static rtx expand_builtin_apply PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
196 | static void expand_builtin_return PROTO((rtx)); | |
7b8b9722 | 197 | static rtx expand_increment PROTO((tree, int, int)); |
4969d05d RK |
198 | static void preexpand_calls PROTO((tree)); |
199 | static void do_jump_by_parts_greater PROTO((tree, int, rtx, rtx)); | |
200 | static void do_jump_by_parts_equality PROTO((tree, rtx, rtx)); | |
4969d05d RK |
201 | static void do_jump_for_compare PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx)); |
202 | static rtx compare PROTO((tree, enum rtx_code, enum rtx_code)); | |
203 | static rtx do_store_flag PROTO((tree, rtx, enum machine_mode, int)); | |
bbf6f052 | 204 | |
4fa52007 RK |
205 | /* Record for each mode whether we can move a register directly to or |
206 | from an object of that mode in memory. If we can't, we won't try | |
207 | to use that mode directly when accessing a field of that mode. */ | |
208 | ||
209 | static char direct_load[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
210 | static char direct_store[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
211 | ||
7e24ffc9 HPN |
212 | /* If a memory-to-memory move would take MOVE_RATIO or more simple |
213 | move-instruction sequences, we will do a movstr or libcall instead. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
214 | |
215 | #ifndef MOVE_RATIO | |
266007a7 | 216 | #if defined (HAVE_movstrqi) || defined (HAVE_movstrhi) || defined (HAVE_movstrsi) || defined (HAVE_movstrdi) || defined (HAVE_movstrti) |
bbf6f052 RK |
217 | #define MOVE_RATIO 2 |
218 | #else | |
996d9dac MM |
219 | /* If we are optimizing for space (-Os), cut down the default move ratio */ |
220 | #define MOVE_RATIO (optimize_size ? 3 : 15) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
221 | #endif |
222 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 223 | |
fbe1758d AM |
224 | /* This macro is used to determine whether move_by_pieces should be called |
225 | to perform a structure copy. */ | |
226 | #ifndef MOVE_BY_PIECES_P | |
227 | #define MOVE_BY_PIECES_P(SIZE, ALIGN) (move_by_pieces_ninsns \ | |
228 | (SIZE, ALIGN) < MOVE_RATIO) | |
229 | #endif | |
230 | ||
266007a7 | 231 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block moves. */ |
e6677db3 | 232 | enum insn_code movstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; |
266007a7 | 233 | |
9de08200 RK |
234 | /* This array records the insn_code of insns to perform block clears. */ |
235 | enum insn_code clrstr_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES]; | |
236 | ||
0f41302f | 237 | /* SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS is non-zero if unaligned accesses are very slow. */ |
e87b4f3f RS |
238 | |
239 | #ifndef SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
c7a7ac46 | 240 | #define SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS STRICT_ALIGNMENT |
e87b4f3f | 241 | #endif |
0006469d TW |
242 | |
243 | /* Register mappings for target machines without register windows. */ | |
244 | #ifndef INCOMING_REGNO | |
245 | #define INCOMING_REGNO(OUT) (OUT) | |
246 | #endif | |
247 | #ifndef OUTGOING_REGNO | |
248 | #define OUTGOING_REGNO(IN) (IN) | |
249 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 250 | \f |
4fa52007 | 251 | /* This is run once per compilation to set up which modes can be used |
266007a7 | 252 | directly in memory and to initialize the block move optab. */ |
4fa52007 RK |
253 | |
254 | void | |
255 | init_expr_once () | |
256 | { | |
257 | rtx insn, pat; | |
258 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
cff48d8f | 259 | int num_clobbers; |
9ec36da5 JL |
260 | rtx mem, mem1; |
261 | char *free_point; | |
262 | ||
263 | start_sequence (); | |
264 | ||
265 | /* Since we are on the permanent obstack, we must be sure we save this | |
266 | spot AFTER we call start_sequence, since it will reuse the rtl it | |
267 | makes. */ | |
268 | free_point = (char *) oballoc (0); | |
269 | ||
e2549997 RS |
270 | /* Try indexing by frame ptr and try by stack ptr. |
271 | It is known that on the Convex the stack ptr isn't a valid index. | |
272 | With luck, one or the other is valid on any machine. */ | |
9ec36da5 JL |
273 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
274 | mem1 = gen_rtx_MEM (VOIDmode, frame_pointer_rtx); | |
4fa52007 | 275 | |
38a448ca | 276 | insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX)); |
4fa52007 RK |
277 | pat = PATTERN (insn); |
278 | ||
279 | for (mode = VOIDmode; (int) mode < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; | |
280 | mode = (enum machine_mode) ((int) mode + 1)) | |
281 | { | |
282 | int regno; | |
283 | rtx reg; | |
4fa52007 RK |
284 | |
285 | direct_load[(int) mode] = direct_store[(int) mode] = 0; | |
286 | PUT_MODE (mem, mode); | |
e2549997 | 287 | PUT_MODE (mem1, mode); |
4fa52007 | 288 | |
e6fe56a4 RK |
289 | /* See if there is some register that can be used in this mode and |
290 | directly loaded or stored from memory. */ | |
291 | ||
7308a047 RS |
292 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) |
293 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
294 | && (direct_load[(int) mode] == 0 || direct_store[(int) mode] == 0); | |
295 | regno++) | |
296 | { | |
297 | if (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
298 | continue; | |
e6fe56a4 | 299 | |
38a448ca | 300 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); |
e6fe56a4 | 301 | |
7308a047 RS |
302 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem; |
303 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
304 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
305 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e6fe56a4 | 306 | |
e2549997 RS |
307 | SET_SRC (pat) = mem1; |
308 | SET_DEST (pat) = reg; | |
309 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
310 | direct_load[(int) mode] = 1; | |
311 | ||
7308a047 RS |
312 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; |
313 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem; | |
314 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
315 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
e2549997 RS |
316 | |
317 | SET_SRC (pat) = reg; | |
318 | SET_DEST (pat) = mem1; | |
319 | if (recog (pat, insn, &num_clobbers) >= 0) | |
320 | direct_store[(int) mode] = 1; | |
7308a047 | 321 | } |
4fa52007 RK |
322 | } |
323 | ||
324 | end_sequence (); | |
9ec36da5 | 325 | obfree (free_point); |
4fa52007 | 326 | } |
cff48d8f | 327 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
328 | /* This is run at the start of compiling a function. */ |
329 | ||
330 | void | |
331 | init_expr () | |
332 | { | |
333 | init_queue (); | |
334 | ||
335 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
336 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 337 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 338 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 339 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
340 | } |
341 | ||
342 | /* Save all variables describing the current status into the structure *P. | |
343 | This is used before starting a nested function. */ | |
344 | ||
345 | void | |
346 | save_expr_status (p) | |
347 | struct function *p; | |
348 | { | |
fdc46fbe | 349 | p->pending_chain = pending_chain; |
bbf6f052 RK |
350 | p->pending_stack_adjust = pending_stack_adjust; |
351 | p->inhibit_defer_pop = inhibit_defer_pop; | |
bbf6f052 | 352 | p->saveregs_value = saveregs_value; |
0006469d | 353 | p->apply_args_value = apply_args_value; |
e87b4f3f | 354 | p->forced_labels = forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 | 355 | |
fdc46fbe | 356 | pending_chain = NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
357 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; |
358 | inhibit_defer_pop = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 359 | saveregs_value = 0; |
0006469d | 360 | apply_args_value = 0; |
e87b4f3f | 361 | forced_labels = 0; |
bbf6f052 RK |
362 | } |
363 | ||
364 | /* Restore all variables describing the current status from the structure *P. | |
365 | This is used after a nested function. */ | |
366 | ||
367 | void | |
368 | restore_expr_status (p) | |
369 | struct function *p; | |
370 | { | |
fdc46fbe | 371 | pending_chain = p->pending_chain; |
bbf6f052 RK |
372 | pending_stack_adjust = p->pending_stack_adjust; |
373 | inhibit_defer_pop = p->inhibit_defer_pop; | |
bbf6f052 | 374 | saveregs_value = p->saveregs_value; |
0006469d | 375 | apply_args_value = p->apply_args_value; |
e87b4f3f | 376 | forced_labels = p->forced_labels; |
bbf6f052 RK |
377 | } |
378 | \f | |
379 | /* Manage the queue of increment instructions to be output | |
380 | for POSTINCREMENT_EXPR expressions, etc. */ | |
381 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
382 | /* Queue up to increment (or change) VAR later. BODY says how: |
383 | BODY should be the same thing you would pass to emit_insn | |
384 | to increment right away. It will go to emit_insn later on. | |
385 | ||
386 | The value is a QUEUED expression to be used in place of VAR | |
387 | where you want to guarantee the pre-incrementation value of VAR. */ | |
388 | ||
389 | static rtx | |
390 | enqueue_insn (var, body) | |
391 | rtx var, body; | |
392 | { | |
38a448ca RH |
393 | pending_chain = gen_rtx_QUEUED (GET_MODE (var), |
394 | var, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX, body, | |
395 | pending_chain); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
396 | return pending_chain; |
397 | } | |
398 | ||
399 | /* Use protect_from_queue to convert a QUEUED expression | |
400 | into something that you can put immediately into an instruction. | |
401 | If the queued incrementation has not happened yet, | |
402 | protect_from_queue returns the variable itself. | |
403 | If the incrementation has happened, protect_from_queue returns a temp | |
404 | that contains a copy of the old value of the variable. | |
405 | ||
406 | Any time an rtx which might possibly be a QUEUED is to be put | |
407 | into an instruction, it must be passed through protect_from_queue first. | |
408 | QUEUED expressions are not meaningful in instructions. | |
409 | ||
410 | Do not pass a value through protect_from_queue and then hold | |
411 | on to it for a while before putting it in an instruction! | |
412 | If the queue is flushed in between, incorrect code will result. */ | |
413 | ||
414 | rtx | |
415 | protect_from_queue (x, modify) | |
416 | register rtx x; | |
417 | int modify; | |
418 | { | |
419 | register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x); | |
420 | ||
421 | #if 0 /* A QUEUED can hang around after the queue is forced out. */ | |
422 | /* Shortcut for most common case. */ | |
423 | if (pending_chain == 0) | |
424 | return x; | |
425 | #endif | |
426 | ||
427 | if (code != QUEUED) | |
428 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
429 | /* A special hack for read access to (MEM (QUEUED ...)) to facilitate |
430 | use of autoincrement. Make a copy of the contents of the memory | |
431 | location rather than a copy of the address, but not if the value is | |
432 | of mode BLKmode. Don't modify X in place since it might be | |
433 | shared. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
434 | if (code == MEM && GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode |
435 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == QUEUED && !modify) | |
436 | { | |
437 | register rtx y = XEXP (x, 0); | |
38a448ca | 438 | register rtx new = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (x), QUEUED_VAR (y)); |
e9baa644 | 439 | |
e9baa644 | 440 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (new) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x); |
c6df88cb | 441 | MEM_COPY_ATTRIBUTES (new, x); |
41472af8 | 442 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (new) = MEM_ALIAS_SET (x); |
e9baa644 | 443 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
444 | if (QUEUED_INSN (y)) |
445 | { | |
e9baa644 RK |
446 | register rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (new)); |
447 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (temp, new), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
448 | QUEUED_INSN (y)); |
449 | return temp; | |
450 | } | |
e9baa644 | 451 | return new; |
bbf6f052 RK |
452 | } |
453 | /* Otherwise, recursively protect the subexpressions of all | |
454 | the kinds of rtx's that can contain a QUEUED. */ | |
455 | if (code == MEM) | |
3f15938e RS |
456 | { |
457 | rtx tem = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); | |
458 | if (tem != XEXP (x, 0)) | |
459 | { | |
460 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
461 | XEXP (x, 0) = tem; | |
462 | } | |
463 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
464 | else if (code == PLUS || code == MULT) |
465 | { | |
3f15938e RS |
466 | rtx new0 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 0), 0); |
467 | rtx new1 = protect_from_queue (XEXP (x, 1), 0); | |
468 | if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1)) | |
469 | { | |
470 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
471 | XEXP (x, 0) = new0; | |
472 | XEXP (x, 1) = new1; | |
473 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
474 | } |
475 | return x; | |
476 | } | |
477 | /* If the increment has not happened, use the variable itself. */ | |
478 | if (QUEUED_INSN (x) == 0) | |
479 | return QUEUED_VAR (x); | |
480 | /* If the increment has happened and a pre-increment copy exists, | |
481 | use that copy. */ | |
482 | if (QUEUED_COPY (x) != 0) | |
483 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
484 | /* The increment has happened but we haven't set up a pre-increment copy. | |
485 | Set one up now, and use it. */ | |
486 | QUEUED_COPY (x) = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (QUEUED_VAR (x))); | |
487 | emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (QUEUED_COPY (x), QUEUED_VAR (x)), | |
488 | QUEUED_INSN (x)); | |
489 | return QUEUED_COPY (x); | |
490 | } | |
491 | ||
492 | /* Return nonzero if X contains a QUEUED expression: | |
493 | if it contains anything that will be altered by a queued increment. | |
494 | We handle only combinations of MEM, PLUS, MINUS and MULT operators | |
495 | since memory addresses generally contain only those. */ | |
496 | ||
1f06ee8d | 497 | int |
bbf6f052 RK |
498 | queued_subexp_p (x) |
499 | rtx x; | |
500 | { | |
501 | register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
502 | switch (code) | |
503 | { | |
504 | case QUEUED: | |
505 | return 1; | |
506 | case MEM: | |
507 | return queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
508 | case MULT: | |
509 | case PLUS: | |
510 | case MINUS: | |
e9a25f70 JL |
511 | return (queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 0)) |
512 | || queued_subexp_p (XEXP (x, 1))); | |
513 | default: | |
514 | return 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 515 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
516 | } |
517 | ||
518 | /* Perform all the pending incrementations. */ | |
519 | ||
520 | void | |
521 | emit_queue () | |
522 | { | |
523 | register rtx p; | |
381127e8 | 524 | while ((p = pending_chain)) |
bbf6f052 | 525 | { |
41b083c4 R |
526 | rtx body = QUEUED_BODY (p); |
527 | ||
528 | if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE) | |
529 | { | |
530 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = XVECEXP (QUEUED_BODY (p), 0, 0); | |
531 | emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p)); | |
532 | } | |
533 | else | |
534 | QUEUED_INSN (p) = emit_insn (QUEUED_BODY (p)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
535 | pending_chain = QUEUED_NEXT (p); |
536 | } | |
537 | } | |
538 | ||
539 | static void | |
540 | init_queue () | |
541 | { | |
542 | if (pending_chain) | |
543 | abort (); | |
544 | } | |
545 | \f | |
546 | /* Copy data from FROM to TO, where the machine modes are not the same. | |
547 | Both modes may be integer, or both may be floating. | |
548 | UNSIGNEDP should be nonzero if FROM is an unsigned type. | |
549 | This causes zero-extension instead of sign-extension. */ | |
550 | ||
551 | void | |
552 | convert_move (to, from, unsignedp) | |
553 | register rtx to, from; | |
554 | int unsignedp; | |
555 | { | |
556 | enum machine_mode to_mode = GET_MODE (to); | |
557 | enum machine_mode from_mode = GET_MODE (from); | |
558 | int to_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (to_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
559 | int from_real = GET_MODE_CLASS (from_mode) == MODE_FLOAT; | |
560 | enum insn_code code; | |
561 | rtx libcall; | |
562 | ||
563 | /* rtx code for making an equivalent value. */ | |
564 | enum rtx_code equiv_code = (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND); | |
565 | ||
566 | to = protect_from_queue (to, 1); | |
567 | from = protect_from_queue (from, 0); | |
568 | ||
569 | if (to_real != from_real) | |
570 | abort (); | |
571 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
572 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
573 | the required extension, strip it. We don't handle such SUBREGs as | |
574 | TO here. */ | |
575 | ||
576 | if (GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (from) | |
577 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (from))) | |
578 | >= GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode)) | |
579 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (from) == unsignedp) | |
580 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, from), from_mode = to_mode; | |
581 | ||
582 | if (GET_CODE (to) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (to)) | |
583 | abort (); | |
584 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
585 | if (to_mode == from_mode |
586 | || (from_mode == VOIDmode && CONSTANT_P (from))) | |
587 | { | |
588 | emit_move_insn (to, from); | |
589 | return; | |
590 | } | |
591 | ||
592 | if (to_real) | |
593 | { | |
81d79e2c RS |
594 | rtx value; |
595 | ||
2b01c326 | 596 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode)) |
b424402e | 597 | { |
2b01c326 RK |
598 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ |
599 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, 0)) | |
600 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
601 | { | |
602 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
603 | return; | |
604 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 605 | } |
2b01c326 | 606 | |
b424402e RS |
607 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchfqf2 |
608 | if (HAVE_trunchfqf2 && from_mode == HFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
609 | { | |
610 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
611 | return; | |
612 | } | |
613 | #endif | |
704af6a1 JL |
614 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfqf2 |
615 | if (HAVE_trunctqfqf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
616 | { | |
617 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
618 | return; | |
619 | } | |
620 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
621 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfqf2 |
622 | if (HAVE_truncsfqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
623 | { | |
624 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
625 | return; | |
626 | } | |
627 | #endif | |
628 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfqf2 | |
629 | if (HAVE_truncdfqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
630 | { | |
631 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
632 | return; | |
633 | } | |
634 | #endif | |
635 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfqf2 | |
636 | if (HAVE_truncxfqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
637 | { | |
638 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
639 | return; | |
640 | } | |
641 | #endif | |
642 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfqf2 | |
643 | if (HAVE_trunctfqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == QFmode) | |
644 | { | |
645 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
646 | return; | |
647 | } | |
648 | #endif | |
03747aa3 RK |
649 | |
650 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctqfhf2 | |
651 | if (HAVE_trunctqfhf2 && from_mode == TQFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
652 | { | |
653 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctqfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
654 | return; | |
655 | } | |
656 | #endif | |
b424402e RS |
657 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsfhf2 |
658 | if (HAVE_truncsfhf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
659 | { | |
660 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
661 | return; | |
662 | } | |
663 | #endif | |
664 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfhf2 | |
665 | if (HAVE_truncdfhf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
666 | { | |
667 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
668 | return; | |
669 | } | |
670 | #endif | |
671 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfhf2 | |
672 | if (HAVE_truncxfhf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
673 | { | |
674 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
675 | return; | |
676 | } | |
677 | #endif | |
678 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfhf2 | |
679 | if (HAVE_trunctfhf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == HFmode) | |
680 | { | |
681 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfhf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
682 | return; | |
683 | } | |
684 | #endif | |
2b01c326 RK |
685 | |
686 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsftqf2 | |
687 | if (HAVE_truncsftqf2 && from_mode == SFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
688 | { | |
689 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
690 | return; | |
691 | } | |
692 | #endif | |
693 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdftqf2 | |
694 | if (HAVE_truncdftqf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
695 | { | |
696 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
697 | return; | |
698 | } | |
699 | #endif | |
700 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxftqf2 | |
701 | if (HAVE_truncxftqf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
702 | { | |
703 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
704 | return; | |
705 | } | |
706 | #endif | |
707 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctftqf2 | |
708 | if (HAVE_trunctftqf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == TQFmode) | |
709 | { | |
710 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctftqf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
711 | return; | |
712 | } | |
713 | #endif | |
714 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
715 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdfsf2 |
716 | if (HAVE_truncdfsf2 && from_mode == DFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
717 | { | |
718 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
719 | return; | |
720 | } | |
721 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
722 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfsf2 |
723 | if (HAVE_truncxfsf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
724 | { | |
725 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
726 | return; | |
727 | } | |
728 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
729 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfsf2 |
730 | if (HAVE_trunctfsf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == SFmode) | |
731 | { | |
732 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfsf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
733 | return; | |
734 | } | |
735 | #endif | |
b092b471 JW |
736 | #ifdef HAVE_truncxfdf2 |
737 | if (HAVE_truncxfdf2 && from_mode == XFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
738 | { | |
739 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncxfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
740 | return; | |
741 | } | |
742 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 RK |
743 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctfdf2 |
744 | if (HAVE_trunctfdf2 && from_mode == TFmode && to_mode == DFmode) | |
745 | { | |
746 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctfdf2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
747 | return; | |
748 | } | |
749 | #endif | |
750 | ||
b092b471 JW |
751 | libcall = (rtx) 0; |
752 | switch (from_mode) | |
753 | { | |
754 | case SFmode: | |
755 | switch (to_mode) | |
756 | { | |
757 | case DFmode: | |
758 | libcall = extendsfdf2_libfunc; | |
759 | break; | |
760 | ||
761 | case XFmode: | |
762 | libcall = extendsfxf2_libfunc; | |
763 | break; | |
764 | ||
765 | case TFmode: | |
766 | libcall = extendsftf2_libfunc; | |
767 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
768 | |
769 | default: | |
770 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
771 | } |
772 | break; | |
773 | ||
774 | case DFmode: | |
775 | switch (to_mode) | |
776 | { | |
777 | case SFmode: | |
778 | libcall = truncdfsf2_libfunc; | |
779 | break; | |
780 | ||
781 | case XFmode: | |
782 | libcall = extenddfxf2_libfunc; | |
783 | break; | |
784 | ||
785 | case TFmode: | |
786 | libcall = extenddftf2_libfunc; | |
787 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
788 | |
789 | default: | |
790 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
791 | } |
792 | break; | |
793 | ||
794 | case XFmode: | |
795 | switch (to_mode) | |
796 | { | |
797 | case SFmode: | |
798 | libcall = truncxfsf2_libfunc; | |
799 | break; | |
800 | ||
801 | case DFmode: | |
802 | libcall = truncxfdf2_libfunc; | |
803 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
804 | |
805 | default: | |
806 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
807 | } |
808 | break; | |
809 | ||
810 | case TFmode: | |
811 | switch (to_mode) | |
812 | { | |
813 | case SFmode: | |
814 | libcall = trunctfsf2_libfunc; | |
815 | break; | |
816 | ||
817 | case DFmode: | |
818 | libcall = trunctfdf2_libfunc; | |
819 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
820 | |
821 | default: | |
822 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
823 | } |
824 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
825 | |
826 | default: | |
827 | break; | |
b092b471 JW |
828 | } |
829 | ||
830 | if (libcall == (rtx) 0) | |
831 | /* This conversion is not implemented yet. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
832 | abort (); |
833 | ||
81d79e2c RS |
834 | value = emit_library_call_value (libcall, NULL_RTX, 1, to_mode, |
835 | 1, from, from_mode); | |
836 | emit_move_insn (to, value); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
837 | return; |
838 | } | |
839 | ||
840 | /* Now both modes are integers. */ | |
841 | ||
842 | /* Handle expanding beyond a word. */ | |
843 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
844 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD) | |
845 | { | |
846 | rtx insns; | |
847 | rtx lowpart; | |
848 | rtx fill_value; | |
849 | rtx lowfrom; | |
850 | int i; | |
851 | enum machine_mode lowpart_mode; | |
852 | int nwords = CEIL (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode), UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
853 | ||
854 | /* Try converting directly if the insn is supported. */ | |
855 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
856 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
857 | { | |
cd1b4b44 RK |
858 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG, put it into a register. Do this |
859 | so that we always generate the same set of insns for | |
860 | better cse'ing; if an intermediate assignment occurred, | |
861 | we won't be doing the operation directly on the SUBREG. */ | |
862 | if (optimize > 0 && GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG) | |
863 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
864 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); |
865 | return; | |
866 | } | |
867 | /* Next, try converting via full word. */ | |
868 | else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD | |
869 | && ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, word_mode, unsignedp)) | |
870 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
871 | { | |
a81fee56 | 872 | if (GET_CODE (to) == REG) |
38a448ca | 873 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, to)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
874 | convert_move (gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), from, unsignedp); |
875 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, | |
876 | gen_lowpart (word_mode, to), equiv_code); | |
877 | return; | |
878 | } | |
879 | ||
880 | /* No special multiword conversion insn; do it by hand. */ | |
881 | start_sequence (); | |
882 | ||
5c5033c3 RK |
883 | /* Since we will turn this into a no conflict block, we must ensure |
884 | that the source does not overlap the target. */ | |
885 | ||
886 | if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (to, from)) | |
887 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
888 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
889 | /* Get a copy of FROM widened to a word, if necessary. */ |
890 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
891 | lowpart_mode = word_mode; | |
892 | else | |
893 | lowpart_mode = from_mode; | |
894 | ||
895 | lowfrom = convert_to_mode (lowpart_mode, from, unsignedp); | |
896 | ||
897 | lowpart = gen_lowpart (lowpart_mode, to); | |
898 | emit_move_insn (lowpart, lowfrom); | |
899 | ||
900 | /* Compute the value to put in each remaining word. */ | |
901 | if (unsignedp) | |
902 | fill_value = const0_rtx; | |
903 | else | |
904 | { | |
905 | #ifdef HAVE_slt | |
906 | if (HAVE_slt | |
907 | && insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_slt][0] == word_mode | |
908 | && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) | |
909 | { | |
906c4e36 RK |
910 | emit_cmp_insn (lowfrom, const0_rtx, NE, NULL_RTX, |
911 | lowpart_mode, 0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
912 | fill_value = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
913 | emit_insn (gen_slt (fill_value)); | |
914 | } | |
915 | else | |
916 | #endif | |
917 | { | |
918 | fill_value | |
919 | = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, lowpart_mode, lowfrom, | |
920 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (lowpart_mode) - 1), | |
906c4e36 | 921 | NULL_RTX, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
922 | fill_value = convert_to_mode (word_mode, fill_value, 1); |
923 | } | |
924 | } | |
925 | ||
926 | /* Fill the remaining words. */ | |
927 | for (i = GET_MODE_SIZE (lowpart_mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; i < nwords; i++) | |
928 | { | |
929 | int index = (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? nwords - i - 1 : i); | |
930 | rtx subword = operand_subword (to, index, 1, to_mode); | |
931 | ||
932 | if (subword == 0) | |
933 | abort (); | |
934 | ||
935 | if (fill_value != subword) | |
936 | emit_move_insn (subword, fill_value); | |
937 | } | |
938 | ||
939 | insns = get_insns (); | |
940 | end_sequence (); | |
941 | ||
906c4e36 | 942 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, to, from, NULL_RTX, |
38a448ca | 943 | gen_rtx_fmt_e (equiv_code, to_mode, copy_rtx (from))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
944 | return; |
945 | } | |
946 | ||
d3c64ee3 RS |
947 | /* Truncating multi-word to a word or less. */ |
948 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) > BITS_PER_WORD | |
949 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
bbf6f052 | 950 | { |
431a6eca JW |
951 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
952 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
953 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
954 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
955 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
956 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
957 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
958 | convert_move (to, gen_lowpart (word_mode, from), 0); |
959 | return; | |
960 | } | |
961 | ||
962 | /* Handle pointer conversion */ /* SPEE 900220 */ | |
e5e809f4 JL |
963 | if (to_mode == PQImode) |
964 | { | |
965 | if (from_mode != QImode) | |
966 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
967 | ||
968 | #ifdef HAVE_truncqipqi2 | |
969 | if (HAVE_truncqipqi2) | |
970 | { | |
971 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncqipqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
972 | return; | |
973 | } | |
974 | #endif /* HAVE_truncqipqi2 */ | |
975 | abort (); | |
976 | } | |
977 | ||
978 | if (from_mode == PQImode) | |
979 | { | |
980 | if (to_mode != QImode) | |
981 | { | |
982 | from = convert_to_mode (QImode, from, unsignedp); | |
983 | from_mode = QImode; | |
984 | } | |
985 | else | |
986 | { | |
987 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpqiqi2 | |
988 | if (HAVE_extendpqiqi2) | |
989 | { | |
990 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpqiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
991 | return; | |
992 | } | |
993 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpqiqi2 */ | |
994 | abort (); | |
995 | } | |
996 | } | |
997 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
998 | if (to_mode == PSImode) |
999 | { | |
1000 | if (from_mode != SImode) | |
1001 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1002 | ||
1f584163 DE |
1003 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsipsi2 |
1004 | if (HAVE_truncsipsi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 1005 | { |
1f584163 | 1006 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsipsi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1007 | return; |
1008 | } | |
1f584163 | 1009 | #endif /* HAVE_truncsipsi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1010 | abort (); |
1011 | } | |
1012 | ||
1013 | if (from_mode == PSImode) | |
1014 | { | |
1015 | if (to_mode != SImode) | |
1016 | { | |
1017 | from = convert_to_mode (SImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1018 | from_mode = SImode; | |
1019 | } | |
1020 | else | |
1021 | { | |
1f584163 DE |
1022 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpsisi2 |
1023 | if (HAVE_extendpsisi2) | |
bbf6f052 | 1024 | { |
1f584163 | 1025 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpsisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1026 | return; |
1027 | } | |
1f584163 | 1028 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpsisi2 */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1029 | abort (); |
1030 | } | |
1031 | } | |
1032 | ||
0407367d RK |
1033 | if (to_mode == PDImode) |
1034 | { | |
1035 | if (from_mode != DImode) | |
1036 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1037 | ||
1038 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdipdi2 | |
1039 | if (HAVE_truncdipdi2) | |
1040 | { | |
1041 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdipdi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1042 | return; | |
1043 | } | |
1044 | #endif /* HAVE_truncdipdi2 */ | |
1045 | abort (); | |
1046 | } | |
1047 | ||
1048 | if (from_mode == PDImode) | |
1049 | { | |
1050 | if (to_mode != DImode) | |
1051 | { | |
1052 | from = convert_to_mode (DImode, from, unsignedp); | |
1053 | from_mode = DImode; | |
1054 | } | |
1055 | else | |
1056 | { | |
1057 | #ifdef HAVE_extendpdidi2 | |
1058 | if (HAVE_extendpdidi2) | |
1059 | { | |
1060 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_extendpdidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1061 | return; | |
1062 | } | |
1063 | #endif /* HAVE_extendpdidi2 */ | |
1064 | abort (); | |
1065 | } | |
1066 | } | |
1067 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1068 | /* Now follow all the conversions between integers |
1069 | no more than a word long. */ | |
1070 | ||
1071 | /* For truncation, usually we can just refer to FROM in a narrower mode. */ | |
1072 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode) | |
1073 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode), | |
d3c64ee3 | 1074 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode))) |
bbf6f052 | 1075 | { |
d3c64ee3 RS |
1076 | if (!((GET_CODE (from) == MEM |
1077 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (from) | |
1078 | && direct_load[(int) to_mode] | |
1079 | && ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (from, 0))) | |
1080 | || GET_CODE (from) == REG | |
1081 | || GET_CODE (from) == SUBREG)) | |
1082 | from = force_reg (from_mode, from); | |
34aa3599 RK |
1083 | if (GET_CODE (from) == REG && REGNO (from) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER |
1084 | && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (from), to_mode)) | |
1085 | from = copy_to_reg (from); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1086 | emit_move_insn (to, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); |
1087 | return; | |
1088 | } | |
1089 | ||
d3c64ee3 | 1090 | /* Handle extension. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
1091 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) |
1092 | { | |
1093 | /* Convert directly if that works. */ | |
1094 | if ((code = can_extend_p (to_mode, from_mode, unsignedp)) | |
1095 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1096 | { | |
1097 | emit_unop_insn (code, to, from, equiv_code); | |
1098 | return; | |
1099 | } | |
1100 | else | |
1101 | { | |
1102 | enum machine_mode intermediate; | |
2b28d92e NC |
1103 | rtx tmp; |
1104 | tree shift_amount; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1105 | |
1106 | /* Search for a mode to convert via. */ | |
1107 | for (intermediate = from_mode; intermediate != VOIDmode; | |
1108 | intermediate = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (intermediate)) | |
930b4e39 RK |
1109 | if (((can_extend_p (to_mode, intermediate, unsignedp) |
1110 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
1111 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (intermediate) | |
1112 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (to_mode, intermediate))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1113 | && (can_extend_p (intermediate, from_mode, unsignedp) |
1114 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
1115 | { | |
1116 | convert_move (to, convert_to_mode (intermediate, from, | |
1117 | unsignedp), unsignedp); | |
1118 | return; | |
1119 | } | |
1120 | ||
2b28d92e NC |
1121 | /* No suitable intermediate mode. |
1122 | Generate what we need with shifts. */ | |
1123 | shift_amount = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) | |
1124 | - GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode), 0); | |
1125 | from = gen_lowpart (to_mode, force_reg (from_mode, from)); | |
1126 | tmp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, from, shift_amount, | |
1127 | to, unsignedp); | |
1128 | tmp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, to_mode, tmp, shift_amount, | |
1129 | to, unsignedp); | |
1130 | if (tmp != to) | |
1131 | emit_move_insn (to, tmp); | |
1132 | return; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1133 | } |
1134 | } | |
1135 | ||
1136 | /* Support special truncate insns for certain modes. */ | |
1137 | ||
1138 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1139 | { | |
1140 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdisi2 | |
1141 | if (HAVE_truncdisi2) | |
1142 | { | |
1143 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1144 | return; | |
1145 | } | |
1146 | #endif | |
1147 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1148 | return; | |
1149 | } | |
1150 | ||
1151 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1152 | { | |
1153 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdihi2 | |
1154 | if (HAVE_truncdihi2) | |
1155 | { | |
1156 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1157 | return; | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | #endif | |
1160 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1161 | return; | |
1162 | } | |
1163 | ||
1164 | if (from_mode == DImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1165 | { | |
1166 | #ifdef HAVE_truncdiqi2 | |
1167 | if (HAVE_truncdiqi2) | |
1168 | { | |
1169 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncdiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1170 | return; | |
1171 | } | |
1172 | #endif | |
1173 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1174 | return; | |
1175 | } | |
1176 | ||
1177 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1178 | { | |
1179 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsihi2 | |
1180 | if (HAVE_truncsihi2) | |
1181 | { | |
1182 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1183 | return; | |
1184 | } | |
1185 | #endif | |
1186 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1187 | return; | |
1188 | } | |
1189 | ||
1190 | if (from_mode == SImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1191 | { | |
1192 | #ifdef HAVE_truncsiqi2 | |
1193 | if (HAVE_truncsiqi2) | |
1194 | { | |
1195 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_truncsiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1196 | return; | |
1197 | } | |
1198 | #endif | |
1199 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1200 | return; | |
1201 | } | |
1202 | ||
1203 | if (from_mode == HImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1204 | { | |
1205 | #ifdef HAVE_trunchiqi2 | |
1206 | if (HAVE_trunchiqi2) | |
1207 | { | |
1208 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunchiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1209 | return; | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | #endif | |
1212 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1213 | return; | |
1214 | } | |
1215 | ||
b9bcad65 RK |
1216 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == DImode) |
1217 | { | |
1218 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctidi2 | |
1219 | if (HAVE_trunctidi2) | |
1220 | { | |
1221 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctidi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1222 | return; | |
1223 | } | |
1224 | #endif | |
1225 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1226 | return; | |
1227 | } | |
1228 | ||
1229 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == SImode) | |
1230 | { | |
1231 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctisi2 | |
1232 | if (HAVE_trunctisi2) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctisi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1235 | return; | |
1236 | } | |
1237 | #endif | |
1238 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1239 | return; | |
1240 | } | |
1241 | ||
1242 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == HImode) | |
1243 | { | |
1244 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctihi2 | |
1245 | if (HAVE_trunctihi2) | |
1246 | { | |
1247 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctihi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1248 | return; | |
1249 | } | |
1250 | #endif | |
1251 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1252 | return; | |
1253 | } | |
1254 | ||
1255 | if (from_mode == TImode && to_mode == QImode) | |
1256 | { | |
1257 | #ifdef HAVE_trunctiqi2 | |
1258 | if (HAVE_trunctiqi2) | |
1259 | { | |
1260 | emit_unop_insn (CODE_FOR_trunctiqi2, to, from, UNKNOWN); | |
1261 | return; | |
1262 | } | |
1263 | #endif | |
1264 | convert_move (to, force_reg (from_mode, from), unsignedp); | |
1265 | return; | |
1266 | } | |
1267 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1268 | /* Handle truncation of volatile memrefs, and so on; |
1269 | the things that couldn't be truncated directly, | |
1270 | and for which there was no special instruction. */ | |
1271 | if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (to_mode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (from_mode)) | |
1272 | { | |
1273 | rtx temp = force_reg (to_mode, gen_lowpart (to_mode, from)); | |
1274 | emit_move_insn (to, temp); | |
1275 | return; | |
1276 | } | |
1277 | ||
1278 | /* Mode combination is not recognized. */ | |
1279 | abort (); | |
1280 | } | |
1281 | ||
1282 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1283 | from converting X to mode MODE. | |
1284 | Both X and MODE may be floating, or both integer. | |
1285 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1286 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
5d901c31 RS |
1287 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. |
1288 | ||
1289 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1290 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1291 | |
1292 | rtx | |
1293 | convert_to_mode (mode, x, unsignedp) | |
1294 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1295 | rtx x; | |
1296 | int unsignedp; | |
5ffe63ed RS |
1297 | { |
1298 | return convert_modes (mode, VOIDmode, x, unsignedp); | |
1299 | } | |
1300 | ||
1301 | /* Return an rtx for a value that would result | |
1302 | from converting X from mode OLDMODE to mode MODE. | |
1303 | Both modes may be floating, or both integer. | |
1304 | UNSIGNEDP is nonzero if X is an unsigned value. | |
1305 | ||
1306 | This can be done by referring to a part of X in place | |
1307 | or by copying to a new temporary with conversion. | |
1308 | ||
1309 | You can give VOIDmode for OLDMODE, if you are sure X has a nonvoid mode. | |
1310 | ||
1311 | This function *must not* call protect_from_queue | |
1312 | except when putting X into an insn (in which case convert_move does it). */ | |
1313 | ||
1314 | rtx | |
1315 | convert_modes (mode, oldmode, x, unsignedp) | |
1316 | enum machine_mode mode, oldmode; | |
1317 | rtx x; | |
1318 | int unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1319 | { |
1320 | register rtx temp; | |
5ffe63ed | 1321 | |
1499e0a8 RK |
1322 | /* If FROM is a SUBREG that indicates that we have already done at least |
1323 | the required extension, strip it. */ | |
1324 | ||
1325 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (x) | |
1326 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) | |
1327 | && SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (x) == unsignedp) | |
1328 | x = gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
bbf6f052 | 1329 | |
64791b18 RK |
1330 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
1331 | oldmode = GET_MODE (x); | |
1332 | ||
5ffe63ed | 1333 | if (mode == oldmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1334 | return x; |
1335 | ||
1336 | /* There is one case that we must handle specially: If we are converting | |
906c4e36 | 1337 | a CONST_INT into a mode whose size is twice HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT and |
bbf6f052 RK |
1338 | we are to interpret the constant as unsigned, gen_lowpart will do |
1339 | the wrong if the constant appears negative. What we want to do is | |
1340 | make the high-order word of the constant zero, not all ones. */ | |
1341 | ||
1342 | if (unsignedp && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
906c4e36 | 1343 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) == 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1344 | && GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (x) < 0) |
96ff8a16 ILT |
1345 | { |
1346 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1347 | ||
1348 | if (oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1349 | && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode)) | |
1350 | { | |
1351 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1352 | ||
1353 | /* We need to zero extend VAL. */ | |
1354 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1355 | } | |
1356 | ||
1357 | return immed_double_const (val, (HOST_WIDE_INT) 0, mode); | |
1358 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1359 | |
1360 | /* We can do this with a gen_lowpart if both desired and current modes | |
1361 | are integer, and this is either a constant integer, a register, or a | |
ba2e110c RK |
1362 | non-volatile MEM. Except for the constant case where MODE is no |
1363 | wider than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT, we must be narrowing the operand. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 1364 | |
ba2e110c RK |
1365 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT |
1366 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
bbf6f052 | 1367 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
5ffe63ed | 1368 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (oldmode) == MODE_INT |
bbf6f052 | 1369 | && (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE |
5ffe63ed | 1370 | || (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode) |
d57c66da JW |
1371 | && ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) |
1372 | && direct_load[(int) mode]) | |
2bf29316 JW |
1373 | || (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
1374 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), | |
1375 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x))))))))) | |
ba2e110c RK |
1376 | { |
1377 | /* ?? If we don't know OLDMODE, we have to assume here that | |
1378 | X does not need sign- or zero-extension. This may not be | |
1379 | the case, but it's the best we can do. */ | |
1380 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT && oldmode != VOIDmode | |
1381 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (oldmode)) | |
1382 | { | |
1383 | HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (x); | |
1384 | int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (oldmode); | |
1385 | ||
1386 | /* We must sign or zero-extend in this case. Start by | |
1387 | zero-extending, then sign extend if we need to. */ | |
1388 | val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1; | |
1389 | if (! unsignedp | |
1390 | && (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))) | |
1391 | val |= (HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width; | |
1392 | ||
1393 | return GEN_INT (val); | |
1394 | } | |
1395 | ||
1396 | return gen_lowpart (mode, x); | |
1397 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1398 | |
1399 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1400 | convert_move (temp, x, unsignedp); | |
1401 | return temp; | |
1402 | } | |
1403 | \f | |
fbe1758d AM |
1404 | |
1405 | /* This macro is used to determine what the largest unit size that | |
1406 | move_by_pieces can use is. */ | |
1407 | ||
1408 | /* MOVE_MAX_PIECES is the number of bytes at a time which we can | |
1409 | move efficiently, as opposed to MOVE_MAX which is the maximum | |
1410 | number of bhytes we can move with a single instruction. */ | |
1411 | ||
1412 | #ifndef MOVE_MAX_PIECES | |
1413 | #define MOVE_MAX_PIECES MOVE_MAX | |
1414 | #endif | |
1415 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1416 | /* Generate several move instructions to copy LEN bytes |
1417 | from block FROM to block TO. (These are MEM rtx's with BLKmode). | |
1418 | The caller must pass FROM and TO | |
1419 | through protect_from_queue before calling. | |
1420 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1421 | ||
2e245dac | 1422 | void |
bbf6f052 RK |
1423 | move_by_pieces (to, from, len, align) |
1424 | rtx to, from; | |
1425 | int len, align; | |
1426 | { | |
1427 | struct move_by_pieces data; | |
1428 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0), from_addr = XEXP (from, 0); | |
fbe1758d AM |
1429 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
1430 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1431 | enum insn_code icode; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1432 | |
1433 | data.offset = 0; | |
1434 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
1435 | data.from_addr = from_addr; | |
1436 | data.to = to; | |
1437 | data.from = from; | |
1438 | data.autinc_to | |
1439 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1440 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1441 | data.autinc_from | |
1442 | = (GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (from_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
1443 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_INC | |
1444 | || GET_CODE (from_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1445 | ||
1446 | data.explicit_inc_from = 0; | |
1447 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
1448 | data.reverse | |
1449 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
1450 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
1451 | data.len = len; | |
1452 | ||
e9cf6a97 JW |
1453 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); |
1454 | data.from_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from); | |
1455 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1456 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, |
1457 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
1458 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
1459 | if (!(data.autinc_from && data.autinc_to) | |
1460 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
1461 | { | |
fbe1758d AM |
1462 | /* Find the mode of the largest move... */ |
1463 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
1464 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1465 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
1466 | mode = tmode; | |
1467 | ||
1468 | if (USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_from) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1469 | { |
1470 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (from_addr, len)); | |
1471 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1472 | data.explicit_inc_from = -1; | |
1473 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1474 | if (USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.autinc_from) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1475 | { |
1476 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
1477 | data.autinc_from = 1; | |
1478 | data.explicit_inc_from = 1; | |
1479 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1480 | if (!data.autinc_from && CONSTANT_P (from_addr)) |
1481 | data.from_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (from_addr); | |
fbe1758d | 1482 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1483 | { |
1484 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
1485 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1486 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
1487 | } | |
fbe1758d | 1488 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1489 | { |
1490 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1491 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
1492 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
1493 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1494 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
1495 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
1496 | } | |
1497 | ||
c7a7ac46 | 1498 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
e87b4f3f | 1499 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1500 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1501 | |
1502 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
1503 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
1504 | ||
1505 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1506 | { | |
e7c33f54 RK |
1507 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1508 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1509 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1510 | mode = tmode; |
1511 | ||
1512 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1513 | break; | |
1514 | ||
1515 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1516 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1517 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1518 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1519 | move_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); | |
1520 | ||
1521 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1522 | } | |
1523 | ||
1524 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2a8e278c | 1525 | if (data.len > 0) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1526 | abort (); |
1527 | } | |
1528 | ||
1529 | /* Return number of insns required to move L bytes by pieces. | |
1530 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. */ | |
1531 | ||
1532 | static int | |
1533 | move_by_pieces_ninsns (l, align) | |
1534 | unsigned int l; | |
1535 | int align; | |
1536 | { | |
1537 | register int n_insns = 0; | |
e87b4f3f | 1538 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX + 1; |
bbf6f052 | 1539 | |
c7a7ac46 | 1540 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
e87b4f3f | 1541 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) |
bbf6f052 | 1542 | align = MOVE_MAX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1543 | |
1544 | while (max_size > 1) | |
1545 | { | |
1546 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
1547 | enum insn_code icode; | |
1548 | ||
e7c33f54 RK |
1549 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
1550 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
1551 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1552 | mode = tmode; |
1553 | ||
1554 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
1555 | break; | |
1556 | ||
1557 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
1558 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
1559 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
1560 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
1561 | n_insns += l / GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), l %= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1562 | ||
1563 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1564 | } | |
1565 | ||
1566 | return n_insns; | |
1567 | } | |
1568 | ||
1569 | /* Subroutine of move_by_pieces. Move as many bytes as appropriate | |
1570 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
1571 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
1572 | ||
1573 | static void | |
1574 | move_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
eae4b970 | 1575 | rtx (*genfun) PROTO ((rtx, ...)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1576 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1577 | struct move_by_pieces *data; | |
1578 | { | |
1579 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1580 | register rtx to1, from1; | |
1581 | ||
1582 | while (data->len >= size) | |
1583 | { | |
1584 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
1585 | ||
1586 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 1587 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
1588 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
1589 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
1590 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1591 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
effbcc6a | 1592 | |
db3cf6fb MS |
1593 | from1 |
1594 | = (data->autinc_from | |
38a448ca | 1595 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->from_addr) |
db3cf6fb MS |
1596 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->from, mode, |
1597 | plus_constant (data->from_addr, | |
1598 | data->offset)))); | |
e9cf6a97 | 1599 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (from1) = data->from_struct; |
bbf6f052 | 1600 | |
940da324 | 1601 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
906c4e36 | 1602 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
940da324 | 1603 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from < 0) |
906c4e36 | 1604 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1605 | |
1606 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, from1)); | |
940da324 | 1607 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1608 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
940da324 | 1609 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_from > 0) |
906c4e36 | 1610 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->from_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1611 | |
1612 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
1613 | ||
1614 | data->len -= size; | |
1615 | } | |
1616 | } | |
1617 | \f | |
1618 | /* Emit code to move a block Y to a block X. | |
1619 | This may be done with string-move instructions, | |
1620 | with multiple scalar move instructions, or with a library call. | |
1621 | ||
1622 | Both X and Y must be MEM rtx's (perhaps inside VOLATILE) | |
1623 | with mode BLKmode. | |
1624 | SIZE is an rtx that says how long they are. | |
1625 | ALIGN is the maximum alignment we can assume they have, | |
e9a25f70 | 1626 | measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 1627 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1628 | Return the address of the new block, if memcpy is called and returns it, |
1629 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
1630 | ||
1631 | rtx | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1632 | emit_block_move (x, y, size, align) |
1633 | rtx x, y; | |
1634 | rtx size; | |
1635 | int align; | |
1636 | { | |
e9a25f70 | 1637 | rtx retval = 0; |
52cf7115 JL |
1638 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
1639 | static tree fn; | |
1640 | tree call_expr, arg_list; | |
1641 | #endif | |
e9a25f70 | 1642 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1643 | if (GET_MODE (x) != BLKmode) |
1644 | abort (); | |
1645 | ||
1646 | if (GET_MODE (y) != BLKmode) | |
1647 | abort (); | |
1648 | ||
1649 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
1650 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
5d901c31 | 1651 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1652 | |
1653 | if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM) | |
1654 | abort (); | |
1655 | if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM) | |
1656 | abort (); | |
1657 | if (size == 0) | |
1658 | abort (); | |
1659 | ||
fbe1758d | 1660 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1661 | move_by_pieces (x, y, INTVAL (size), align); |
1662 | else | |
1663 | { | |
1664 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
1665 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
1666 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
266007a7 | 1667 | |
0bba3f6f | 1668 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
266007a7 RK |
1669 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1670 | ||
1671 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
1672 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
bbf6f052 | 1673 | { |
266007a7 | 1674 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
266007a7 RK |
1675 | |
1676 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
803090c4 RK |
1677 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT |
1678 | here because if SIZE is less than the mode mask, as it is | |
8008b228 | 1679 | returned by the macro, it will definitely be less than the |
803090c4 | 1680 | actual mode mask. */ |
8ca00751 RK |
1681 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT |
1682 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
e5e809f4 | 1683 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) |
8ca00751 | 1684 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) |
0bba3f6f RK |
1685 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 |
1686 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (x, BLKmode)) | |
1687 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] == 0 | |
1688 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (y, BLKmode)) | |
1689 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3] == 0 | |
1690 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3]) (opalign, | |
1691 | VOIDmode))) | |
bbf6f052 | 1692 | { |
1ba1e2a8 | 1693 | rtx op2; |
266007a7 RK |
1694 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); |
1695 | rtx pat; | |
1696 | ||
1ba1e2a8 | 1697 | op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); |
0bba3f6f RK |
1698 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] != 0 |
1699 | && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (op2, mode)) | |
266007a7 RK |
1700 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); |
1701 | ||
1702 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (x, y, op2, opalign); | |
1703 | if (pat) | |
1704 | { | |
1705 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 1706 | return 0; |
266007a7 RK |
1707 | } |
1708 | else | |
1709 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1710 | } |
1711 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 1712 | |
4bc973ae JL |
1713 | /* X, Y, or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
1714 | ||
1715 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue | |
1716 | and reuse it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is | |
1717 | called before the return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
1718 | ||
1719 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before | |
1720 | we are finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are | |
1721 | not careful we could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
1722 | ||
1723 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy X, Y & | |
1724 | SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new pseudos | |
1725 | into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
1726 | emit_queue. | |
1727 | ||
1728 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they | |
1729 | do not call emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, | |
1730 | we may need to have library calls call emit_queue in the future | |
1731 | since failing to do so could cause problems for targets which | |
1732 | define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass arguments in registers. */ | |
1733 | x = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
1734 | y = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (y, 0)); | |
1735 | ||
1736 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
1737 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size); | |
1738 | #else | |
1739 | size = convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, | |
1740 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)); | |
f3dc586a | 1741 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size); |
4bc973ae JL |
1742 | #endif |
1743 | ||
bbf6f052 | 1744 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
52cf7115 JL |
1745 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call |
1746 | memcpy in this context. | |
1747 | ||
1748 | This could be a user call to memcpy and the user may wish to | |
1749 | examine the return value from memcpy. | |
1750 | ||
1751 | For targets where libcalls and normal calls have different conventions | |
1752 | for returning pointers, we could end up generating incorrect code. | |
1753 | ||
1754 | So instead of using a libcall sequence we build up a suitable | |
1755 | CALL_EXPR and expand the call in the normal fashion. */ | |
1756 | if (fn == NULL_TREE) | |
1757 | { | |
1758 | tree fntype; | |
1759 | ||
1760 | /* This was copied from except.c, I don't know if all this is | |
1761 | necessary in this context or not. */ | |
1762 | fn = get_identifier ("memcpy"); | |
1763 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
1764 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
1765 | fntype = build_pointer_type (void_type_node); | |
1766 | fntype = build_function_type (fntype, NULL_TREE); | |
1767 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, fntype); | |
1768 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; | |
1769 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
1770 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
1771 | make_decl_rtl (fn, NULL_PTR, 1); | |
1772 | assemble_external (fn); | |
1773 | pop_obstacks (); | |
1774 | } | |
1775 | ||
1776 | /* We need to make an argument list for the function call. | |
1777 | ||
1778 | memcpy has three arguments, the first two are void * addresses and | |
1779 | the last is a size_t byte count for the copy. */ | |
1780 | arg_list | |
1781 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
4bc973ae | 1782 | make_tree (build_pointer_type (void_type_node), x)); |
52cf7115 JL |
1783 | TREE_CHAIN (arg_list) |
1784 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
4bc973ae | 1785 | make_tree (build_pointer_type (void_type_node), y)); |
52cf7115 JL |
1786 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list)) |
1787 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, make_tree (sizetype, size)); | |
1788 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list))) = NULL_TREE; | |
1789 | ||
1790 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
1791 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
1792 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
1793 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
1794 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (call_expr) = 1; | |
1795 | ||
1796 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 1797 | #else |
d562e42e | 1798 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
fe7bbd2a | 1799 | VOIDmode, 3, y, Pmode, x, Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
1800 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, |
1801 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
1802 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1803 | #endif |
1804 | } | |
e9a25f70 JL |
1805 | |
1806 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
1807 | } |
1808 | \f | |
1809 | /* Copy all or part of a value X into registers starting at REGNO. | |
1810 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. */ | |
1811 | ||
1812 | void | |
1813 | move_block_to_reg (regno, x, nregs, mode) | |
1814 | int regno; | |
1815 | rtx x; | |
1816 | int nregs; | |
1817 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1818 | { | |
1819 | int i; | |
381127e8 RL |
1820 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple |
1821 | rtx pat; | |
1822 | rtx last; | |
1823 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 1824 | |
72bb9717 RK |
1825 | if (nregs == 0) |
1826 | return; | |
1827 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1828 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) |
1829 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
1830 | ||
1831 | /* See if the machine can do this with a load multiple insn. */ | |
1832 | #ifdef HAVE_load_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1833 | if (HAVE_load_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1834 | { |
c3a02afe | 1835 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1836 | pat = gen_load_multiple (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), x, |
c3a02afe RK |
1837 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1838 | if (pat) | |
1839 | { | |
1840 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1841 | return; | |
1842 | } | |
1843 | else | |
1844 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1845 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1846 | #endif |
1847 | ||
1848 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 1849 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i), |
bbf6f052 RK |
1850 | operand_subword_force (x, i, mode)); |
1851 | } | |
1852 | ||
1853 | /* Copy all or part of a BLKmode value X out of registers starting at REGNO. | |
0040593d JW |
1854 | The number of registers to be filled is NREGS. SIZE indicates the number |
1855 | of bytes in the object X. */ | |
1856 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1857 | |
1858 | void | |
0040593d | 1859 | move_block_from_reg (regno, x, nregs, size) |
bbf6f052 RK |
1860 | int regno; |
1861 | rtx x; | |
1862 | int nregs; | |
0040593d | 1863 | int size; |
bbf6f052 RK |
1864 | { |
1865 | int i; | |
381127e8 RL |
1866 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple |
1867 | rtx pat; | |
1868 | rtx last; | |
1869 | #endif | |
58a32c5c | 1870 | enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 | 1871 | |
58a32c5c DE |
1872 | /* If SIZE is that of a mode no bigger than a word, just use that |
1873 | mode's store operation. */ | |
1874 | if (size <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
1875 | && (mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode) | |
1876 | { | |
1877 | emit_move_insn (change_address (x, mode, NULL), | |
38a448ca | 1878 | gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno)); |
58a32c5c DE |
1879 | return; |
1880 | } | |
1881 | ||
0040593d | 1882 | /* Blocks smaller than a word on a BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN machine must be aligned |
58a32c5c DE |
1883 | to the left before storing to memory. Note that the previous test |
1884 | doesn't handle all cases (e.g. SIZE == 3). */ | |
0040593d JW |
1885 | if (size < UNITS_PER_WORD && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
1886 | { | |
1887 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, 0, 1, BLKmode); | |
1888 | rtx shift; | |
1889 | ||
1890 | if (tem == 0) | |
1891 | abort (); | |
1892 | ||
1893 | shift = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, word_mode, | |
38a448ca | 1894 | gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
0040593d JW |
1895 | build_int_2 ((UNITS_PER_WORD - size) |
1896 | * BITS_PER_UNIT, 0), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
1897 | emit_move_insn (tem, shift); | |
1898 | return; | |
1899 | } | |
1900 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
1901 | /* See if the machine can do this with a store multiple insn. */ |
1902 | #ifdef HAVE_store_multiple | |
c3a02afe | 1903 | if (HAVE_store_multiple) |
bbf6f052 | 1904 | { |
c3a02afe | 1905 | last = get_last_insn (); |
38a448ca | 1906 | pat = gen_store_multiple (x, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno), |
c3a02afe RK |
1907 | GEN_INT (nregs)); |
1908 | if (pat) | |
1909 | { | |
1910 | emit_insn (pat); | |
1911 | return; | |
1912 | } | |
1913 | else | |
1914 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
bbf6f052 | 1915 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
1916 | #endif |
1917 | ||
1918 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
1919 | { | |
1920 | rtx tem = operand_subword (x, i, 1, BLKmode); | |
1921 | ||
1922 | if (tem == 0) | |
1923 | abort (); | |
1924 | ||
38a448ca | 1925 | emit_move_insn (tem, gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
1926 | } |
1927 | } | |
1928 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
1929 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block DST, where DST is non-consecutive |
1930 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. SSIZE represents the total size of | |
1931 | block SRC in bytes, or -1 if not known. ALIGN is the known alignment of | |
1932 | SRC in bits. */ | |
1933 | /* ??? If SSIZE % UNITS_PER_WORD != 0, we make the blatent assumption that | |
1934 | the balance will be in what would be the low-order memory addresses, i.e. | |
1935 | left justified for big endian, right justified for little endian. This | |
1936 | happens to be true for the targets currently using this support. If this | |
1937 | ever changes, a new target macro along the lines of FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING | |
1938 | would be needed. */ | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1939 | |
1940 | void | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1941 | emit_group_load (dst, orig_src, ssize, align) |
1942 | rtx dst, orig_src; | |
1943 | int align, ssize; | |
fffa9c1d | 1944 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
1945 | rtx *tmps, src; |
1946 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 1947 | |
aac5cc16 | 1948 | if (GET_CODE (dst) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
1949 | abort (); |
1950 | ||
1951 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
1952 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1953 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, 0), 0)) |
1954 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 1955 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
1956 | start = 1; |
1957 | ||
1958 | tmps = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof(rtx) * XVECLEN (dst, 0)); | |
1959 | ||
1960 | /* If we won't be loading directly from memory, protect the real source | |
1961 | from strange tricks we might play. */ | |
1962 | src = orig_src; | |
1963 | if (GET_CODE (src) != MEM) | |
1964 | { | |
1965 | src = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_src)); | |
1966 | emit_move_insn (src, orig_src); | |
1967 | } | |
1968 | ||
1969 | /* Process the pieces. */ | |
1970 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
1971 | { | |
1972 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0)); | |
1973 | int bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 1)); | |
1974 | int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
1975 | int shift = 0; | |
1976 | ||
1977 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
1978 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + bytelen > ssize) | |
1979 | { | |
1980 | shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
1981 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; | |
1982 | if (bytelen <= 0) | |
1983 | abort(); | |
1984 | } | |
1985 | ||
1986 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ | |
1987 | if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM | |
1988 | && align*BITS_PER_UNIT >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) | |
1989 | && bytepos*BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 | |
1990 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) | |
1991 | { | |
1992 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
1993 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], | |
1994 | change_address (src, mode, | |
1995 | plus_constant (XEXP (src, 0), | |
1996 | bytepos))); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
1997 | } |
1998 | else | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1999 | { |
2000 | tmps[i] = extract_bit_field (src, bytelen*BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2001 | bytepos*BITS_PER_UNIT, 1, NULL_RTX, | |
2002 | mode, mode, align, ssize); | |
2003 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2004 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2005 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && shift) |
2006 | { | |
2007 | expand_binop (mode, ashl_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), | |
2008 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
2009 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2010 | } |
aac5cc16 RH |
2011 | emit_queue(); |
2012 | ||
2013 | /* Copy the extracted pieces into the proper (probable) hard regs. */ | |
2014 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (dst, 0); i++) | |
2015 | emit_move_insn (XEXP (XVECEXP (dst, 0, i), 0), tmps[i]); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
2016 | } |
2017 | ||
aac5cc16 RH |
2018 | /* Emit code to move a block SRC to a block DST, where SRC is non-consecutive |
2019 | registers represented by a PARALLEL. SSIZE represents the total size of | |
2020 | block DST, or -1 if not known. ALIGN is the known alignment of DST. */ | |
fffa9c1d JW |
2021 | |
2022 | void | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2023 | emit_group_store (orig_dst, src, ssize, align) |
2024 | rtx orig_dst, src; | |
2025 | int ssize, align; | |
fffa9c1d | 2026 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2027 | rtx *tmps, dst; |
2028 | int start, i; | |
fffa9c1d | 2029 | |
aac5cc16 | 2030 | if (GET_CODE (src) != PARALLEL) |
fffa9c1d JW |
2031 | abort (); |
2032 | ||
2033 | /* Check for a NULL entry, used to indicate that the parameter goes | |
2034 | both on the stack and in registers. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2035 | if (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, 0), 0)) |
2036 | start = 0; | |
fffa9c1d | 2037 | else |
aac5cc16 RH |
2038 | start = 1; |
2039 | ||
2040 | tmps = (rtx *) alloca (sizeof(rtx) * XVECLEN (src, 0)); | |
fffa9c1d | 2041 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2042 | /* Copy the (probable) hard regs into pseudos. */ |
2043 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
fffa9c1d | 2044 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2045 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 0); |
2046 | tmps[i] = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (reg)); | |
2047 | emit_move_insn (tmps[i], reg); | |
2048 | } | |
2049 | emit_queue(); | |
fffa9c1d | 2050 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2051 | /* If we won't be storing directly into memory, protect the real destination |
2052 | from strange tricks we might play. */ | |
2053 | dst = orig_dst; | |
10a9f2be JW |
2054 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == PARALLEL) |
2055 | { | |
2056 | rtx temp; | |
2057 | ||
2058 | /* We can get a PARALLEL dst if there is a conditional expression in | |
2059 | a return statement. In that case, the dst and src are the same, | |
2060 | so no action is necessary. */ | |
2061 | if (rtx_equal_p (dst, src)) | |
2062 | return; | |
2063 | ||
2064 | /* It is unclear if we can ever reach here, but we may as well handle | |
2065 | it. Allocate a temporary, and split this into a store/load to/from | |
2066 | the temporary. */ | |
2067 | ||
2068 | temp = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (dst), ssize, 0); | |
2069 | emit_group_store (temp, src, ssize, align); | |
2070 | emit_group_load (dst, temp, ssize, align); | |
2071 | return; | |
2072 | } | |
2073 | else if (GET_CODE (dst) != MEM) | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2074 | { |
2075 | dst = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (orig_dst)); | |
2076 | /* Make life a bit easier for combine. */ | |
2077 | emit_move_insn (dst, const0_rtx); | |
2078 | } | |
2079 | else if (! MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dst)) | |
2080 | { | |
2081 | /* store_bit_field requires that memory operations have | |
2082 | mem_in_struct_p set; we might not. */ | |
fffa9c1d | 2083 | |
aac5cc16 | 2084 | dst = copy_rtx (orig_dst); |
c6df88cb | 2085 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (dst, 1); |
aac5cc16 RH |
2086 | } |
2087 | ||
2088 | /* Process the pieces. */ | |
2089 | for (i = start; i < XVECLEN (src, 0); i++) | |
2090 | { | |
2091 | int bytepos = INTVAL (XEXP (XVECEXP (src, 0, i), 1)); | |
2092 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (tmps[i]); | |
2093 | int bytelen = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2094 | ||
2095 | /* Handle trailing fragments that run over the size of the struct. */ | |
2096 | if (ssize >= 0 && bytepos + bytelen > ssize) | |
71bc0330 | 2097 | { |
aac5cc16 RH |
2098 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
2099 | { | |
2100 | int shift = (bytelen - (ssize - bytepos)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2101 | expand_binop (mode, ashr_optab, tmps[i], GEN_INT (shift), | |
2102 | tmps[i], 0, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
2103 | } | |
2104 | bytelen = ssize - bytepos; | |
71bc0330 | 2105 | } |
fffa9c1d | 2106 | |
aac5cc16 RH |
2107 | /* Optimize the access just a bit. */ |
2108 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == MEM | |
2109 | && align*BITS_PER_UNIT >= GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) | |
2110 | && bytepos*BITS_PER_UNIT % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 0 | |
2111 | && bytelen == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) | |
2112 | { | |
2113 | emit_move_insn (change_address (dst, mode, | |
2114 | plus_constant (XEXP (dst, 0), | |
2115 | bytepos)), | |
2116 | tmps[i]); | |
2117 | } | |
2118 | else | |
2119 | { | |
2120 | store_bit_field (dst, bytelen*BITS_PER_UNIT, bytepos*BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2121 | mode, tmps[i], align, ssize); | |
2122 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2123 | } |
aac5cc16 RH |
2124 | emit_queue(); |
2125 | ||
2126 | /* Copy from the pseudo into the (probable) hard reg. */ | |
2127 | if (GET_CODE (dst) == REG) | |
2128 | emit_move_insn (orig_dst, dst); | |
fffa9c1d JW |
2129 | } |
2130 | ||
c36fce9a GRK |
2131 | /* Generate code to copy a BLKmode object of TYPE out of a |
2132 | set of registers starting with SRCREG into TGTBLK. If TGTBLK | |
2133 | is null, a stack temporary is created. TGTBLK is returned. | |
2134 | ||
2135 | The primary purpose of this routine is to handle functions | |
2136 | that return BLKmode structures in registers. Some machines | |
2137 | (the PA for example) want to return all small structures | |
2138 | in registers regardless of the structure's alignment. | |
2139 | */ | |
2140 | ||
2141 | rtx | |
2142 | copy_blkmode_from_reg(tgtblk,srcreg,type) | |
2143 | rtx tgtblk; | |
2144 | rtx srcreg; | |
2145 | tree type; | |
2146 | { | |
2147 | int bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type); | |
2148 | rtx src = NULL, dst = NULL; | |
c84e2712 | 2149 | int bitsize = MIN (TYPE_ALIGN (type), (unsigned int) BITS_PER_WORD); |
c36fce9a GRK |
2150 | int bitpos, xbitpos, big_endian_correction = 0; |
2151 | ||
2152 | if (tgtblk == 0) | |
2153 | { | |
2154 | tgtblk = assign_stack_temp (BLKmode, bytes, 0); | |
c6df88cb | 2155 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (tgtblk, AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)); |
c36fce9a GRK |
2156 | preserve_temp_slots (tgtblk); |
2157 | } | |
2158 | ||
2159 | /* This code assumes srcreg is at least a full word. If it isn't, | |
2160 | copy it into a new pseudo which is a full word. */ | |
2161 | if (GET_MODE (srcreg) != BLKmode | |
2162 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (srcreg)) < UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2163 | srcreg = convert_to_mode (word_mode, srcreg, | |
2164 | TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); | |
2165 | ||
2166 | /* Structures whose size is not a multiple of a word are aligned | |
2167 | to the least significant byte (to the right). On a BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
2168 | machine, this means we must skip the empty high order bytes when | |
2169 | calculating the bit offset. */ | |
2170 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2171 | big_endian_correction = (BITS_PER_WORD - ((bytes % UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
2172 | * BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
2173 | ||
2174 | /* Copy the structure BITSIZE bites at a time. | |
2175 | ||
2176 | We could probably emit more efficient code for machines | |
2177 | which do not use strict alignment, but it doesn't seem | |
2178 | worth the effort at the current time. */ | |
2179 | for (bitpos = 0, xbitpos = big_endian_correction; | |
2180 | bitpos < bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
2181 | bitpos += bitsize, xbitpos += bitsize) | |
2182 | { | |
2183 | ||
2184 | /* We need a new source operand each time xbitpos is on a | |
2185 | word boundary and when xbitpos == big_endian_correction | |
2186 | (the first time through). */ | |
2187 | if (xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
2188 | || xbitpos == big_endian_correction) | |
2189 | src = operand_subword_force (srcreg, | |
2190 | xbitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, | |
2191 | BLKmode); | |
2192 | ||
2193 | /* We need a new destination operand each time bitpos is on | |
2194 | a word boundary. */ | |
2195 | if (bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0) | |
2196 | dst = operand_subword (tgtblk, bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD, 1, BLKmode); | |
2197 | ||
2198 | /* Use xbitpos for the source extraction (right justified) and | |
2199 | xbitpos for the destination store (left justified). */ | |
2200 | store_bit_field (dst, bitsize, bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, word_mode, | |
2201 | extract_bit_field (src, bitsize, | |
2202 | xbitpos % BITS_PER_WORD, 1, | |
2203 | NULL_RTX, word_mode, | |
2204 | word_mode, | |
2205 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2206 | BITS_PER_WORD), | |
2207 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, BITS_PER_WORD); | |
2208 | } | |
2209 | return tgtblk; | |
2210 | } | |
2211 | ||
2212 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2213 | /* Add a USE expression for REG to the (possibly empty) list pointed |
2214 | to by CALL_FUSAGE. REG must denote a hard register. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2215 | |
2216 | void | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2217 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg) |
2218 | rtx *call_fusage, reg; | |
2219 | { | |
0304dfbb DE |
2220 | if (GET_CODE (reg) != REG |
2221 | || REGNO (reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2222 | abort(); |
2223 | ||
2224 | *call_fusage | |
38a448ca RH |
2225 | = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
2226 | gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg), *call_fusage); | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2227 | } |
2228 | ||
94b25f81 RK |
2229 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each of NREGS consecutive regs, |
2230 | starting at REGNO. All of these registers must be hard registers. */ | |
b3f8cf4a RK |
2231 | |
2232 | void | |
0304dfbb DE |
2233 | use_regs (call_fusage, regno, nregs) |
2234 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2235 | int regno; |
2236 | int nregs; | |
2237 | { | |
0304dfbb | 2238 | int i; |
bbf6f052 | 2239 | |
0304dfbb DE |
2240 | if (regno + nregs > FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
2241 | abort (); | |
2242 | ||
2243 | for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++) | |
38a448ca | 2244 | use_reg (call_fusage, gen_rtx_REG (reg_raw_mode[regno + i], regno + i)); |
bbf6f052 | 2245 | } |
fffa9c1d JW |
2246 | |
2247 | /* Add USE expressions to *CALL_FUSAGE for each REG contained in the | |
2248 | PARALLEL REGS. This is for calls that pass values in multiple | |
2249 | non-contiguous locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
2250 | ||
2251 | void | |
2252 | use_group_regs (call_fusage, regs) | |
2253 | rtx *call_fusage; | |
2254 | rtx regs; | |
2255 | { | |
2256 | int i; | |
2257 | ||
6bd35f86 DE |
2258 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); i++) |
2259 | { | |
2260 | rtx reg = XEXP (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i), 0); | |
fffa9c1d | 2261 | |
6bd35f86 DE |
2262 | /* A NULL entry means the parameter goes both on the stack and in |
2263 | registers. This can also be a MEM for targets that pass values | |
2264 | partially on the stack and partially in registers. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 2265 | if (reg != 0 && GET_CODE (reg) == REG) |
6bd35f86 DE |
2266 | use_reg (call_fusage, reg); |
2267 | } | |
fffa9c1d | 2268 | } |
bbf6f052 | 2269 | \f |
9de08200 RK |
2270 | /* Generate several move instructions to clear LEN bytes of block TO. |
2271 | (A MEM rtx with BLKmode). The caller must pass TO through | |
2272 | protect_from_queue before calling. ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment | |
2273 | we can assume. */ | |
2274 | ||
2275 | static void | |
2276 | clear_by_pieces (to, len, align) | |
2277 | rtx to; | |
2278 | int len, align; | |
2279 | { | |
2280 | struct clear_by_pieces data; | |
2281 | rtx to_addr = XEXP (to, 0); | |
fbe1758d AM |
2282 | int max_size = MOVE_MAX_PIECES + 1; |
2283 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode, tmode; | |
2284 | enum insn_code icode; | |
9de08200 RK |
2285 | |
2286 | data.offset = 0; | |
2287 | data.to_addr = to_addr; | |
2288 | data.to = to; | |
2289 | data.autinc_to | |
2290 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC | |
2291 | || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_INC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
2292 | ||
2293 | data.explicit_inc_to = 0; | |
2294 | data.reverse | |
2295 | = (GET_CODE (to_addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (to_addr) == POST_DEC); | |
2296 | if (data.reverse) data.offset = len; | |
2297 | data.len = len; | |
2298 | ||
2299 | data.to_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to); | |
2300 | ||
2301 | /* If copying requires more than two move insns, | |
2302 | copy addresses to registers (to make displacements shorter) | |
2303 | and use post-increment if available. */ | |
2304 | if (!data.autinc_to | |
2305 | && move_by_pieces_ninsns (len, align) > 2) | |
2306 | { | |
fbe1758d AM |
2307 | /* Determine the main mode we'll be using */ |
2308 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
2309 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2310 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2311 | mode = tmode; | |
2312 | ||
2313 | if (USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (mode) && data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) | |
9de08200 RK |
2314 | { |
2315 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (to_addr, len)); | |
2316 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
2317 | data.explicit_inc_to = -1; | |
2318 | } | |
fbe1758d | 2319 | if (USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (mode) && ! data.reverse && ! data.autinc_to) |
9de08200 RK |
2320 | { |
2321 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
2322 | data.autinc_to = 1; | |
2323 | data.explicit_inc_to = 1; | |
2324 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
2325 | if (!data.autinc_to && CONSTANT_P (to_addr)) |
2326 | data.to_addr = copy_addr_to_reg (to_addr); | |
2327 | } | |
2328 | ||
2329 | if (! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
2330 | || align > MOVE_MAX || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
2331 | align = MOVE_MAX; | |
2332 | ||
2333 | /* First move what we can in the largest integer mode, then go to | |
2334 | successively smaller modes. */ | |
2335 | ||
2336 | while (max_size > 1) | |
2337 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2338 | for (tmode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
2339 | tmode != VOIDmode; tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
2340 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) < max_size) | |
2341 | mode = tmode; | |
2342 | ||
2343 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
2344 | break; | |
2345 | ||
2346 | icode = mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
2347 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2348 | && align >= MIN (BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
2349 | GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))) | |
2350 | clear_by_pieces_1 (GEN_FCN (icode), mode, &data); | |
2351 | ||
2352 | max_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2353 | } | |
2354 | ||
2355 | /* The code above should have handled everything. */ | |
2356 | if (data.len != 0) | |
2357 | abort (); | |
2358 | } | |
2359 | ||
2360 | /* Subroutine of clear_by_pieces. Clear as many bytes as appropriate | |
2361 | with move instructions for mode MODE. GENFUN is the gen_... function | |
2362 | to make a move insn for that mode. DATA has all the other info. */ | |
2363 | ||
2364 | static void | |
2365 | clear_by_pieces_1 (genfun, mode, data) | |
eae4b970 | 2366 | rtx (*genfun) PROTO ((rtx, ...)); |
9de08200 RK |
2367 | enum machine_mode mode; |
2368 | struct clear_by_pieces *data; | |
2369 | { | |
2370 | register int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
2371 | register rtx to1; | |
2372 | ||
2373 | while (data->len >= size) | |
2374 | { | |
2375 | if (data->reverse) data->offset -= size; | |
2376 | ||
2377 | to1 = (data->autinc_to | |
38a448ca | 2378 | ? gen_rtx_MEM (mode, data->to_addr) |
effbcc6a RK |
2379 | : copy_rtx (change_address (data->to, mode, |
2380 | plus_constant (data->to_addr, | |
2381 | data->offset)))); | |
9de08200 RK |
2382 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (to1) = data->to_struct; |
2383 | ||
940da324 | 2384 | if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to < 0) |
9de08200 | 2385 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (-size))); |
9de08200 RK |
2386 | |
2387 | emit_insn ((*genfun) (to1, const0_rtx)); | |
940da324 | 2388 | if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT && data->explicit_inc_to > 0) |
9de08200 | 2389 | emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (data->to_addr, GEN_INT (size))); |
9de08200 RK |
2390 | |
2391 | if (! data->reverse) data->offset += size; | |
2392 | ||
2393 | data->len -= size; | |
2394 | } | |
2395 | } | |
2396 | \f | |
bbf6f052 | 2397 | /* Write zeros through the storage of OBJECT. |
9de08200 | 2398 | If OBJECT has BLKmode, SIZE is its length in bytes and ALIGN is |
e9a25f70 | 2399 | the maximum alignment we can is has, measured in bytes. |
bbf6f052 | 2400 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2401 | If we call a function that returns the length of the block, return it. */ |
2402 | ||
2403 | rtx | |
9de08200 | 2404 | clear_storage (object, size, align) |
bbf6f052 | 2405 | rtx object; |
4c08eef0 | 2406 | rtx size; |
9de08200 | 2407 | int align; |
bbf6f052 | 2408 | { |
52cf7115 JL |
2409 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
2410 | static tree fn; | |
2411 | tree call_expr, arg_list; | |
2412 | #endif | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2413 | rtx retval = 0; |
2414 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2415 | if (GET_MODE (object) == BLKmode) |
2416 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
2417 | object = protect_from_queue (object, 1); |
2418 | size = protect_from_queue (size, 0); | |
2419 | ||
2420 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
fbe1758d | 2421 | && MOVE_BY_PIECES_P (INTVAL (size), align)) |
9de08200 RK |
2422 | clear_by_pieces (object, INTVAL (size), align); |
2423 | ||
2424 | else | |
2425 | { | |
2426 | /* Try the most limited insn first, because there's no point | |
2427 | including more than one in the machine description unless | |
2428 | the more limited one has some advantage. */ | |
2429 | ||
2430 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); | |
2431 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2432 | ||
2433 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode; | |
2434 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
2435 | { | |
2436 | enum insn_code code = clrstr_optab[(int) mode]; | |
2437 | ||
2438 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
2439 | /* We don't need MODE to be narrower than | |
2440 | BITS_PER_HOST_WIDE_INT here because if SIZE is less than | |
2441 | the mode mask, as it is returned by the macro, it will | |
2442 | definitely be less than the actual mode mask. */ | |
2443 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2444 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
e5e809f4 | 2445 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) |
9de08200 RK |
2446 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) |
2447 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 | |
2448 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) (object, | |
2449 | BLKmode)) | |
2450 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] == 0 | |
2451 | || (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) (opalign, | |
2452 | VOIDmode))) | |
2453 | { | |
2454 | rtx op1; | |
2455 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
2456 | rtx pat; | |
2457 | ||
2458 | op1 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
2459 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] != 0 | |
2460 | && ! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) (op1, | |
2461 | mode)) | |
2462 | op1 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op1); | |
2463 | ||
2464 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (object, op1, opalign); | |
2465 | if (pat) | |
2466 | { | |
2467 | emit_insn (pat); | |
e9a25f70 | 2468 | return 0; |
9de08200 RK |
2469 | } |
2470 | else | |
2471 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
2472 | } | |
2473 | } | |
2474 | ||
4bc973ae | 2475 | /* OBJECT or SIZE may have been passed through protect_from_queue. |
9de08200 | 2476 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2477 | It is unsafe to save the value generated by protect_from_queue |
2478 | and reuse it later. Consider what happens if emit_queue is | |
2479 | called before the return value from protect_from_queue is used. | |
52cf7115 | 2480 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2481 | Expansion of the CALL_EXPR below will call emit_queue before |
2482 | we are finished emitting RTL for argument setup. So if we are | |
2483 | not careful we could get the wrong value for an argument. | |
52cf7115 | 2484 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2485 | To avoid this problem we go ahead and emit code to copy OBJECT |
2486 | and SIZE into new pseudos. We can then place those new pseudos | |
2487 | into an RTL_EXPR and use them later, even after a call to | |
2488 | emit_queue. | |
52cf7115 | 2489 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2490 | Note this is not strictly needed for library calls since they |
2491 | do not call emit_queue before loading their arguments. However, | |
2492 | we may need to have library calls call emit_queue in the future | |
2493 | since failing to do so could cause problems for targets which | |
2494 | define SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and pass arguments in registers. */ | |
2495 | object = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (object, 0)); | |
52cf7115 | 2496 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2497 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
2498 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), size); | |
2499 | #else | |
2500 | size = convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size, | |
2501 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)); | |
f3dc586a | 2502 | size = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), size); |
4bc973ae | 2503 | #endif |
52cf7115 | 2504 | |
52cf7115 | 2505 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2506 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
2507 | /* It is incorrect to use the libcall calling conventions to call | |
2508 | memset in this context. | |
52cf7115 | 2509 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2510 | This could be a user call to memset and the user may wish to |
2511 | examine the return value from memset. | |
52cf7115 | 2512 | |
4bc973ae JL |
2513 | For targets where libcalls and normal calls have different |
2514 | conventions for returning pointers, we could end up generating | |
2515 | incorrect code. | |
2516 | ||
2517 | So instead of using a libcall sequence we build up a suitable | |
2518 | CALL_EXPR and expand the call in the normal fashion. */ | |
2519 | if (fn == NULL_TREE) | |
2520 | { | |
2521 | tree fntype; | |
2522 | ||
2523 | /* This was copied from except.c, I don't know if all this is | |
2524 | necessary in this context or not. */ | |
2525 | fn = get_identifier ("memset"); | |
2526 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
2527 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
2528 | fntype = build_pointer_type (void_type_node); | |
2529 | fntype = build_function_type (fntype, NULL_TREE); | |
2530 | fn = build_decl (FUNCTION_DECL, fn, fntype); | |
2531 | DECL_EXTERNAL (fn) = 1; | |
2532 | TREE_PUBLIC (fn) = 1; | |
2533 | DECL_ARTIFICIAL (fn) = 1; | |
2534 | make_decl_rtl (fn, NULL_PTR, 1); | |
2535 | assemble_external (fn); | |
2536 | pop_obstacks (); | |
2537 | } | |
2538 | ||
2539 | /* We need to make an argument list for the function call. | |
2540 | ||
2541 | memset has three arguments, the first is a void * addresses, the | |
2542 | second a integer with the initialization value, the last is a | |
2543 | size_t byte count for the copy. */ | |
2544 | arg_list | |
2545 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
2546 | make_tree (build_pointer_type (void_type_node), | |
2547 | object)); | |
2548 | TREE_CHAIN (arg_list) | |
2549 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, | |
2550 | make_tree (integer_type_node, const0_rtx)); | |
2551 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list)) | |
2552 | = build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, make_tree (sizetype, size)); | |
2553 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arg_list))) = NULL_TREE; | |
2554 | ||
2555 | /* Now we have to build up the CALL_EXPR itself. */ | |
2556 | call_expr = build1 (ADDR_EXPR, | |
2557 | build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (fn)), fn); | |
2558 | call_expr = build (CALL_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fn)), | |
2559 | call_expr, arg_list, NULL_TREE); | |
2560 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (call_expr) = 1; | |
2561 | ||
2562 | retval = expand_expr (call_expr, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 2563 | #else |
9de08200 | 2564 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, |
fe7bbd2a | 2565 | VOIDmode, 2, object, Pmode, size, |
9de08200 | 2566 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); |
bbf6f052 | 2567 | #endif |
9de08200 | 2568 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2569 | } |
2570 | else | |
66ed0683 | 2571 | emit_move_insn (object, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (object))); |
e9a25f70 JL |
2572 | |
2573 | return retval; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2574 | } |
2575 | ||
2576 | /* Generate code to copy Y into X. | |
2577 | Both Y and X must have the same mode, except that | |
2578 | Y can be a constant with VOIDmode. | |
2579 | This mode cannot be BLKmode; use emit_block_move for that. | |
2580 | ||
2581 | Return the last instruction emitted. */ | |
2582 | ||
2583 | rtx | |
2584 | emit_move_insn (x, y) | |
2585 | rtx x, y; | |
2586 | { | |
2587 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2588 | |
2589 | x = protect_from_queue (x, 1); | |
2590 | y = protect_from_queue (y, 0); | |
2591 | ||
2592 | if (mode == BLKmode || (GET_MODE (y) != mode && GET_MODE (y) != VOIDmode)) | |
2593 | abort (); | |
2594 | ||
ee5332b8 RH |
2595 | /* Never force constant_p_rtx to memory. */ |
2596 | if (GET_CODE (y) == CONSTANT_P_RTX) | |
2597 | ; | |
2598 | else if (CONSTANT_P (y) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2599 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); |
2600 | ||
2601 | /* If X or Y are memory references, verify that their addresses are valid | |
2602 | for the machine. */ | |
2603 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
2604 | && ((! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0)) | |
2605 | && ! push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2606 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2607 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0))))) | |
2608 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0)); | |
2609 | ||
2610 | if (GET_CODE (y) == MEM | |
2611 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (y), XEXP (y, 0)) | |
2612 | || (flag_force_addr | |
2613 | && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (y, 0))))) | |
2614 | y = change_address (y, VOIDmode, XEXP (y, 0)); | |
2615 | ||
2616 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2617 | abort (); | |
2618 | ||
261c4230 RS |
2619 | return emit_move_insn_1 (x, y); |
2620 | } | |
2621 | ||
2622 | /* Low level part of emit_move_insn. | |
2623 | Called just like emit_move_insn, but assumes X and Y | |
2624 | are basically valid. */ | |
2625 | ||
2626 | rtx | |
2627 | emit_move_insn_1 (x, y) | |
2628 | rtx x, y; | |
2629 | { | |
2630 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
2631 | enum machine_mode submode; | |
2632 | enum mode_class class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode); | |
2633 | int i; | |
2634 | ||
76bbe028 ZW |
2635 | if (mode >= MAX_MACHINE_MODE) |
2636 | abort (); | |
2637 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2638 | if (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
2639 | return | |
2640 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code) (x, y)); | |
2641 | ||
89742723 | 2642 | /* Expand complex moves by moving real part and imag part, if possible. */ |
7308a047 | 2643 | else if ((class == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT || class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) |
d0c76654 RK |
2644 | && BLKmode != (submode = mode_for_size ((GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) |
2645 | * BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
2646 | (class == MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
2647 | ? MODE_INT : MODE_FLOAT), | |
2648 | 0)) | |
7308a047 RS |
2649 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code |
2650 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
2651 | { | |
2652 | /* Don't split destination if it is a stack push. */ | |
2653 | int stack = push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x)); | |
7308a047 | 2654 | |
7308a047 RS |
2655 | /* If this is a stack, push the highpart first, so it |
2656 | will be in the argument order. | |
2657 | ||
2658 | In that case, change_address is used only to convert | |
2659 | the mode, not to change the address. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2660 | if (stack) |
2661 | { | |
e33c0d66 RS |
2662 | /* Note that the real part always precedes the imag part in memory |
2663 | regardless of machine's endianness. */ | |
c937357e RS |
2664 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD |
2665 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2666 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2667 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2668 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2669 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2670 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2671 | #else |
2672 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) | |
38a448ca | 2673 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2674 | gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2675 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
38a448ca | 2676 | (gen_rtx_MEM (submode, (XEXP (x, 0))), |
e33c0d66 | 2677 | gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e RS |
2678 | #endif |
2679 | } | |
2680 | else | |
2681 | { | |
c14c6529 RH |
2682 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for pseudos; |
2683 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. | |
2684 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
2685 | if (x != y | |
2686 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)) | |
b2e7e6fb | 2687 | { |
c14c6529 | 2688 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
b2e7e6fb | 2689 | } |
2638126a | 2690 | |
c937357e | 2691 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
976ff203 | 2692 | (gen_realpart (submode, x), gen_realpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2693 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (mov_optab->handlers[(int) submode].insn_code) |
976ff203 | 2694 | (gen_imagpart (submode, x), gen_imagpart (submode, y))); |
c937357e | 2695 | } |
7308a047 | 2696 | |
7a1ab50a | 2697 | return get_last_insn (); |
7308a047 RS |
2698 | } |
2699 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2700 | /* This will handle any multi-word mode that lacks a move_insn pattern. |
2701 | However, you will get better code if you define such patterns, | |
2702 | even if they must turn into multiple assembler instructions. */ | |
a4320483 | 2703 | else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2704 | { |
2705 | rtx last_insn = 0; | |
6551fa4d | 2706 | |
a98c9f1a RK |
2707 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
2708 | ||
2709 | /* If X is a push on the stack, do the push now and replace | |
2710 | X with a reference to the stack pointer. */ | |
2711 | if (push_operand (x, GET_MODE (x))) | |
2712 | { | |
2713 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))); | |
2714 | x = change_address (x, VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx); | |
2715 | } | |
2716 | #endif | |
2717 | ||
c14c6529 RH |
2718 | /* Show the output dies here. This is necessary for pseudos; |
2719 | hard regs shouldn't appear here except as return values. | |
2720 | We never want to emit such a clobber after reload. */ | |
2721 | if (x != y | |
2722 | && ! (reload_in_progress || reload_completed)) | |
b2e7e6fb | 2723 | { |
c14c6529 | 2724 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, x)); |
b2e7e6fb | 2725 | } |
15a7a8ec | 2726 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2727 | for (i = 0; |
2728 | i < (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2729 | i++) | |
2730 | { | |
2731 | rtx xpart = operand_subword (x, i, 1, mode); | |
2732 | rtx ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2733 | ||
2734 | /* If we can't get a part of Y, put Y into memory if it is a | |
2735 | constant. Otherwise, force it into a register. If we still | |
2736 | can't get a part of Y, abort. */ | |
2737 | if (ypart == 0 && CONSTANT_P (y)) | |
2738 | { | |
2739 | y = force_const_mem (mode, y); | |
2740 | ypart = operand_subword (y, i, 1, mode); | |
2741 | } | |
2742 | else if (ypart == 0) | |
2743 | ypart = operand_subword_force (y, i, mode); | |
2744 | ||
2745 | if (xpart == 0 || ypart == 0) | |
2746 | abort (); | |
2747 | ||
2748 | last_insn = emit_move_insn (xpart, ypart); | |
2749 | } | |
6551fa4d | 2750 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2751 | return last_insn; |
2752 | } | |
2753 | else | |
2754 | abort (); | |
2755 | } | |
2756 | \f | |
2757 | /* Pushing data onto the stack. */ | |
2758 | ||
2759 | /* Push a block of length SIZE (perhaps variable) | |
2760 | and return an rtx to address the beginning of the block. | |
2761 | Note that it is not possible for the value returned to be a QUEUED. | |
2762 | The value may be virtual_outgoing_args_rtx. | |
2763 | ||
2764 | EXTRA is the number of bytes of padding to push in addition to SIZE. | |
2765 | BELOW nonzero means this padding comes at low addresses; | |
2766 | otherwise, the padding comes at high addresses. */ | |
2767 | ||
2768 | rtx | |
2769 | push_block (size, extra, below) | |
2770 | rtx size; | |
2771 | int extra, below; | |
2772 | { | |
2773 | register rtx temp; | |
88f63c77 RK |
2774 | |
2775 | size = convert_modes (Pmode, ptr_mode, size, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2776 | if (CONSTANT_P (size)) |
2777 | anti_adjust_stack (plus_constant (size, extra)); | |
2778 | else if (GET_CODE (size) == REG && extra == 0) | |
2779 | anti_adjust_stack (size); | |
2780 | else | |
2781 | { | |
2782 | rtx temp = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, size); | |
2783 | if (extra != 0) | |
906c4e36 | 2784 | temp = expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, temp, GEN_INT (extra), |
bbf6f052 RK |
2785 | temp, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
2786 | anti_adjust_stack (temp); | |
2787 | } | |
2788 | ||
e1a9b2ab HB |
2789 | #if defined (STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD) \ |
2790 | || (defined (ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD) \ | |
2791 | && !defined (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)) | |
2792 | ||
2793 | /* Return the lowest stack address when STACK or ARGS grow downward and | |
2794 | we are not aaccumulating outgoing arguments (the c4x port uses such | |
2795 | conventions). */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2796 | temp = virtual_outgoing_args_rtx; |
2797 | if (extra != 0 && below) | |
2798 | temp = plus_constant (temp, extra); | |
2799 | #else | |
2800 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
2801 | temp = plus_constant (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, | |
2802 | - INTVAL (size) - (below ? 0 : extra)); | |
2803 | else if (extra != 0 && !below) | |
38a448ca | 2804 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2805 | negate_rtx (Pmode, plus_constant (size, extra))); |
2806 | else | |
38a448ca | 2807 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
2808 | negate_rtx (Pmode, size)); |
2809 | #endif | |
2810 | ||
2811 | return memory_address (GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT), temp); | |
2812 | } | |
2813 | ||
87e38d84 | 2814 | rtx |
bbf6f052 RK |
2815 | gen_push_operand () |
2816 | { | |
38a448ca | 2817 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (STACK_PUSH_CODE, Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2818 | } |
2819 | ||
921b3427 RK |
2820 | /* Return an rtx for the address of the beginning of a as-if-it-was-pushed |
2821 | block of SIZE bytes. */ | |
2822 | ||
2823 | static rtx | |
2824 | get_push_address (size) | |
2825 | int size; | |
2826 | { | |
2827 | register rtx temp; | |
2828 | ||
2829 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
38a448ca | 2830 | temp = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 | 2831 | else if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC) |
38a448ca | 2832 | temp = gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (size)); |
921b3427 RK |
2833 | else |
2834 | temp = stack_pointer_rtx; | |
2835 | ||
c85f7c16 | 2836 | return copy_to_reg (temp); |
921b3427 RK |
2837 | } |
2838 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
2839 | /* Generate code to push X onto the stack, assuming it has mode MODE and |
2840 | type TYPE. | |
2841 | MODE is redundant except when X is a CONST_INT (since they don't | |
2842 | carry mode info). | |
2843 | SIZE is an rtx for the size of data to be copied (in bytes), | |
2844 | needed only if X is BLKmode. | |
2845 | ||
2846 | ALIGN (in bytes) is maximum alignment we can assume. | |
2847 | ||
cd048831 RK |
2848 | If PARTIAL and REG are both nonzero, then copy that many of the first |
2849 | words of X into registers starting with REG, and push the rest of X. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2850 | The amount of space pushed is decreased by PARTIAL words, |
2851 | rounded *down* to a multiple of PARM_BOUNDARY. | |
2852 | REG must be a hard register in this case. | |
cd048831 RK |
2853 | If REG is zero but PARTIAL is not, take any all others actions for an |
2854 | argument partially in registers, but do not actually load any | |
2855 | registers. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2856 | |
2857 | EXTRA is the amount in bytes of extra space to leave next to this arg. | |
6dc42e49 | 2858 | This is ignored if an argument block has already been allocated. |
bbf6f052 RK |
2859 | |
2860 | On a machine that lacks real push insns, ARGS_ADDR is the address of | |
2861 | the bottom of the argument block for this call. We use indexing off there | |
2862 | to store the arg. On machines with push insns, ARGS_ADDR is 0 when a | |
2863 | argument block has not been preallocated. | |
2864 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
2865 | ARGS_SO_FAR is the size of args previously pushed for this call. |
2866 | ||
2867 | REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is nonzero if functions require stack space | |
2868 | for arguments passed in registers. If nonzero, it will be the number | |
2869 | of bytes required. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2870 | |
2871 | void | |
2872 | emit_push_insn (x, mode, type, size, align, partial, reg, extra, | |
e5e809f4 | 2873 | args_addr, args_so_far, reg_parm_stack_space) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2874 | register rtx x; |
2875 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2876 | tree type; | |
2877 | rtx size; | |
2878 | int align; | |
2879 | int partial; | |
2880 | rtx reg; | |
2881 | int extra; | |
2882 | rtx args_addr; | |
2883 | rtx args_so_far; | |
e5e809f4 | 2884 | int reg_parm_stack_space; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2885 | { |
2886 | rtx xinner; | |
2887 | enum direction stack_direction | |
2888 | #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
2889 | = downward; | |
2890 | #else | |
2891 | = upward; | |
2892 | #endif | |
2893 | ||
2894 | /* Decide where to pad the argument: `downward' for below, | |
2895 | `upward' for above, or `none' for don't pad it. | |
2896 | Default is below for small data on big-endian machines; else above. */ | |
2897 | enum direction where_pad = FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type); | |
2898 | ||
2899 | /* Invert direction if stack is post-update. */ | |
2900 | if (STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_INC || STACK_PUSH_CODE == POST_DEC) | |
2901 | if (where_pad != none) | |
2902 | where_pad = (where_pad == downward ? upward : downward); | |
2903 | ||
2904 | xinner = x = protect_from_queue (x, 0); | |
2905 | ||
2906 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
2907 | { | |
2908 | /* Copy a block into the stack, entirely or partially. */ | |
2909 | ||
2910 | register rtx temp; | |
2911 | int used = partial * UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
2912 | int offset = used % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
2913 | int skip; | |
2914 | ||
2915 | if (size == 0) | |
2916 | abort (); | |
2917 | ||
2918 | used -= offset; | |
2919 | ||
2920 | /* USED is now the # of bytes we need not copy to the stack | |
2921 | because registers will take care of them. */ | |
2922 | ||
2923 | if (partial != 0) | |
2924 | xinner = change_address (xinner, BLKmode, | |
2925 | plus_constant (XEXP (xinner, 0), used)); | |
2926 | ||
2927 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
2928 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
2929 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
2930 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 2931 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : used; |
bbf6f052 RK |
2932 | |
2933 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
2934 | /* Do it with several push insns if that doesn't take lots of insns | |
2935 | and if there is no difficulty with push insns that skip bytes | |
2936 | on the stack for alignment purposes. */ | |
2937 | if (args_addr == 0 | |
2938 | && GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
2939 | && skip == 0 | |
15914757 | 2940 | && (MOVE_BY_PIECES_P ((unsigned) INTVAL (size) - used, align)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2941 | /* Here we avoid the case of a structure whose weak alignment |
2942 | forces many pushes of a small amount of data, | |
2943 | and such small pushes do rounding that causes trouble. */ | |
c7a7ac46 | 2944 | && ((! SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS) |
e87b4f3f | 2945 | || align >= BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT / BITS_PER_UNIT |
bbf6f052 | 2946 | || PUSH_ROUNDING (align) == align) |
bbf6f052 RK |
2947 | && PUSH_ROUNDING (INTVAL (size)) == INTVAL (size)) |
2948 | { | |
2949 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
2950 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
2951 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
2952 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
2953 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 2954 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 | 2955 | |
38a448ca | 2956 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, gen_push_operand ()), xinner, |
bbf6f052 | 2957 | INTVAL (size) - used, align); |
921b3427 | 2958 | |
7d384cc0 | 2959 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
2960 | { |
2961 | rtx temp; | |
2962 | ||
956d6950 | 2963 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 2964 | temp = get_push_address (INTVAL(size) - used); |
c85f7c16 | 2965 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 | 2966 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
2967 | temp, Pmode, |
2968 | XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
2969 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), |
2970 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
2971 | else | |
2972 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 2973 | temp, Pmode, |
921b3427 RK |
2974 | GEN_INT (INTVAL(size) - used), |
2975 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
2976 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
2977 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
2978 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 2979 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
2980 | } |
2981 | else | |
2982 | #endif /* PUSH_ROUNDING */ | |
2983 | { | |
2984 | /* Otherwise make space on the stack and copy the data | |
2985 | to the address of that space. */ | |
2986 | ||
2987 | /* Deduct words put into registers from the size we must copy. */ | |
2988 | if (partial != 0) | |
2989 | { | |
2990 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT) | |
906c4e36 | 2991 | size = GEN_INT (INTVAL (size) - used); |
bbf6f052 RK |
2992 | else |
2993 | size = expand_binop (GET_MODE (size), sub_optab, size, | |
906c4e36 RK |
2994 | GEN_INT (used), NULL_RTX, 0, |
2995 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
2996 | } |
2997 | ||
2998 | /* Get the address of the stack space. | |
2999 | In this case, we do not deal with EXTRA separately. | |
3000 | A single stack adjust will do. */ | |
3001 | if (! args_addr) | |
3002 | { | |
3003 | temp = push_block (size, extra, where_pad == downward); | |
3004 | extra = 0; | |
3005 | } | |
3006 | else if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
3007 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
3008 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
3009 | skip + INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
3010 | else | |
3011 | temp = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
38a448ca RH |
3012 | plus_constant (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, |
3013 | args_addr, | |
3014 | args_so_far), | |
bbf6f052 | 3015 | skip)); |
7d384cc0 | 3016 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 RK |
3017 | { |
3018 | rtx target; | |
3019 | ||
956d6950 | 3020 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 | 3021 | target = copy_to_reg (temp); |
c85f7c16 | 3022 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 | 3023 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
3024 | target, Pmode, |
3025 | XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3026 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
3027 | else | |
3028 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3029 | target, Pmode, |
921b3427 | 3030 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3031 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
3032 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
3033 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 3034 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3035 | |
3036 | /* TEMP is the address of the block. Copy the data there. */ | |
3037 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
fbe1758d | 3038 | && (MOVE_BY_PIECES_P ((unsigned) INTVAL (size), align))) |
bbf6f052 | 3039 | { |
38a448ca | 3040 | move_by_pieces (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp), xinner, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3041 | INTVAL (size), align); |
3042 | goto ret; | |
3043 | } | |
e5e809f4 | 3044 | else |
bbf6f052 | 3045 | { |
e5e809f4 JL |
3046 | rtx opalign = GEN_INT (align); |
3047 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9e6a5703 | 3048 | rtx target = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, temp); |
e5e809f4 JL |
3049 | |
3050 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); | |
3051 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
3052 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
c841050e | 3053 | { |
e5e809f4 JL |
3054 | enum insn_code code = movstr_optab[(int) mode]; |
3055 | ||
3056 | if (code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
3057 | && ((GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
3058 | && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (size) | |
3059 | <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))) | |
3060 | || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) >= BITS_PER_WORD) | |
3061 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0] == 0 | |
3062 | || ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][0]) | |
3063 | (target, BLKmode))) | |
3064 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1] == 0 | |
3065 | || ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][1]) | |
3066 | (xinner, BLKmode))) | |
3067 | && (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3] == 0 | |
3068 | || ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][3]) | |
3069 | (opalign, VOIDmode)))) | |
3070 | { | |
3071 | rtx op2 = convert_to_mode (mode, size, 1); | |
3072 | rtx last = get_last_insn (); | |
3073 | rtx pat; | |
3074 | ||
3075 | if (insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2] != 0 | |
3076 | && ! ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) code][2]) | |
3077 | (op2, mode))) | |
3078 | op2 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op2); | |
3079 | ||
3080 | pat = GEN_FCN ((int) code) (target, xinner, | |
3081 | op2, opalign); | |
3082 | if (pat) | |
3083 | { | |
3084 | emit_insn (pat); | |
3085 | goto ret; | |
3086 | } | |
3087 | else | |
3088 | delete_insns_since (last); | |
3089 | } | |
c841050e | 3090 | } |
bbf6f052 | 3091 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3092 | |
3093 | #ifndef ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS | |
3094 | /* If the source is referenced relative to the stack pointer, | |
3095 | copy it to another register to stabilize it. We do not need | |
3096 | to do this if we know that we won't be changing sp. */ | |
3097 | ||
3098 | if (reg_mentioned_p (virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx, temp) | |
3099 | || reg_mentioned_p (virtual_outgoing_args_rtx, temp)) | |
3100 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3101 | #endif | |
3102 | ||
3103 | /* Make inhibit_defer_pop nonzero around the library call | |
3104 | to force it to pop the bcopy-arguments right away. */ | |
3105 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
3106 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 3107 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 3108 | VOIDmode, 3, temp, Pmode, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, |
0fa83258 RK |
3109 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3110 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 3111 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 3112 | #else |
d562e42e | 3113 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 | 3114 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (xinner, 0), Pmode, temp, Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3115 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3116 | size, | |
3117 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3118 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3119 | #endif |
3120 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
3121 | } | |
3122 | } | |
3123 | else if (partial > 0) | |
3124 | { | |
3125 | /* Scalar partly in registers. */ | |
3126 | ||
3127 | int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
3128 | int i; | |
3129 | int not_stack; | |
3130 | /* # words of start of argument | |
3131 | that we must make space for but need not store. */ | |
3132 | int offset = partial % (PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_WORD); | |
3133 | int args_offset = INTVAL (args_so_far); | |
3134 | int skip; | |
3135 | ||
3136 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3137 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3138 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3139 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3140 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3141 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3142 | |
3143 | /* If we make space by pushing it, we might as well push | |
3144 | the real data. Otherwise, we can leave OFFSET nonzero | |
3145 | and leave the space uninitialized. */ | |
3146 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
3147 | offset = 0; | |
3148 | ||
3149 | /* Now NOT_STACK gets the number of words that we don't need to | |
3150 | allocate on the stack. */ | |
3151 | not_stack = partial - offset; | |
3152 | ||
3153 | /* If the partial register-part of the arg counts in its stack size, | |
3154 | skip the part of stack space corresponding to the registers. | |
3155 | Otherwise, start copying to the beginning of the stack space, | |
3156 | by setting SKIP to 0. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 3157 | skip = (reg_parm_stack_space == 0) ? 0 : not_stack; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3158 | |
3159 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && ! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)) | |
3160 | x = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, x)); | |
3161 | ||
3162 | /* If X is a hard register in a non-integer mode, copy it into a pseudo; | |
3163 | SUBREGs of such registers are not allowed. */ | |
3164 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
3165 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_INT)) | |
3166 | x = copy_to_reg (x); | |
3167 | ||
3168 | /* Loop over all the words allocated on the stack for this arg. */ | |
3169 | /* We can do it by words, because any scalar bigger than a word | |
3170 | has a size a multiple of a word. */ | |
3171 | #ifndef PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED | |
3172 | for (i = not_stack; i < size; i++) | |
3173 | #else | |
3174 | for (i = size - 1; i >= not_stack; i--) | |
3175 | #endif | |
3176 | if (i >= not_stack + offset) | |
3177 | emit_push_insn (operand_subword_force (x, i, mode), | |
906c4e36 RK |
3178 | word_mode, NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, align, 0, NULL_RTX, |
3179 | 0, args_addr, | |
3180 | GEN_INT (args_offset + ((i - not_stack + skip) | |
e5e809f4 JL |
3181 | * UNITS_PER_WORD)), |
3182 | reg_parm_stack_space); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3183 | } |
3184 | else | |
3185 | { | |
3186 | rtx addr; | |
921b3427 | 3187 | rtx target = NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3188 | |
3189 | /* Push padding now if padding above and stack grows down, | |
3190 | or if padding below and stack grows up. | |
3191 | But if space already allocated, this has already been done. */ | |
3192 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 | |
3193 | && where_pad != none && where_pad != stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3194 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3195 | |
3196 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING | |
3197 | if (args_addr == 0) | |
3198 | addr = gen_push_operand (); | |
3199 | else | |
3200 | #endif | |
921b3427 RK |
3201 | { |
3202 | if (GET_CODE (args_so_far) == CONST_INT) | |
3203 | addr | |
3204 | = memory_address (mode, | |
3205 | plus_constant (args_addr, | |
3206 | INTVAL (args_so_far))); | |
3207 | else | |
38a448ca RH |
3208 | addr = memory_address (mode, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, args_addr, |
3209 | args_so_far)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3210 | target = addr; |
3211 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 3212 | |
38a448ca | 3213 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr), x); |
921b3427 | 3214 | |
7d384cc0 | 3215 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && ! in_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 3216 | { |
956d6950 | 3217 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; |
921b3427 RK |
3218 | if (target == 0) |
3219 | target = get_push_address (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); | |
3220 | ||
c85f7c16 | 3221 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)) |
921b3427 | 3222 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
3223 | target, Pmode, |
3224 | XEXP (x, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3225 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), |
3226 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
3227 | else | |
3228 | emit_library_call (chkr_set_right_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3229 | target, Pmode, |
921b3427 RK |
3230 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)), |
3231 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
3232 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RW), |
3233 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
3234 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
921b3427 | 3235 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3236 | } |
3237 | ||
3238 | ret: | |
3239 | /* If part should go in registers, copy that part | |
3240 | into the appropriate registers. Do this now, at the end, | |
3241 | since mem-to-mem copies above may do function calls. */ | |
cd048831 | 3242 | if (partial > 0 && reg != 0) |
fffa9c1d JW |
3243 | { |
3244 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous locations. | |
3245 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3246 | if (GET_CODE (reg) == PARALLEL) | |
aac5cc16 | 3247 | emit_group_load (reg, x, -1, align); /* ??? size? */ |
fffa9c1d JW |
3248 | else |
3249 | move_block_to_reg (REGNO (reg), x, partial, mode); | |
3250 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3251 | |
3252 | if (extra && args_addr == 0 && where_pad == stack_direction) | |
906c4e36 | 3253 | anti_adjust_stack (GEN_INT (extra)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3254 | } |
3255 | \f | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3256 | /* Expand an assignment that stores the value of FROM into TO. |
3257 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return an rtx for the value of TO. | |
709f5be1 RS |
3258 | (This may contain a QUEUED rtx; |
3259 | if the value is constant, this rtx is a constant.) | |
3260 | Otherwise, the returned value is NULL_RTX. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3261 | |
3262 | SUGGEST_REG is no longer actually used. | |
3263 | It used to mean, copy the value through a register | |
3264 | and return that register, if that is possible. | |
709f5be1 | 3265 | We now use WANT_VALUE to decide whether to do this. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
3266 | |
3267 | rtx | |
3268 | expand_assignment (to, from, want_value, suggest_reg) | |
3269 | tree to, from; | |
3270 | int want_value; | |
3271 | int suggest_reg; | |
3272 | { | |
3273 | register rtx to_rtx = 0; | |
3274 | rtx result; | |
3275 | ||
3276 | /* Don't crash if the lhs of the assignment was erroneous. */ | |
3277 | ||
3278 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == ERROR_MARK) | |
709f5be1 RS |
3279 | { |
3280 | result = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3281 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; | |
3282 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3283 | |
3284 | /* Assignment of a structure component needs special treatment | |
3285 | if the structure component's rtx is not simply a MEM. | |
6be58303 JW |
3286 | Assignment of an array element at a constant index, and assignment of |
3287 | an array element in an unaligned packed structure field, has the same | |
3288 | problem. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3289 | |
08293add RK |
3290 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (to) == BIT_FIELD_REF |
3291 | || TREE_CODE (to) == ARRAY_REF) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3292 | { |
3293 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
3294 | int bitsize; | |
3295 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 3296 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3297 | int unsignedp; |
3298 | int volatilep = 0; | |
0088fcb1 | 3299 | tree tem; |
d78d243c | 3300 | int alignment; |
0088fcb1 RK |
3301 | |
3302 | push_temp_slots (); | |
839c4796 RK |
3303 | tem = get_inner_reference (to, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode1, |
3304 | &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3305 | |
3306 | /* If we are going to use store_bit_field and extract_bit_field, | |
3307 | make sure to_rtx will be safe for multiple use. */ | |
3308 | ||
3309 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode && want_value) | |
3310 | tem = stabilize_reference (tem); | |
3311 | ||
921b3427 | 3312 | to_rtx = expand_expr (tem, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); |
7bb0943f RS |
3313 | if (offset != 0) |
3314 | { | |
906c4e36 | 3315 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
3316 | |
3317 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
3318 | abort (); | |
bd070e1a RH |
3319 | |
3320 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
3321 | { | |
3322 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
822a3443 | 3323 | offset_rtx = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, offset_rtx); |
bd070e1a RH |
3324 | #else |
3325 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
3326 | #endif | |
3327 | } | |
3328 | ||
9a7b9f4f JL |
3329 | /* A constant address in TO_RTX can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
3330 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ | |
89752202 HB |
3331 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM |
3332 | && GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode | |
9a7b9f4f | 3333 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (to_rtx, 0)) != VOIDmode |
89752202 HB |
3334 | && bitsize |
3335 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 | |
3336 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 | |
3337 | && (alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) | |
3338 | { | |
3339 | rtx temp = change_address (to_rtx, mode1, | |
3340 | plus_constant (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), | |
3341 | (bitpos / | |
3342 | BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
3343 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
3344 | to_rtx = temp; | |
3345 | else | |
3346 | to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, mode1, | |
3347 | force_reg (GET_MODE (XEXP (temp, 0)), | |
3348 | XEXP (temp, 0))); | |
3349 | bitpos = 0; | |
3350 | } | |
3351 | ||
7bb0943f | 3352 | to_rtx = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, |
38a448ca RH |
3353 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
3354 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f | 3355 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3356 | if (volatilep) |
3357 | { | |
3358 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
01188446 JW |
3359 | { |
3360 | /* When the offset is zero, to_rtx is the address of the | |
3361 | structure we are storing into, and hence may be shared. | |
3362 | We must make a new MEM before setting the volatile bit. */ | |
3363 | if (offset == 0) | |
effbcc6a RK |
3364 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
3365 | ||
01188446 JW |
3366 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
3367 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3368 | #if 0 /* This was turned off because, when a field is volatile |
3369 | in an object which is not volatile, the object may be in a register, | |
3370 | and then we would abort over here. */ | |
3371 | else | |
3372 | abort (); | |
3373 | #endif | |
3374 | } | |
3375 | ||
956d6950 JL |
3376 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == COMPONENT_REF |
3377 | && TREE_READONLY (TREE_OPERAND (to, 1))) | |
3378 | { | |
8bd6ecc2 | 3379 | if (offset == 0) |
956d6950 JL |
3380 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
3381 | ||
3382 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; | |
3383 | } | |
3384 | ||
921b3427 | 3385 | /* Check the access. */ |
7d384cc0 | 3386 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
921b3427 RK |
3387 | { |
3388 | rtx to_addr; | |
3389 | int size; | |
3390 | int best_mode_size; | |
3391 | enum machine_mode best_mode; | |
3392 | ||
3393 | best_mode = get_best_mode (bitsize, bitpos, | |
3394 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)), | |
3395 | mode1, volatilep); | |
3396 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) | |
3397 | best_mode = QImode; | |
3398 | ||
3399 | best_mode_size = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (best_mode); | |
3400 | to_addr = plus_constant (XEXP (to_rtx, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
3401 | size = CEIL ((bitpos % best_mode_size) + bitsize, best_mode_size); | |
3402 | size *= GET_MODE_SIZE (best_mode); | |
3403 | ||
3404 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3405 | if (size) |
3406 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3407 | to_addr, Pmode, |
e9a25f70 | 3408 | GEN_INT (size), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3409 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3410 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3411 | } |
3412 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3413 | result = store_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, mode1, from, |
3414 | (want_value | |
3415 | /* Spurious cast makes HPUX compiler happy. */ | |
3416 | ? (enum machine_mode) TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) | |
3417 | : VOIDmode), | |
3418 | unsignedp, | |
3419 | /* Required alignment of containing datum. */ | |
d78d243c | 3420 | alignment, |
ece32014 MM |
3421 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem)), |
3422 | get_alias_set (to)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3423 | preserve_temp_slots (result); |
3424 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3425 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 | 3426 | |
709f5be1 RS |
3427 | /* If the value is meaningful, convert RESULT to the proper mode. |
3428 | Otherwise, return nothing. */ | |
5ffe63ed RS |
3429 | return (want_value ? convert_modes (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (to)), |
3430 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (from)), | |
3431 | result, | |
3432 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (to))) | |
709f5be1 | 3433 | : NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3434 | } |
3435 | ||
cd1db108 RS |
3436 | /* If the rhs is a function call and its value is not an aggregate, |
3437 | call the function before we start to compute the lhs. | |
3438 | This is needed for correct code for cases such as | |
3439 | val = setjmp (buf) on machines where reference to val | |
1ad87b63 RK |
3440 | requires loading up part of an address in a separate insn. |
3441 | ||
3442 | Don't do this if TO is a VAR_DECL whose DECL_RTL is REG since it might be | |
3443 | a promoted variable where the zero- or sign- extension needs to be done. | |
3444 | Handling this in the normal way is safe because no computation is done | |
3445 | before the call. */ | |
3446 | if (TREE_CODE (from) == CALL_EXPR && ! aggregate_value_p (from) | |
b35cd3c1 | 3447 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (from))) == INTEGER_CST |
1ad87b63 | 3448 | && ! (TREE_CODE (to) == VAR_DECL && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (to)) == REG)) |
cd1db108 | 3449 | { |
0088fcb1 RK |
3450 | rtx value; |
3451 | ||
3452 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3453 | value = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
cd1db108 | 3454 | if (to_rtx == 0) |
921b3427 | 3455 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); |
aaf87c45 | 3456 | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3457 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3458 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3459 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == PARALLEL) | |
aac5cc16 RH |
3460 | emit_group_load (to_rtx, value, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (from)), |
3461 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (from)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
fffa9c1d | 3462 | else if (GET_MODE (to_rtx) == BLKmode) |
db3ec607 | 3463 | emit_block_move (to_rtx, value, expr_size (from), |
ff9b5bd8 | 3464 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (from)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); |
aaf87c45 | 3465 | else |
6419e5b0 DT |
3466 | { |
3467 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
ab40f612 DT |
3468 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) == REFERENCE_TYPE |
3469 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (to)) == POINTER_TYPE) | |
6419e5b0 DT |
3470 | value = convert_memory_address (GET_MODE (to_rtx), value); |
3471 | #endif | |
3472 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, value); | |
3473 | } | |
cd1db108 RS |
3474 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); |
3475 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3476 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3477 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
cd1db108 RS |
3478 | } |
3479 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3480 | /* Ordinary treatment. Expand TO to get a REG or MEM rtx. |
3481 | Don't re-expand if it was expanded already (in COMPONENT_REF case). */ | |
3482 | ||
3483 | if (to_rtx == 0) | |
41472af8 MM |
3484 | { |
3485 | to_rtx = expand_expr (to, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO); | |
3486 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) | |
3487 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (to_rtx) = get_alias_set (to); | |
3488 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 3489 | |
86d38d25 RS |
3490 | /* Don't move directly into a return register. */ |
3491 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && GET_CODE (to_rtx) == REG) | |
3492 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3493 | rtx temp; |
3494 | ||
3495 | push_temp_slots (); | |
3496 | temp = expand_expr (from, 0, GET_MODE (to_rtx), 0); | |
86d38d25 RS |
3497 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, temp); |
3498 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3499 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3500 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3501 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
86d38d25 RS |
3502 | } |
3503 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3504 | /* In case we are returning the contents of an object which overlaps |
3505 | the place the value is being stored, use a safe function when copying | |
3506 | a value through a pointer into a structure value return block. */ | |
3507 | if (TREE_CODE (to) == RESULT_DECL && TREE_CODE (from) == INDIRECT_REF | |
3508 | && current_function_returns_struct | |
3509 | && !current_function_returns_pcc_struct) | |
3510 | { | |
0088fcb1 RK |
3511 | rtx from_rtx, size; |
3512 | ||
3513 | push_temp_slots (); | |
33a20d10 | 3514 | size = expr_size (from); |
921b3427 RK |
3515 | from_rtx = expand_expr (from, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, |
3516 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT); | |
3517 | ||
3518 | /* Copy the rights of the bitmap. */ | |
7d384cc0 | 3519 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 3520 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
3521 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3522 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3523 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3524 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3525 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3526 | |
3527 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
d562e42e | 3528 | emit_library_call (memcpy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3529 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3530 | XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
0fa83258 RK |
3531 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
3532 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
26ba80fc | 3533 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
bbf6f052 | 3534 | #else |
d562e42e | 3535 | emit_library_call (bcopy_libfunc, 0, |
bbf6f052 RK |
3536 | VOIDmode, 3, XEXP (from_rtx, 0), Pmode, |
3537 | XEXP (to_rtx, 0), Pmode, | |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3538 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3539 | size, TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3540 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3541 | #endif |
3542 | ||
3543 | preserve_temp_slots (to_rtx); | |
3544 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3545 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3546 | return want_value ? to_rtx : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3547 | } |
3548 | ||
3549 | /* Compute FROM and store the value in the rtx we got. */ | |
3550 | ||
0088fcb1 | 3551 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3552 | result = store_expr (from, to_rtx, want_value); |
3553 | preserve_temp_slots (result); | |
3554 | free_temp_slots (); | |
0088fcb1 | 3555 | pop_temp_slots (); |
709f5be1 | 3556 | return want_value ? result : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3557 | } |
3558 | ||
3559 | /* Generate code for computing expression EXP, | |
3560 | and storing the value into TARGET. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3561 | TARGET may contain a QUEUED rtx. |
3562 | ||
709f5be1 RS |
3563 | If WANT_VALUE is nonzero, return a copy of the value |
3564 | not in TARGET, so that we can be sure to use the proper | |
3565 | value in a containing expression even if TARGET has something | |
3566 | else stored in it. If possible, we copy the value through a pseudo | |
3567 | and return that pseudo. Or, if the value is constant, we try to | |
3568 | return the constant. In some cases, we return a pseudo | |
3569 | copied *from* TARGET. | |
3570 | ||
3571 | If the mode is BLKmode then we may return TARGET itself. | |
3572 | It turns out that in BLKmode it doesn't cause a problem. | |
3573 | because C has no operators that could combine two different | |
3574 | assignments into the same BLKmode object with different values | |
3575 | with no sequence point. Will other languages need this to | |
3576 | be more thorough? | |
3577 | ||
3578 | If WANT_VALUE is 0, we return NULL, to make sure | |
3579 | to catch quickly any cases where the caller uses the value | |
3580 | and fails to set WANT_VALUE. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3581 | |
3582 | rtx | |
709f5be1 | 3583 | store_expr (exp, target, want_value) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3584 | register tree exp; |
3585 | register rtx target; | |
709f5be1 | 3586 | int want_value; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3587 | { |
3588 | register rtx temp; | |
3589 | int dont_return_target = 0; | |
3590 | ||
3591 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPOUND_EXPR) | |
3592 | { | |
3593 | /* Perform first part of compound expression, then assign from second | |
3594 | part. */ | |
3595 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
3596 | emit_queue (); | |
709f5be1 | 3597 | return store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, want_value); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3598 | } |
3599 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COND_EXPR && GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode) | |
3600 | { | |
3601 | /* For conditional expression, get safe form of the target. Then | |
3602 | test the condition, doing the appropriate assignment on either | |
3603 | side. This avoids the creation of unnecessary temporaries. | |
3604 | For non-BLKmode, it is more efficient not to do this. */ | |
3605 | ||
3606 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (), lab2 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
3607 | ||
3608 | emit_queue (); | |
3609 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3610 | ||
dabf8373 | 3611 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3612 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
3613 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3614 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3615 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3616 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3617 | emit_queue (); |
3618 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (lab2)); | |
3619 | emit_barrier (); | |
3620 | emit_label (lab1); | |
956d6950 | 3621 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
709f5be1 | 3622 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), target, 0); |
956d6950 | 3623 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
3624 | emit_queue (); |
3625 | emit_label (lab2); | |
3626 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
a3a58acc | 3627 | |
709f5be1 | 3628 | return want_value ? target : NULL_RTX; |
bbf6f052 | 3629 | } |
bbf6f052 | 3630 | else if (queued_subexp_p (target)) |
709f5be1 RS |
3631 | /* If target contains a postincrement, let's not risk |
3632 | using it as the place to generate the rhs. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3633 | { |
3634 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (target) != VOIDmode) | |
3635 | { | |
3636 | /* Expand EXP into a new pseudo. */ | |
3637 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
3638 | temp = expand_expr (exp, temp, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
3639 | } | |
3640 | else | |
906c4e36 | 3641 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, GET_MODE (target), 0); |
709f5be1 RS |
3642 | |
3643 | /* If target is volatile, ANSI requires accessing the value | |
3644 | *from* the target, if it is accessed. So make that happen. | |
3645 | In no case return the target itself. */ | |
3646 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) && want_value) | |
3647 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 3648 | } |
12f06d17 CH |
3649 | else if (want_value && GET_CODE (target) == MEM && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (target) |
3650 | && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode) | |
3651 | /* If target is in memory and caller wants value in a register instead, | |
3652 | arrange that. Pass TARGET as target for expand_expr so that, | |
3653 | if EXP is another assignment, WANT_VALUE will be nonzero for it. | |
3654 | We know expand_expr will not use the target in that case. | |
3655 | Don't do this if TARGET is volatile because we are supposed | |
3656 | to write it and then read it. */ | |
3657 | { | |
3658 | temp = expand_expr (exp, cse_not_expected ? NULL_RTX : target, | |
3659 | GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
3660 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
3661 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
3662 | dont_return_target = 1; | |
3663 | } | |
1499e0a8 RK |
3664 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (target)) |
3665 | /* If this is an scalar in a register that is stored in a wider mode | |
3666 | than the declared mode, compute the result into its declared mode | |
3667 | and then convert to the wider mode. Our value is the computed | |
3668 | expression. */ | |
3669 | { | |
5a32d038 | 3670 | /* If we don't want a value, we can do the conversion inside EXP, |
f635a84d RK |
3671 | which will often result in some optimizations. Do the conversion |
3672 | in two steps: first change the signedness, if needed, then | |
ab6c58f1 RK |
3673 | the extend. But don't do this if the type of EXP is a subtype |
3674 | of something else since then the conversion might involve | |
3675 | more than just converting modes. */ | |
3676 | if (! want_value && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3677 | && TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == 0) | |
f635a84d RK |
3678 | { |
3679 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
3680 | != SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)) | |
3681 | exp | |
3682 | = convert | |
3683 | (signed_or_unsigned_type (SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target), | |
3684 | TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3685 | exp); | |
3686 | ||
3687 | exp = convert (type_for_mode (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3688 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)), | |
3689 | exp); | |
3690 | } | |
5a32d038 | 3691 | |
1499e0a8 | 3692 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
b258707c | 3693 | |
766f36c7 | 3694 | /* If TEMP is a volatile MEM and we want a result value, make |
f29369b9 RK |
3695 | the access now so it gets done only once. Likewise if |
3696 | it contains TARGET. */ | |
3697 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && want_value | |
3698 | && (MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) | |
3699 | || reg_mentioned_p (SUBREG_REG (target), XEXP (temp, 0)))) | |
766f36c7 RK |
3700 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); |
3701 | ||
b258707c RS |
3702 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant, use convert_modes to make |
3703 | sure that we properly convert it. */ | |
3704 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode) | |
3705 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (target)), | |
3706 | TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, | |
3707 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3708 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
3709 | convert_move (SUBREG_REG (target), temp, |
3710 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target)); | |
3dbecef9 JW |
3711 | |
3712 | /* If we promoted a constant, change the mode back down to match | |
3713 | target. Otherwise, the caller might get confused by a result whose | |
3714 | mode is larger than expected. */ | |
3715 | ||
3716 | if (want_value && GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
3717 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
3718 | { | |
3719 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (target), temp, 0); | |
3720 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; | |
3721 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) | |
3722 | = SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (target); | |
3723 | } | |
3724 | ||
709f5be1 | 3725 | return want_value ? temp : NULL_RTX; |
1499e0a8 | 3726 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
3727 | else |
3728 | { | |
3729 | temp = expand_expr (exp, target, GET_MODE (target), 0); | |
766f36c7 | 3730 | /* Return TARGET if it's a specified hardware register. |
709f5be1 RS |
3731 | If TARGET is a volatile mem ref, either return TARGET |
3732 | or return a reg copied *from* TARGET; ANSI requires this. | |
3733 | ||
3734 | Otherwise, if TEMP is not TARGET, return TEMP | |
3735 | if it is constant (for efficiency), | |
3736 | or if we really want the correct value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3737 | if (!(target && GET_CODE (target) == REG |
3738 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
709f5be1 | 3739 | && !(GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
effbcc6a | 3740 | && ! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
709f5be1 | 3741 | && (CONSTANT_P (temp) || want_value)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3742 | dont_return_target = 1; |
3743 | } | |
3744 | ||
b258707c RS |
3745 | /* If TEMP is a VOIDmode constant and the mode of the type of EXP is not |
3746 | the same as that of TARGET, adjust the constant. This is needed, for | |
3747 | example, in case it is a CONST_DOUBLE and we want only a word-sized | |
3748 | value. */ | |
3749 | if (CONSTANT_P (temp) && GET_MODE (temp) == VOIDmode | |
c1da1f33 | 3750 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK |
b258707c RS |
3751 | && GET_MODE (target) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
3752 | temp = convert_modes (GET_MODE (target), TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
3753 | temp, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
3754 | ||
7d384cc0 | 3755 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage |
921b3427 RK |
3756 | && GET_CODE (target) == MEM |
3757 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
3758 | { | |
3759 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
3760 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed MK |
3761 | XEXP (target, 0), Pmode, |
3762 | XEXP (temp, 0), Pmode, | |
921b3427 RK |
3763 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
3764 | else | |
3765 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 3766 | XEXP (target, 0), Pmode, |
921b3427 | 3767 | expr_size (exp), TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3768 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3769 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
3770 | } |
3771 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
3772 | /* If value was not generated in the target, store it there. |
3773 | Convert the value to TARGET's type first if nec. */ | |
f3f2255a R |
3774 | /* If TEMP and TARGET compare equal according to rtx_equal_p, but |
3775 | one or both of them are volatile memory refs, we have to distinguish | |
3776 | two cases: | |
3777 | - expand_expr has used TARGET. In this case, we must not generate | |
3778 | another copy. This can be detected by TARGET being equal according | |
3779 | to == . | |
3780 | - expand_expr has not used TARGET - that means that the source just | |
3781 | happens to have the same RTX form. Since temp will have been created | |
3782 | by expand_expr, it will compare unequal according to == . | |
3783 | We must generate a copy in this case, to reach the correct number | |
3784 | of volatile memory references. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 3785 | |
6036acbb | 3786 | if ((! rtx_equal_p (temp, target) |
f3f2255a R |
3787 | || (temp != target && (side_effects_p (temp) |
3788 | || side_effects_p (target)))) | |
6036acbb | 3789 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ERROR_MARK) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3790 | { |
3791 | target = protect_from_queue (target, 1); | |
3792 | if (GET_MODE (temp) != GET_MODE (target) | |
f0348c25 | 3793 | && GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) |
bbf6f052 RK |
3794 | { |
3795 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
3796 | if (dont_return_target) | |
3797 | { | |
3798 | /* In this case, we will return TEMP, | |
3799 | so make sure it has the proper mode. | |
3800 | But don't forget to store the value into TARGET. */ | |
3801 | temp = convert_to_mode (GET_MODE (target), temp, unsignedp); | |
3802 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3803 | } | |
3804 | else | |
3805 | convert_move (target, temp, unsignedp); | |
3806 | } | |
3807 | ||
3808 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode && TREE_CODE (exp) == STRING_CST) | |
3809 | { | |
3810 | /* Handle copying a string constant into an array. | |
3811 | The string constant may be shorter than the array. | |
3812 | So copy just the string's actual length, and clear the rest. */ | |
3813 | rtx size; | |
22619c3f | 3814 | rtx addr; |
bbf6f052 | 3815 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3816 | /* Get the size of the data type of the string, |
3817 | which is actually the size of the target. */ | |
3818 | size = expr_size (exp); | |
3819 | if (GET_CODE (size) == CONST_INT | |
3820 | && INTVAL (size) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)) | |
3821 | emit_block_move (target, temp, size, | |
3822 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3823 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 3824 | { |
e87b4f3f RS |
3825 | /* Compute the size of the data to copy from the string. */ |
3826 | tree copy_size | |
c03b7665 | 3827 | = size_binop (MIN_EXPR, |
b50d17a1 | 3828 | make_tree (sizetype, size), |
c03b7665 RK |
3829 | convert (sizetype, |
3830 | build_int_2 (TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp), 0))); | |
906c4e36 RK |
3831 | rtx copy_size_rtx = expand_expr (copy_size, NULL_RTX, |
3832 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3833 | rtx label = 0; |
3834 | ||
3835 | /* Copy that much. */ | |
3836 | emit_block_move (target, temp, copy_size_rtx, | |
3837 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3838 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
3839 | /* Figure out how much is left in TARGET that we have to clear. |
3840 | Do all calculations in ptr_mode. */ | |
3841 | ||
3842 | addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
3843 | addr = convert_modes (ptr_mode, Pmode, addr, 1); | |
3844 | ||
e87b4f3f RS |
3845 | if (GET_CODE (copy_size_rtx) == CONST_INT) |
3846 | { | |
88f63c77 | 3847 | addr = plus_constant (addr, TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
22619c3f | 3848 | size = plus_constant (size, - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (exp)); |
e87b4f3f RS |
3849 | } |
3850 | else | |
3851 | { | |
88f63c77 RK |
3852 | addr = force_reg (ptr_mode, addr); |
3853 | addr = expand_binop (ptr_mode, add_optab, addr, | |
906c4e36 RK |
3854 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3855 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3856 | |
88f63c77 | 3857 | size = expand_binop (ptr_mode, sub_optab, size, |
906c4e36 RK |
3858 | copy_size_rtx, NULL_RTX, 0, |
3859 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
e87b4f3f | 3860 | |
e87b4f3f | 3861 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 JL |
3862 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (size, const0_rtx, LT, NULL_RTX, |
3863 | GET_MODE (size), 0, 0, label); | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3864 | } |
3865 | ||
3866 | if (size != const0_rtx) | |
3867 | { | |
921b3427 | 3868 | /* Be sure we can write on ADDR. */ |
7d384cc0 | 3869 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
921b3427 | 3870 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed | 3871 | addr, Pmode, |
921b3427 | 3872 | size, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
956d6950 JL |
3873 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), |
3874 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3875 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
3b6f75e2 | 3876 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 3, |
86242483 | 3877 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3878 | const0_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3879 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
3880 | size, | |
3881 | TREE_UNSIGNED (sizetype)), | |
3882 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3883 | #else |
d562e42e | 3884 | emit_library_call (bzero_libfunc, 0, VOIDmode, 2, |
86242483 | 3885 | addr, ptr_mode, |
3b6f75e2 JW |
3886 | convert_to_mode (TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
3887 | size, | |
3888 | TREE_UNSIGNED (integer_type_node)), | |
3889 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 3890 | #endif |
e87b4f3f | 3891 | } |
22619c3f | 3892 | |
e87b4f3f RS |
3893 | if (label) |
3894 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3895 | } |
3896 | } | |
fffa9c1d JW |
3897 | /* Handle calls that return values in multiple non-contiguous locations. |
3898 | The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
3899 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) | |
aac5cc16 RH |
3900 | emit_group_load (target, temp, int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp)), |
3901 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
3902 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) |
3903 | emit_block_move (target, temp, expr_size (exp), | |
3904 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
3905 | else | |
3906 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); | |
3907 | } | |
709f5be1 | 3908 | |
766f36c7 RK |
3909 | /* If we don't want a value, return NULL_RTX. */ |
3910 | if (! want_value) | |
3911 | return NULL_RTX; | |
3912 | ||
3913 | /* If we are supposed to return TEMP, do so as long as it isn't a MEM. | |
3914 | ??? The latter test doesn't seem to make sense. */ | |
3915 | else if (dont_return_target && GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
bbf6f052 | 3916 | return temp; |
766f36c7 RK |
3917 | |
3918 | /* Return TARGET itself if it is a hard register. */ | |
3919 | else if (want_value && GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode | |
3920 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
3921 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
709f5be1 | 3922 | return copy_to_reg (target); |
766f36c7 RK |
3923 | |
3924 | else | |
709f5be1 | 3925 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
3926 | } |
3927 | \f | |
9de08200 RK |
3928 | /* Return 1 if EXP just contains zeros. */ |
3929 | ||
3930 | static int | |
3931 | is_zeros_p (exp) | |
3932 | tree exp; | |
3933 | { | |
3934 | tree elt; | |
3935 | ||
3936 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
3937 | { | |
3938 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
3939 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
3940 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
3941 | return is_zeros_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
3942 | ||
3943 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
3944 | return TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp) == 0 && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp) == 0; | |
3945 | ||
3946 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
3947 | return | |
3948 | is_zeros_p (TREE_REALPART (exp)) && is_zeros_p (TREE_IMAGPART (exp)); | |
3949 | ||
3950 | case REAL_CST: | |
41c9120b | 3951 | return REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (TREE_REAL_CST (exp), dconst0); |
9de08200 RK |
3952 | |
3953 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3954 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) |
3955 | return CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp) == NULL_TREE; | |
9de08200 RK |
3956 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
3957 | if (! is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
3958 | return 0; | |
3959 | ||
3960 | return 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3961 | |
3962 | default: | |
3963 | return 0; | |
9de08200 | 3964 | } |
9de08200 RK |
3965 | } |
3966 | ||
3967 | /* Return 1 if EXP contains mostly (3/4) zeros. */ | |
3968 | ||
3969 | static int | |
3970 | mostly_zeros_p (exp) | |
3971 | tree exp; | |
3972 | { | |
9de08200 RK |
3973 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR) |
3974 | { | |
e1a43f73 PB |
3975 | int elts = 0, zeros = 0; |
3976 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
3977 | if (TREE_TYPE (exp) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == SET_TYPE) | |
3978 | { | |
3979 | /* If there are no ranges of true bits, it is all zero. */ | |
3980 | return elt == NULL_TREE; | |
3981 | } | |
3982 | for (; elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
3983 | { | |
3984 | /* We do not handle the case where the index is a RANGE_EXPR, | |
3985 | so the statistic will be somewhat inaccurate. | |
3986 | We do make a more accurate count in store_constructor itself, | |
3987 | so since this function is only used for nested array elements, | |
0f41302f | 3988 | this should be close enough. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
3989 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
3990 | zeros++; | |
3991 | elts++; | |
3992 | } | |
9de08200 RK |
3993 | |
3994 | return 4 * zeros >= 3 * elts; | |
3995 | } | |
3996 | ||
3997 | return is_zeros_p (exp); | |
3998 | } | |
3999 | \f | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4000 | /* Helper function for store_constructor. |
4001 | TARGET, BITSIZE, BITPOS, MODE, EXP are as for store_field. | |
4002 | TYPE is the type of the CONSTRUCTOR, not the element type. | |
23ccec44 JW |
4003 | CLEARED is as for store_constructor. |
4004 | ||
4005 | This provides a recursive shortcut back to store_constructor when it isn't | |
4006 | necessary to go through store_field. This is so that we can pass through | |
4007 | the cleared field to let store_constructor know that we may not have to | |
4008 | clear a substructure if the outer structure has already been cleared. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4009 | |
4010 | static void | |
4011 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
4012 | mode, exp, type, cleared) | |
4013 | rtx target; | |
4014 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
4015 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4016 | tree exp, type; | |
4017 | int cleared; | |
4018 | { | |
4019 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
23ccec44 JW |
4020 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 |
4021 | /* If we have a non-zero bitpos for a register target, then we just | |
4022 | let store_field do the bitfield handling. This is unlikely to | |
4023 | generate unnecessary clear instructions anyways. */ | |
4024 | && (bitpos == 0 || GET_CODE (target) == MEM)) | |
e1a43f73 | 4025 | { |
126e5b0d JW |
4026 | if (bitpos != 0) |
4027 | target = change_address (target, VOIDmode, | |
4028 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
4029 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
4030 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4031 | } |
4032 | else | |
4033 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, | |
4034 | VOIDmode, 0, TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
ece32014 | 4035 | int_size_in_bytes (type), 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4036 | } |
4037 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4038 | /* Store the value of constructor EXP into the rtx TARGET. |
e1a43f73 | 4039 | TARGET is either a REG or a MEM. |
0f41302f | 4040 | CLEARED is true if TARGET is known to have been zero'd. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
4041 | |
4042 | static void | |
e1a43f73 | 4043 | store_constructor (exp, target, cleared) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4044 | tree exp; |
4045 | rtx target; | |
e1a43f73 | 4046 | int cleared; |
bbf6f052 | 4047 | { |
4af3895e | 4048 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); |
34c73909 | 4049 | rtx exp_size = expr_size (exp); |
4af3895e | 4050 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4051 | /* We know our target cannot conflict, since safe_from_p has been called. */ |
4052 | #if 0 | |
4053 | /* Don't try copying piece by piece into a hard register | |
4054 | since that is vulnerable to being clobbered by EXP. | |
4055 | Instead, construct in a pseudo register and then copy it all. */ | |
4056 | if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4057 | { | |
4058 | rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
e1a43f73 | 4059 | store_constructor (exp, temp, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4060 | emit_move_insn (target, temp); |
4061 | return; | |
4062 | } | |
4063 | #endif | |
4064 | ||
e44842fe RK |
4065 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4066 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4067 | { |
4068 | register tree elt; | |
4069 | ||
4af3895e | 4070 | /* Inform later passes that the whole union value is dead. */ |
e44842fe RK |
4071 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE |
4072 | || TREE_CODE (type) == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
38a448ca | 4073 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
4af3895e JVA |
4074 | |
4075 | /* If we are building a static constructor into a register, | |
4076 | set the initial value as zero so we can fold the value into | |
67225c15 RK |
4077 | a constant. But if more than one register is involved, |
4078 | this probably loses. */ | |
4079 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp) | |
4080 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
9de08200 RK |
4081 | { |
4082 | if (! cleared) | |
e9a25f70 | 4083 | emit_move_insn (target, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (target))); |
4af3895e | 4084 | |
9de08200 RK |
4085 | cleared = 1; |
4086 | } | |
4087 | ||
4088 | /* If the constructor has fewer fields than the structure | |
4089 | or if we are initializing the structure to mostly zeros, | |
bbf6f052 | 4090 | clear the whole structure first. */ |
9de08200 RK |
4091 | else if ((list_length (CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp)) |
4092 | != list_length (TYPE_FIELDS (type))) | |
4093 | || mostly_zeros_p (exp)) | |
4094 | { | |
4095 | if (! cleared) | |
4096 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
4097 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4098 | ||
4099 | cleared = 1; | |
4100 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4101 | else |
4102 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
38a448ca | 4103 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4104 | |
4105 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
4106 | the corresponding field of TARGET. */ | |
4107 | ||
4108 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
4109 | { | |
4110 | register tree field = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
34c73909 | 4111 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4112 | register enum machine_mode mode; |
4113 | int bitsize; | |
b50d17a1 | 4114 | int bitpos = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4115 | int unsignedp; |
b50d17a1 RK |
4116 | tree pos, constant = 0, offset = 0; |
4117 | rtx to_rtx = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 4118 | |
f32fd778 RS |
4119 | /* Just ignore missing fields. |
4120 | We cleared the whole structure, above, | |
4121 | if any fields are missing. */ | |
4122 | if (field == 0) | |
4123 | continue; | |
4124 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
4125 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) |
4126 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 4127 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4128 | bitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (field)); |
4129 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (field); | |
4130 | mode = DECL_MODE (field); | |
4131 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) | |
4132 | mode = VOIDmode; | |
4133 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
4134 | pos = DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (field); |
4135 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4136 | constant = pos; | |
4137 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
4138 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4139 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), offset = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
4140 | else | |
4141 | offset = pos; | |
4142 | ||
4143 | if (constant) | |
cd11b87e | 4144 | bitpos = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); |
b50d17a1 RK |
4145 | |
4146 | if (offset) | |
4147 | { | |
4148 | rtx offset_rtx; | |
4149 | ||
4150 | if (contains_placeholder_p (offset)) | |
4151 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, | |
956d6950 | 4152 | offset, make_tree (TREE_TYPE (exp), target)); |
bbf6f052 | 4153 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4154 | offset = size_binop (FLOOR_DIV_EXPR, offset, |
4155 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
bbf6f052 | 4156 | |
b50d17a1 RK |
4157 | offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
4158 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) != MEM) | |
4159 | abort (); | |
4160 | ||
bd070e1a RH |
4161 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) |
4162 | { | |
4163 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
822a3443 | 4164 | offset_rtx = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, offset_rtx); |
bd070e1a RH |
4165 | #else |
4166 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); | |
4167 | #endif | |
4168 | } | |
4169 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
4170 | to_rtx |
4171 | = change_address (to_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
38a448ca | 4172 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (to_rtx, 0), |
88f63c77 | 4173 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); |
b50d17a1 | 4174 | } |
cf04eb80 RK |
4175 | if (TREE_READONLY (field)) |
4176 | { | |
9151b3bf | 4177 | if (GET_CODE (to_rtx) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
4178 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (to_rtx); |
4179 | ||
cf04eb80 RK |
4180 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (to_rtx) = 1; |
4181 | } | |
4182 | ||
34c73909 R |
4183 | #ifdef WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS |
4184 | /* If this initializes a field that is smaller than a word, at the | |
4185 | start of a word, try to widen it to a full word. | |
4186 | This special case allows us to output C++ member function | |
4187 | initializations in a form that the optimizers can understand. */ | |
4188 | if (constant | |
4189 | && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
4190 | && bitsize < BITS_PER_WORD | |
4191 | && bitpos % BITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
4192 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
4193 | && TREE_CODE (value) == INTEGER_CST | |
4194 | && GET_CODE (exp_size) == CONST_INT | |
4195 | && bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD <= INTVAL (exp_size) * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
4196 | { | |
4197 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (value); | |
4198 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
4199 | { | |
4200 | type = type_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD, TREE_UNSIGNED (type)); | |
4201 | value = convert (type, value); | |
4202 | } | |
4203 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
4204 | value | |
4205 | = fold (build (LSHIFT_EXPR, type, value, | |
4206 | build_int_2 (BITS_PER_WORD - bitsize, 0))); | |
4207 | bitsize = BITS_PER_WORD; | |
4208 | mode = word_mode; | |
4209 | } | |
4210 | #endif | |
e1a43f73 | 4211 | store_constructor_field (to_rtx, bitsize, bitpos, |
34c73909 | 4212 | mode, value, type, cleared); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4213 | } |
4214 | } | |
4af3895e | 4215 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4216 | { |
4217 | register tree elt; | |
4218 | register int i; | |
e1a43f73 | 4219 | int need_to_clear; |
4af3895e | 4220 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
906c4e36 RK |
4221 | HOST_WIDE_INT minelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
4222 | HOST_WIDE_INT maxelt = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
4af3895e | 4223 | tree elttype = TREE_TYPE (type); |
bbf6f052 | 4224 | |
e1a43f73 | 4225 | /* If the constructor has fewer elements than the array, |
38e01259 | 4226 | clear the whole array first. Similarly if this is |
e1a43f73 PB |
4227 | static constructor of a non-BLKmode object. */ |
4228 | if (cleared || (GET_CODE (target) == REG && TREE_STATIC (exp))) | |
4229 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
4230 | else | |
4231 | { | |
4232 | HOST_WIDE_INT count = 0, zero_count = 0; | |
4233 | need_to_clear = 0; | |
4234 | /* This loop is a more accurate version of the loop in | |
4235 | mostly_zeros_p (it handles RANGE_EXPR in an index). | |
4236 | It is also needed to check for missing elements. */ | |
4237 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); | |
4238 | elt != NULL_TREE; | |
df0faff1 | 4239 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) |
e1a43f73 PB |
4240 | { |
4241 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
4242 | HOST_WIDE_INT this_node_count; | |
4243 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) | |
4244 | { | |
4245 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
4246 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
4247 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) != INTEGER_CST | |
4248 | || TREE_CODE (hi_index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
4249 | { | |
4250 | need_to_clear = 1; | |
4251 | break; | |
4252 | } | |
4253 | this_node_count = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index) | |
4254 | - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index) + 1; | |
4255 | } | |
4256 | else | |
4257 | this_node_count = 1; | |
4258 | count += this_node_count; | |
4259 | if (mostly_zeros_p (TREE_VALUE (elt))) | |
4260 | zero_count += this_node_count; | |
4261 | } | |
8e958f70 | 4262 | /* Clear the entire array first if there are any missing elements, |
0f41302f | 4263 | or if the incidence of zero elements is >= 75%. */ |
8e958f70 PB |
4264 | if (count < maxelt - minelt + 1 |
4265 | || 4 * zero_count >= 3 * count) | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4266 | need_to_clear = 1; |
4267 | } | |
4268 | if (need_to_clear) | |
9de08200 RK |
4269 | { |
4270 | if (! cleared) | |
4271 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
4272 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
9de08200 RK |
4273 | cleared = 1; |
4274 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4275 | else |
4276 | /* Inform later passes that the old value is dead. */ | |
38a448ca | 4277 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, target)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
4278 | |
4279 | /* Store each element of the constructor into | |
4280 | the corresponding element of TARGET, determined | |
4281 | by counting the elements. */ | |
4282 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp), i = 0; | |
4283 | elt; | |
4284 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt), i++) | |
4285 | { | |
4286 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
4287 | int bitsize; | |
4288 | int bitpos; | |
4289 | int unsignedp; | |
e1a43f73 | 4290 | tree value = TREE_VALUE (elt); |
03dc44a6 RS |
4291 | tree index = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); |
4292 | rtx xtarget = target; | |
bbf6f052 | 4293 | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4294 | if (cleared && is_zeros_p (value)) |
4295 | continue; | |
9de08200 | 4296 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4297 | mode = TYPE_MODE (elttype); |
4298 | bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); | |
4299 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (elttype); | |
4300 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
4301 | if (index != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) |
4302 | { | |
4303 | tree lo_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 0); | |
4304 | tree hi_index = TREE_OPERAND (index, 1); | |
4305 | rtx index_r, pos_rtx, addr, hi_r, loop_top, loop_end; | |
4306 | struct nesting *loop; | |
05c0b405 PB |
4307 | HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi, count; |
4308 | tree position; | |
e1a43f73 | 4309 | |
0f41302f | 4310 | /* If the range is constant and "small", unroll the loop. */ |
e1a43f73 | 4311 | if (TREE_CODE (lo_index) == INTEGER_CST |
05c0b405 PB |
4312 | && TREE_CODE (hi_index) == INTEGER_CST |
4313 | && (lo = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (lo_index), | |
4314 | hi = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (hi_index), | |
4315 | count = hi - lo + 1, | |
4316 | (GET_CODE (target) != MEM | |
4317 | || count <= 2 | |
4318 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) == INTEGER_CST | |
4319 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) * count | |
4320 | <= 40 * 8)))) | |
e1a43f73 | 4321 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
4322 | lo -= minelt; hi -= minelt; |
4323 | for (; lo <= hi; lo++) | |
e1a43f73 | 4324 | { |
05c0b405 PB |
4325 | bitpos = lo * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)); |
4326 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, | |
4327 | mode, value, type, cleared); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4328 | } |
4329 | } | |
4330 | else | |
4331 | { | |
4332 | hi_r = expand_expr (hi_index, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
4333 | loop_top = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4334 | loop_end = gen_label_rtx (); | |
4335 | ||
4336 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (domain); | |
4337 | ||
4338 | index = build_decl (VAR_DECL, NULL_TREE, domain); | |
4339 | ||
4340 | DECL_RTL (index) = index_r | |
4341 | = gen_reg_rtx (promote_mode (domain, DECL_MODE (index), | |
4342 | &unsignedp, 0)); | |
4343 | ||
4344 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == SAVE_EXPR | |
4345 | && SAVE_EXPR_RTL (value) == 0) | |
4346 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
4347 | /* Make sure value gets expanded once before the |
4348 | loop. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4349 | expand_expr (value, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); |
4350 | emit_queue (); | |
4351 | } | |
4352 | store_expr (lo_index, index_r, 0); | |
4353 | loop = expand_start_loop (0); | |
4354 | ||
0f41302f | 4355 | /* Assign value to element index. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
4356 | position = size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (elttype), |
4357 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
4358 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, | |
4359 | size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
4360 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)), | |
4361 | position); | |
4362 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
38a448ca | 4363 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4364 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
4365 | if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
05c0b405 | 4366 | store_constructor (value, xtarget, cleared); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4367 | else |
4368 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); | |
4369 | ||
4370 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (loop, | |
4371 | build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node, | |
4372 | index, hi_index)); | |
4373 | ||
4374 | expand_increment (build (PREINCREMENT_EXPR, | |
4375 | TREE_TYPE (index), | |
7b8b9722 | 4376 | index, integer_one_node), 0, 0); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4377 | expand_end_loop (); |
4378 | emit_label (loop_end); | |
4379 | ||
4380 | /* Needed by stupid register allocation. to extend the | |
4381 | lifetime of pseudo-regs used by target past the end | |
4382 | of the loop. */ | |
38a448ca | 4383 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (GET_MODE (target), target)); |
e1a43f73 PB |
4384 | } |
4385 | } | |
4386 | else if ((index != 0 && TREE_CODE (index) != INTEGER_CST) | |
5b6c44ff | 4387 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (elttype)) != INTEGER_CST) |
03dc44a6 | 4388 | { |
e1a43f73 | 4389 | rtx pos_rtx, addr; |
03dc44a6 RS |
4390 | tree position; |
4391 | ||
5b6c44ff RK |
4392 | if (index == 0) |
4393 | index = size_int (i); | |
4394 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
4395 | if (minelt) |
4396 | index = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, index, | |
4397 | TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); | |
5b6c44ff RK |
4398 | position = size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, TYPE_SIZE (elttype), |
4399 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
4400 | position = size_binop (MULT_EXPR, index, position); | |
03dc44a6 | 4401 | pos_rtx = expand_expr (position, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
38a448ca | 4402 | addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (target, 0), pos_rtx); |
03dc44a6 | 4403 | xtarget = change_address (target, mode, addr); |
e1a43f73 | 4404 | store_expr (value, xtarget, 0); |
03dc44a6 RS |
4405 | } |
4406 | else | |
4407 | { | |
4408 | if (index != 0) | |
7c314719 | 4409 | bitpos = ((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index) - minelt) |
03dc44a6 RS |
4410 | * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); |
4411 | else | |
4412 | bitpos = (i * TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (elttype))); | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4413 | store_constructor_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, |
4414 | mode, value, type, cleared); | |
03dc44a6 | 4415 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4416 | } |
4417 | } | |
071a6595 PB |
4418 | /* set constructor assignments */ |
4419 | else if (TREE_CODE (type) == SET_TYPE) | |
4420 | { | |
e1a43f73 | 4421 | tree elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); |
e1a43f73 | 4422 | int nbytes = int_size_in_bytes (type), nbits; |
071a6595 PB |
4423 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); |
4424 | tree domain_min, domain_max, bitlength; | |
4425 | ||
9faa82d8 | 4426 | /* The default implementation strategy is to extract the constant |
071a6595 PB |
4427 | parts of the constructor, use that to initialize the target, |
4428 | and then "or" in whatever non-constant ranges we need in addition. | |
4429 | ||
4430 | If a large set is all zero or all ones, it is | |
4431 | probably better to set it using memset (if available) or bzero. | |
4432 | Also, if a large set has just a single range, it may also be | |
4433 | better to first clear all the first clear the set (using | |
0f41302f | 4434 | bzero/memset), and set the bits we want. */ |
071a6595 | 4435 | |
0f41302f | 4436 | /* Check for all zeros. */ |
e1a43f73 | 4437 | if (elt == NULL_TREE) |
071a6595 | 4438 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
4439 | if (!cleared) |
4440 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
4441 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
071a6595 PB |
4442 | return; |
4443 | } | |
4444 | ||
071a6595 PB |
4445 | domain_min = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)); |
4446 | domain_max = convert (sizetype, TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain)); | |
4447 | bitlength = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, | |
4448 | size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, domain_max, domain_min), | |
4449 | size_one_node); | |
4450 | ||
e1a43f73 PB |
4451 | if (nbytes < 0 || TREE_CODE (bitlength) != INTEGER_CST) |
4452 | abort (); | |
4453 | nbits = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bitlength); | |
4454 | ||
4455 | /* For "small" sets, or "medium-sized" (up to 32 bytes) sets that | |
4456 | are "complicated" (more than one range), initialize (the | |
4457 | constant parts) by copying from a constant. */ | |
4458 | if (GET_MODE (target) != BLKmode || nbits <= 2 * BITS_PER_WORD | |
4459 | || (nbytes <= 32 && TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE)) | |
071a6595 | 4460 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4461 | int set_word_size = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)); |
4462 | enum machine_mode mode = mode_for_size (set_word_size, MODE_INT, 1); | |
0f41302f | 4463 | char *bit_buffer = (char *) alloca (nbits); |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4464 | HOST_WIDE_INT word = 0; |
4465 | int bit_pos = 0; | |
4466 | int ibit = 0; | |
0f41302f | 4467 | int offset = 0; /* In bytes from beginning of set. */ |
e1a43f73 | 4468 | elt = get_set_constructor_bits (exp, bit_buffer, nbits); |
b4ee5a72 | 4469 | for (;;) |
071a6595 | 4470 | { |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4471 | if (bit_buffer[ibit]) |
4472 | { | |
b09f3348 | 4473 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4474 | word |= (1 << (set_word_size - 1 - bit_pos)); |
4475 | else | |
4476 | word |= 1 << bit_pos; | |
4477 | } | |
4478 | bit_pos++; ibit++; | |
4479 | if (bit_pos >= set_word_size || ibit == nbits) | |
071a6595 | 4480 | { |
e1a43f73 PB |
4481 | if (word != 0 || ! cleared) |
4482 | { | |
4483 | rtx datum = GEN_INT (word); | |
4484 | rtx to_rtx; | |
0f41302f MS |
4485 | /* The assumption here is that it is safe to use |
4486 | XEXP if the set is multi-word, but not if | |
4487 | it's single-word. */ | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4488 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
4489 | { | |
4490 | to_rtx = plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), offset); | |
4491 | to_rtx = change_address (target, mode, to_rtx); | |
4492 | } | |
4493 | else if (offset == 0) | |
4494 | to_rtx = target; | |
4495 | else | |
4496 | abort (); | |
4497 | emit_move_insn (to_rtx, datum); | |
4498 | } | |
b4ee5a72 PB |
4499 | if (ibit == nbits) |
4500 | break; | |
4501 | word = 0; | |
4502 | bit_pos = 0; | |
4503 | offset += set_word_size / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
071a6595 PB |
4504 | } |
4505 | } | |
071a6595 | 4506 | } |
e1a43f73 PB |
4507 | else if (!cleared) |
4508 | { | |
0f41302f | 4509 | /* Don't bother clearing storage if the set is all ones. */ |
e1a43f73 PB |
4510 | if (TREE_CHAIN (elt) != NULL_TREE |
4511 | || (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == NULL_TREE | |
4512 | ? nbits != 1 | |
4513 | : (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
4514 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) != INTEGER_CST | |
4515 | || (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elt)) | |
4516 | - TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) + 1 | |
4517 | != nbits)))) | |
4518 | clear_storage (target, expr_size (exp), | |
4519 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
4520 | } | |
4521 | ||
4522 | for (; elt != NULL_TREE; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
071a6595 PB |
4523 | { |
4524 | /* start of range of element or NULL */ | |
4525 | tree startbit = TREE_PURPOSE (elt); | |
4526 | /* end of range of element, or element value */ | |
4527 | tree endbit = TREE_VALUE (elt); | |
381127e8 | 4528 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS |
071a6595 | 4529 | HOST_WIDE_INT startb, endb; |
381127e8 | 4530 | #endif |
071a6595 PB |
4531 | rtx bitlength_rtx, startbit_rtx, endbit_rtx, targetx; |
4532 | ||
4533 | bitlength_rtx = expand_expr (bitlength, | |
4534 | NULL_RTX, MEM, EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4535 | ||
4536 | /* handle non-range tuple element like [ expr ] */ | |
4537 | if (startbit == NULL_TREE) | |
4538 | { | |
4539 | startbit = save_expr (endbit); | |
4540 | endbit = startbit; | |
4541 | } | |
4542 | startbit = convert (sizetype, startbit); | |
4543 | endbit = convert (sizetype, endbit); | |
4544 | if (! integer_zerop (domain_min)) | |
4545 | { | |
4546 | startbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, startbit, domain_min); | |
4547 | endbit = size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, endbit, domain_min); | |
4548 | } | |
4549 | startbit_rtx = expand_expr (startbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4550 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4551 | endbit_rtx = expand_expr (endbit, NULL_RTX, MEM, | |
4552 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS); | |
4553 | ||
4554 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4555 | { | |
4556 | targetx = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4557 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), | |
4558 | 0); | |
4559 | emit_move_insn (targetx, target); | |
4560 | } | |
4561 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
4562 | targetx = target; | |
4563 | else | |
4564 | abort (); | |
4565 | ||
4566 | #ifdef TARGET_MEM_FUNCTIONS | |
4567 | /* Optimization: If startbit and endbit are | |
9faa82d8 | 4568 | constants divisible by BITS_PER_UNIT, |
0f41302f | 4569 | call memset instead. */ |
071a6595 PB |
4570 | if (TREE_CODE (startbit) == INTEGER_CST |
4571 | && TREE_CODE (endbit) == INTEGER_CST | |
4572 | && (startb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (startbit)) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0 | |
e1a43f73 | 4573 | && (endb = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (endbit) + 1) % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0) |
071a6595 | 4574 | { |
071a6595 PB |
4575 | emit_library_call (memset_libfunc, 0, |
4576 | VOIDmode, 3, | |
e1a43f73 PB |
4577 | plus_constant (XEXP (targetx, 0), |
4578 | startb / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
071a6595 | 4579 | Pmode, |
3b6f75e2 | 4580 | constm1_rtx, TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node), |
071a6595 | 4581 | GEN_INT ((endb - startb) / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
3b6f75e2 | 4582 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
071a6595 PB |
4583 | } |
4584 | else | |
4585 | #endif | |
4586 | { | |
38a448ca | 4587 | emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__setbits"), |
071a6595 PB |
4588 | 0, VOIDmode, 4, XEXP (targetx, 0), Pmode, |
4589 | bitlength_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4590 | startbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
4591 | endbit_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); | |
4592 | } | |
4593 | if (REG_P (target)) | |
4594 | emit_move_insn (target, targetx); | |
4595 | } | |
4596 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4597 | |
4598 | else | |
4599 | abort (); | |
4600 | } | |
4601 | ||
4602 | /* Store the value of EXP (an expression tree) | |
4603 | into a subfield of TARGET which has mode MODE and occupies | |
4604 | BITSIZE bits, starting BITPOS bits from the start of TARGET. | |
4605 | If MODE is VOIDmode, it means that we are storing into a bit-field. | |
4606 | ||
4607 | If VALUE_MODE is VOIDmode, return nothing in particular. | |
4608 | UNSIGNEDP is not used in this case. | |
4609 | ||
4610 | Otherwise, return an rtx for the value stored. This rtx | |
4611 | has mode VALUE_MODE if that is convenient to do. | |
4612 | In this case, UNSIGNEDP must be nonzero if the value is an unsigned type. | |
4613 | ||
4614 | ALIGN is the alignment that TARGET is known to have, measured in bytes. | |
ece32014 MM |
4615 | TOTAL_SIZE is the size in bytes of the structure, or -1 if varying. |
4616 | ||
4617 | ALIAS_SET is the alias set for the destination. This value will | |
4618 | (in general) be different from that for TARGET, since TARGET is a | |
4619 | reference to the containing structure. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4620 | |
4621 | static rtx | |
4622 | store_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, value_mode, | |
ece32014 | 4623 | unsignedp, align, total_size, alias_set) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4624 | rtx target; |
4625 | int bitsize, bitpos; | |
4626 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4627 | tree exp; | |
4628 | enum machine_mode value_mode; | |
4629 | int unsignedp; | |
4630 | int align; | |
4631 | int total_size; | |
ece32014 | 4632 | int alias_set; |
bbf6f052 | 4633 | { |
906c4e36 | 4634 | HOST_WIDE_INT width_mask = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 4635 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4636 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
4637 | return const0_rtx; | |
4638 | ||
906c4e36 RK |
4639 | if (bitsize < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
4640 | width_mask = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4641 | |
4642 | /* If we are storing into an unaligned field of an aligned union that is | |
4643 | in a register, we may have the mode of TARGET being an integer mode but | |
4644 | MODE == BLKmode. In that case, get an aligned object whose size and | |
4645 | alignment are the same as TARGET and store TARGET into it (we can avoid | |
4646 | the store if the field being stored is the entire width of TARGET). Then | |
4647 | call ourselves recursively to store the field into a BLKmode version of | |
4648 | that object. Finally, load from the object into TARGET. This is not | |
4649 | very efficient in general, but should only be slightly more expensive | |
4650 | than the otherwise-required unaligned accesses. Perhaps this can be | |
4651 | cleaned up later. */ | |
4652 | ||
4653 | if (mode == BLKmode | |
4654 | && (GET_CODE (target) == REG || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG)) | |
4655 | { | |
4656 | rtx object = assign_stack_temp (GET_MODE (target), | |
4657 | GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (target)), 0); | |
4658 | rtx blk_object = copy_rtx (object); | |
4659 | ||
c6df88cb MM |
4660 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (object, 1); |
4661 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (blk_object, 1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4662 | PUT_MODE (blk_object, BLKmode); |
4663 | ||
4664 | if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (target))) | |
4665 | emit_move_insn (object, target); | |
4666 | ||
4667 | store_field (blk_object, bitsize, bitpos, mode, exp, VOIDmode, 0, | |
ece32014 | 4668 | align, total_size, alias_set); |
bbf6f052 | 4669 | |
46093b97 RS |
4670 | /* Even though we aren't returning target, we need to |
4671 | give it the updated value. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4672 | emit_move_insn (target, object); |
4673 | ||
46093b97 | 4674 | return blk_object; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4675 | } |
4676 | ||
4677 | /* If the structure is in a register or if the component | |
4678 | is a bit field, we cannot use addressing to access it. | |
4679 | Use bit-field techniques or SUBREG to store in it. */ | |
4680 | ||
4fa52007 | 4681 | if (mode == VOIDmode |
6ab06cbb JW |
4682 | || (mode != BLKmode && ! direct_store[(int) mode] |
4683 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
4684 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
4fa52007 | 4685 | || GET_CODE (target) == REG |
c980ac49 | 4686 | || GET_CODE (target) == SUBREG |
ccc98036 RS |
4687 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to store as an ordinary memref, |
4688 | store it as a bit field. */ | |
c7a7ac46 | 4689 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS |
ccc98036 | 4690 | && align * BITS_PER_UNIT < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
c7a7ac46 | 4691 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS && bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 4692 | { |
906c4e36 | 4693 | rtx temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbd6cf73 | 4694 | |
ef19912d RK |
4695 | /* If BITSIZE is narrower than the size of the type of EXP |
4696 | we will be narrowing TEMP. Normally, what's wanted are the | |
4697 | low-order bits. However, if EXP's type is a record and this is | |
4698 | big-endian machine, we want the upper BITSIZE bits. */ | |
4699 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
4700 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4701 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == RECORD_TYPE) | |
4702 | temp = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (temp), temp, | |
4703 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (temp)) | |
4704 | - bitsize), | |
4705 | temp, 1); | |
4706 | ||
bbd6cf73 RK |
4707 | /* Unless MODE is VOIDmode or BLKmode, convert TEMP to |
4708 | MODE. */ | |
4709 | if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode | |
4710 | && mode != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
4711 | temp = convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)), temp, 1); | |
4712 | ||
a281e72d RK |
4713 | /* If the modes of TARGET and TEMP are both BLKmode, both |
4714 | must be in memory and BITPOS must be aligned on a byte | |
4715 | boundary. If so, we simply do a block copy. */ | |
4716 | if (GET_MODE (target) == BLKmode && GET_MODE (temp) == BLKmode) | |
4717 | { | |
4718 | if (GET_CODE (target) != MEM || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM | |
4719 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
4720 | abort (); | |
4721 | ||
0086427c RK |
4722 | target = change_address (target, VOIDmode, |
4723 | plus_constant (XEXP (target, 0), | |
a281e72d RK |
4724 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); |
4725 | ||
4726 | emit_block_move (target, temp, | |
4727 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
4728 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
4729 | 1); | |
4730 | ||
4731 | return value_mode == VOIDmode ? const0_rtx : target; | |
4732 | } | |
4733 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4734 | /* Store the value in the bitfield. */ |
4735 | store_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, mode, temp, align, total_size); | |
4736 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) | |
4737 | { | |
4738 | /* The caller wants an rtx for the value. */ | |
4739 | /* If possible, avoid refetching from the bitfield itself. */ | |
4740 | if (width_mask != 0 | |
4741 | && ! (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target))) | |
5c4d7cfb | 4742 | { |
9074de27 | 4743 | tree count; |
5c4d7cfb | 4744 | enum machine_mode tmode; |
86a2c12a | 4745 | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4746 | if (unsignedp) |
4747 | return expand_and (temp, GEN_INT (width_mask), NULL_RTX); | |
4748 | tmode = GET_MODE (temp); | |
86a2c12a RS |
4749 | if (tmode == VOIDmode) |
4750 | tmode = value_mode; | |
5c4d7cfb RS |
4751 | count = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (tmode) - bitsize, 0); |
4752 | temp = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4753 | return expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, tmode, temp, count, 0, 0); | |
4754 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 4755 | return extract_bit_field (target, bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp, |
906c4e36 RK |
4756 | NULL_RTX, value_mode, 0, align, |
4757 | total_size); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4758 | } |
4759 | return const0_rtx; | |
4760 | } | |
4761 | else | |
4762 | { | |
4763 | rtx addr = XEXP (target, 0); | |
4764 | rtx to_rtx; | |
4765 | ||
4766 | /* If a value is wanted, it must be the lhs; | |
4767 | so make the address stable for multiple use. */ | |
4768 | ||
4769 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode && GET_CODE (addr) != REG | |
4770 | && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr) | |
4771 | /* A frame-pointer reference is already stable. */ | |
4772 | && ! (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
4773 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
4774 | && (XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx | |
4775 | || XEXP (addr, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx))) | |
4776 | addr = copy_to_reg (addr); | |
4777 | ||
4778 | /* Now build a reference to just the desired component. */ | |
4779 | ||
effbcc6a RK |
4780 | to_rtx = copy_rtx (change_address (target, mode, |
4781 | plus_constant (addr, | |
4782 | (bitpos | |
4783 | / BITS_PER_UNIT)))); | |
c6df88cb | 4784 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (to_rtx, 1); |
ece32014 | 4785 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (to_rtx) = alias_set; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4786 | |
4787 | return store_expr (exp, to_rtx, value_mode != VOIDmode); | |
4788 | } | |
4789 | } | |
4790 | \f | |
4791 | /* Given an expression EXP that may be a COMPONENT_REF, a BIT_FIELD_REF, | |
4792 | or an ARRAY_REF, look for nested COMPONENT_REFs, BIT_FIELD_REFs, or | |
742920c7 | 4793 | ARRAY_REFs and find the ultimate containing object, which we return. |
bbf6f052 RK |
4794 | |
4795 | We set *PBITSIZE to the size in bits that we want, *PBITPOS to the | |
4796 | bit position, and *PUNSIGNEDP to the signedness of the field. | |
7bb0943f RS |
4797 | If the position of the field is variable, we store a tree |
4798 | giving the variable offset (in units) in *POFFSET. | |
4799 | This offset is in addition to the bit position. | |
4800 | If the position is not variable, we store 0 in *POFFSET. | |
839c4796 RK |
4801 | We set *PALIGNMENT to the alignment in bytes of the address that will be |
4802 | computed. This is the alignment of the thing we return if *POFFSET | |
4803 | is zero, but can be more less strictly aligned if *POFFSET is nonzero. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4804 | |
4805 | If any of the extraction expressions is volatile, | |
4806 | we store 1 in *PVOLATILEP. Otherwise we don't change that. | |
4807 | ||
4808 | If the field is a bit-field, *PMODE is set to VOIDmode. Otherwise, it | |
4809 | is a mode that can be used to access the field. In that case, *PBITSIZE | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4810 | is redundant. |
4811 | ||
4812 | If the field describes a variable-sized object, *PMODE is set to | |
4813 | VOIDmode and *PBITSIZE is set to -1. An access cannot be made in | |
839c4796 | 4814 | this case, but the address of the object can be found. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
4815 | |
4816 | tree | |
4969d05d | 4817 | get_inner_reference (exp, pbitsize, pbitpos, poffset, pmode, |
839c4796 | 4818 | punsignedp, pvolatilep, palignment) |
bbf6f052 RK |
4819 | tree exp; |
4820 | int *pbitsize; | |
4821 | int *pbitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 4822 | tree *poffset; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4823 | enum machine_mode *pmode; |
4824 | int *punsignedp; | |
4825 | int *pvolatilep; | |
839c4796 | 4826 | int *palignment; |
bbf6f052 | 4827 | { |
b50d17a1 | 4828 | tree orig_exp = exp; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4829 | tree size_tree = 0; |
4830 | enum machine_mode mode = VOIDmode; | |
742920c7 | 4831 | tree offset = integer_zero_node; |
c84e2712 | 4832 | unsigned int alignment = BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4833 | |
4834 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF) | |
4835 | { | |
4836 | size_tree = DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4837 | if (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
4838 | mode = DECL_MODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4839 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
4840 | } | |
4841 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) | |
4842 | { | |
4843 | size_tree = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4844 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (exp); | |
4845 | } | |
4846 | else | |
4847 | { | |
4848 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
ab87f8c8 JL |
4849 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
4850 | size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4851 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4852 | *pbitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode); |
4853 | *punsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
4854 | } | |
4855 | ||
4856 | if (size_tree) | |
4857 | { | |
4858 | if (TREE_CODE (size_tree) != INTEGER_CST) | |
e7c33f54 RK |
4859 | mode = BLKmode, *pbitsize = -1; |
4860 | else | |
4861 | *pbitsize = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size_tree); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4862 | } |
4863 | ||
4864 | /* Compute cumulative bit-offset for nested component-refs and array-refs, | |
4865 | and find the ultimate containing object. */ | |
4866 | ||
4867 | *pbitpos = 0; | |
4868 | ||
4869 | while (1) | |
4870 | { | |
7bb0943f | 4871 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF || TREE_CODE (exp) == BIT_FIELD_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 4872 | { |
7bb0943f RS |
4873 | tree pos = (TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF |
4874 | ? DECL_FIELD_BITPOS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
4875 | : TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
e6d8c385 | 4876 | tree constant = integer_zero_node, var = pos; |
bbf6f052 | 4877 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
4878 | /* If this field hasn't been filled in yet, don't go |
4879 | past it. This should only happen when folding expressions | |
4880 | made during type construction. */ | |
4881 | if (pos == 0) | |
4882 | break; | |
4883 | ||
e6d8c385 RK |
4884 | /* Assume here that the offset is a multiple of a unit. |
4885 | If not, there should be an explicitly added constant. */ | |
4886 | if (TREE_CODE (pos) == PLUS_EXPR | |
4887 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
4888 | constant = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 1), var = TREE_OPERAND (pos, 0); | |
7bb0943f | 4889 | else if (TREE_CODE (pos) == INTEGER_CST) |
e6d8c385 RK |
4890 | constant = pos, var = integer_zero_node; |
4891 | ||
4892 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (constant); | |
8d8c9ba9 RK |
4893 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, |
4894 | size_binop (EXACT_DIV_EXPR, var, | |
4895 | size_int (BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
bbf6f052 | 4896 | } |
bbf6f052 | 4897 | |
742920c7 | 4898 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) |
bbf6f052 | 4899 | { |
742920c7 RK |
4900 | /* This code is based on the code in case ARRAY_REF in expand_expr |
4901 | below. We assume here that the size of an array element is | |
4902 | always an integral multiple of BITS_PER_UNIT. */ | |
4903 | ||
4904 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
4905 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
4906 | tree low_bound | |
4907 | = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
4908 | tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
ead17059 | 4909 | tree xindex; |
742920c7 | 4910 | |
4c08eef0 | 4911 | if (TYPE_PRECISION (index_type) != TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype)) |
742920c7 | 4912 | { |
4c08eef0 RK |
4913 | index = convert (type_for_size (TYPE_PRECISION (sizetype), 0), |
4914 | index); | |
742920c7 RK |
4915 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); |
4916 | } | |
4917 | ||
74a4fbfc DB |
4918 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
4919 | ||
4920 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
4921 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
4922 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
4923 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
4924 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) | |
4925 | ||
4926 | But sizetype isn't quite right either (especially if | |
4927 | the lowbound is negative). FIXME */ | |
4928 | ||
ca0f2220 | 4929 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
74a4fbfc DB |
4930 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, |
4931 | convert (sizetype, low_bound))); | |
ca0f2220 | 4932 | |
f8dac6eb R |
4933 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
4934 | { | |
4935 | index = convert (sbitsizetype, index); | |
4936 | index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
4937 | } | |
4938 | ||
ead17059 RH |
4939 | xindex = fold (build (MULT_EXPR, sbitsizetype, index, |
4940 | convert (sbitsizetype, | |
4941 | TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))))); | |
742920c7 | 4942 | |
ead17059 RH |
4943 | if (TREE_CODE (xindex) == INTEGER_CST |
4944 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (xindex) == 0) | |
4945 | *pbitpos += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (xindex); | |
742920c7 | 4946 | else |
956d6950 | 4947 | { |
ead17059 RH |
4948 | /* Either the bit offset calculated above is not constant, or |
4949 | it overflowed. In either case, redo the multiplication | |
4950 | against the size in units. This is especially important | |
4951 | in the non-constant case to avoid a division at runtime. */ | |
4952 | xindex = fold (build (MULT_EXPR, ssizetype, index, | |
4953 | convert (ssizetype, | |
4954 | TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (exp))))); | |
4955 | ||
4956 | if (contains_placeholder_p (xindex)) | |
4957 | xindex = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, xindex, exp); | |
4958 | ||
4959 | offset = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, offset, xindex); | |
956d6950 | 4960 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
4961 | } |
4962 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) != NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
4963 | && ! ((TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR | |
4964 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
7f62854a RK |
4965 | && ! (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == UNION_TYPE |
4966 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
4967 | != UNION_TYPE)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
4968 | && (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
4969 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))))) | |
4970 | break; | |
7bb0943f RS |
4971 | |
4972 | /* If any reference in the chain is volatile, the effect is volatile. */ | |
4973 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp)) | |
4974 | *pvolatilep = 1; | |
839c4796 RK |
4975 | |
4976 | /* If the offset is non-constant already, then we can't assume any | |
4977 | alignment more than the alignment here. */ | |
4978 | if (! integer_zerop (offset)) | |
4979 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
4980 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
4981 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
4982 | } | |
4983 | ||
839c4796 RK |
4984 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') |
4985 | alignment = MIN (alignment, DECL_ALIGN (exp)); | |
9293498f | 4986 | else if (TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0) |
839c4796 RK |
4987 | alignment = MIN (alignment, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
4988 | ||
742920c7 RK |
4989 | if (integer_zerop (offset)) |
4990 | offset = 0; | |
4991 | ||
b50d17a1 RK |
4992 | if (offset != 0 && contains_placeholder_p (offset)) |
4993 | offset = build (WITH_RECORD_EXPR, sizetype, offset, orig_exp); | |
4994 | ||
bbf6f052 | 4995 | *pmode = mode; |
7bb0943f | 4996 | *poffset = offset; |
839c4796 | 4997 | *palignment = alignment / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
bbf6f052 RK |
4998 | return exp; |
4999 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
5000 | |
5001 | /* Subroutine of expand_exp: compute memory_usage from modifier. */ | |
5002 | static enum memory_use_mode | |
5003 | get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier) | |
5004 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
5005 | { | |
5006 | switch (modifier) | |
5007 | { | |
5008 | case EXPAND_NORMAL: | |
e5e809f4 | 5009 | case EXPAND_SUM: |
921b3427 RK |
5010 | return MEMORY_USE_RO; |
5011 | break; | |
5012 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO: | |
5013 | return MEMORY_USE_WO; | |
5014 | break; | |
5015 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW: | |
5016 | return MEMORY_USE_RW; | |
5017 | break; | |
921b3427 | 5018 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_DONT: |
e5e809f4 JL |
5019 | /* EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS and EXPAND_INITIALIZER are converted into |
5020 | MEMORY_USE_DONT, because they are modifiers to a call of | |
5021 | expand_expr in the ADDR_EXPR case of expand_expr. */ | |
921b3427 | 5022 | case EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS: |
e5e809f4 | 5023 | case EXPAND_INITIALIZER: |
921b3427 RK |
5024 | return MEMORY_USE_DONT; |
5025 | case EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD: | |
5026 | default: | |
5027 | abort (); | |
5028 | } | |
5029 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5030 | \f |
5031 | /* Given an rtx VALUE that may contain additions and multiplications, | |
5032 | return an equivalent value that just refers to a register or memory. | |
5033 | This is done by generating instructions to perform the arithmetic | |
c45a13a6 RK |
5034 | and returning a pseudo-register containing the value. |
5035 | ||
5036 | The returned value may be a REG, SUBREG, MEM or constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5037 | |
5038 | rtx | |
5039 | force_operand (value, target) | |
5040 | rtx value, target; | |
5041 | { | |
5042 | register optab binoptab = 0; | |
5043 | /* Use a temporary to force order of execution of calls to | |
5044 | `force_operand'. */ | |
5045 | rtx tmp; | |
5046 | register rtx op2; | |
5047 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
5048 | register rtx subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
5049 | ||
8b015896 RH |
5050 | /* Check for a PIC address load. */ |
5051 | if (flag_pic | |
5052 | && (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS || GET_CODE (value) == MINUS) | |
5053 | && XEXP (value, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx | |
5054 | && (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF | |
5055 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
5056 | || GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 1)) == CONST)) | |
5057 | { | |
5058 | if (!subtarget) | |
5059 | subtarget = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (value)); | |
5060 | emit_move_insn (subtarget, value); | |
5061 | return subtarget; | |
5062 | } | |
5063 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5064 | if (GET_CODE (value) == PLUS) |
5065 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
5066 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MINUS) | |
5067 | binoptab = sub_optab; | |
5068 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == MULT) | |
5069 | { | |
5070 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
5071 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
5072 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
5073 | subtarget = 0; | |
5074 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
5075 | return expand_mult (GET_MODE (value), tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 5076 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
5077 | target, 0); |
5078 | } | |
5079 | ||
5080 | if (binoptab) | |
5081 | { | |
5082 | op2 = XEXP (value, 1); | |
5083 | if (!CONSTANT_P (op2) | |
5084 | && !(GET_CODE (op2) == REG && op2 != subtarget)) | |
5085 | subtarget = 0; | |
5086 | if (binoptab == sub_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT) | |
5087 | { | |
5088 | binoptab = add_optab; | |
5089 | op2 = negate_rtx (GET_MODE (value), op2); | |
5090 | } | |
5091 | ||
5092 | /* Check for an addition with OP2 a constant integer and our first | |
5093 | operand a PLUS of a virtual register and something else. In that | |
5094 | case, we want to emit the sum of the virtual register and the | |
5095 | constant first and then add the other value. This allows virtual | |
5096 | register instantiation to simply modify the constant rather than | |
5097 | creating another one around this addition. */ | |
5098 | if (binoptab == add_optab && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT | |
5099 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) == PLUS | |
5100 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) == REG | |
5101 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER | |
5102 | && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0)) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) | |
5103 | { | |
5104 | rtx temp = expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, | |
5105 | XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 0), op2, | |
5106 | subtarget, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5107 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, temp, | |
5108 | force_operand (XEXP (XEXP (value, 0), 1), 0), | |
5109 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
5110 | } | |
5111 | ||
5112 | tmp = force_operand (XEXP (value, 0), subtarget); | |
5113 | return expand_binop (GET_MODE (value), binoptab, tmp, | |
906c4e36 | 5114 | force_operand (op2, NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 | 5115 | target, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
8008b228 | 5116 | /* We give UNSIGNEDP = 0 to expand_binop |
bbf6f052 RK |
5117 | because the only operations we are expanding here are signed ones. */ |
5118 | } | |
5119 | return value; | |
5120 | } | |
5121 | \f | |
5122 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
5123 | save the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
5124 | which can restore these values to their previous values, | |
5125 | should something modify their storage. */ | |
5126 | ||
5127 | static tree | |
5128 | save_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
5129 | tree lhs; | |
5130 | tree list; | |
5131 | { | |
5132 | tree tail; | |
5133 | tree parts = 0; | |
5134 | ||
5135 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
5136 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
5137 | parts = chainon (parts, save_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
5138 | else | |
5139 | { | |
5140 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
5141 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 5142 | tree to_be_saved = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
06089a8b | 5143 | rtx target = assign_temp (part_type, 0, 1, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 5144 | if (! memory_address_p (TYPE_MODE (part_type), XEXP (target, 0))) |
906c4e36 | 5145 | target = change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (part_type), NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 5146 | parts = tree_cons (to_be_saved, |
906c4e36 RK |
5147 | build (RTL_EXPR, part_type, NULL_TREE, |
5148 | (tree) target), | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5149 | parts); |
5150 | store_expr (TREE_PURPOSE (parts), RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_VALUE (parts)), 0); | |
5151 | } | |
5152 | return parts; | |
5153 | } | |
5154 | ||
5155 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: | |
5156 | record the non-copied parts (LIST) of an expr (LHS), and return a list | |
5157 | which specifies the initial values of these parts. */ | |
5158 | ||
5159 | static tree | |
5160 | init_noncopied_parts (lhs, list) | |
5161 | tree lhs; | |
5162 | tree list; | |
5163 | { | |
5164 | tree tail; | |
5165 | tree parts = 0; | |
5166 | ||
5167 | for (tail = list; tail; tail = TREE_CHAIN (tail)) | |
5168 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (tail)) == TREE_LIST) | |
5169 | parts = chainon (parts, init_noncopied_parts (lhs, TREE_VALUE (tail))); | |
c15398de | 5170 | else if (TREE_PURPOSE (tail)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5171 | { |
5172 | tree part = TREE_VALUE (tail); | |
5173 | tree part_type = TREE_TYPE (part); | |
906c4e36 | 5174 | tree to_be_initialized = build (COMPONENT_REF, part_type, lhs, part); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5175 | parts = tree_cons (TREE_PURPOSE (tail), to_be_initialized, parts); |
5176 | } | |
5177 | return parts; | |
5178 | } | |
5179 | ||
5180 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff there is no way that | |
e5e809f4 JL |
5181 | EXP can reference X, which is being modified. TOP_P is nonzero if this |
5182 | call is going to be used to determine whether we need a temporary | |
ff439b5f CB |
5183 | for EXP, as opposed to a recursive call to this function. |
5184 | ||
5185 | It is always safe for this routine to return zero since it merely | |
5186 | searches for optimization opportunities. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5187 | |
5188 | static int | |
e5e809f4 | 5189 | safe_from_p (x, exp, top_p) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5190 | rtx x; |
5191 | tree exp; | |
e5e809f4 | 5192 | int top_p; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5193 | { |
5194 | rtx exp_rtl = 0; | |
5195 | int i, nops; | |
ff439b5f CB |
5196 | static int save_expr_count; |
5197 | static int save_expr_size = 0; | |
5198 | static tree *save_expr_rewritten; | |
5199 | static tree save_expr_trees[256]; | |
bbf6f052 | 5200 | |
6676e72f RK |
5201 | if (x == 0 |
5202 | /* If EXP has varying size, we MUST use a target since we currently | |
8f6562d0 PB |
5203 | have no way of allocating temporaries of variable size |
5204 | (except for arrays that have TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE set). | |
5205 | So we assume here that something at a higher level has prevented a | |
f4510f37 | 5206 | clash. This is somewhat bogus, but the best we can do. Only |
e5e809f4 JL |
5207 | do this when X is BLKmode and when we are at the top level. */ |
5208 | || (top_p && TREE_TYPE (exp) != 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 | |
f4510f37 | 5209 | && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) != INTEGER_CST |
8f6562d0 PB |
5210 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != ARRAY_TYPE |
5211 | || TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) == NULL_TREE | |
5212 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_ARRAY_MAX_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp))) | |
5213 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
f4510f37 | 5214 | && GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5215 | return 1; |
5216 | ||
ff439b5f CB |
5217 | if (top_p && save_expr_size == 0) |
5218 | { | |
5219 | int rtn; | |
5220 | ||
5221 | save_expr_count = 0; | |
5222 | save_expr_size = sizeof (save_expr_trees) / sizeof (save_expr_trees[0]); | |
5223 | save_expr_rewritten = &save_expr_trees[0]; | |
5224 | ||
5225 | rtn = safe_from_p (x, exp, 1); | |
5226 | ||
5227 | for (i = 0; i < save_expr_count; ++i) | |
5228 | { | |
5229 | if (TREE_CODE (save_expr_trees[i]) != ERROR_MARK) | |
5230 | abort (); | |
5231 | TREE_SET_CODE (save_expr_trees[i], SAVE_EXPR); | |
5232 | } | |
5233 | ||
5234 | save_expr_size = 0; | |
5235 | ||
5236 | return rtn; | |
5237 | } | |
5238 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5239 | /* If this is a subreg of a hard register, declare it unsafe, otherwise, |
5240 | find the underlying pseudo. */ | |
5241 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
5242 | { | |
5243 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
5244 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5245 | return 0; | |
5246 | } | |
5247 | ||
5248 | /* If X is a location in the outgoing argument area, it is always safe. */ | |
5249 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM | |
5250 | && (XEXP (x, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx | |
5251 | || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS | |
5252 | && XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx))) | |
5253 | return 1; | |
5254 | ||
5255 | switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp))) | |
5256 | { | |
5257 | case 'd': | |
5258 | exp_rtl = DECL_RTL (exp); | |
5259 | break; | |
5260 | ||
5261 | case 'c': | |
5262 | return 1; | |
5263 | ||
5264 | case 'x': | |
5265 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TREE_LIST) | |
f32fd778 | 5266 | return ((TREE_VALUE (exp) == 0 |
e5e809f4 | 5267 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_VALUE (exp), 0)) |
bbf6f052 | 5268 | && (TREE_CHAIN (exp) == 0 |
e5e809f4 | 5269 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_CHAIN (exp), 0))); |
ff439b5f CB |
5270 | else if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) |
5271 | return 1; /* An already-visited SAVE_EXPR? */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5272 | else |
5273 | return 0; | |
5274 | ||
5275 | case '1': | |
e5e809f4 | 5276 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5277 | |
5278 | case '2': | |
5279 | case '<': | |
e5e809f4 JL |
5280 | return (safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) |
5281 | && safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5282 | |
5283 | case 'e': | |
5284 | case 'r': | |
5285 | /* Now do code-specific tests. EXP_RTL is set to any rtx we find in | |
5286 | the expression. If it is set, we conflict iff we are that rtx or | |
5287 | both are in memory. Otherwise, we check all operands of the | |
5288 | expression recursively. */ | |
5289 | ||
5290 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5291 | { | |
5292 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 5293 | return (staticp (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
e5e809f4 JL |
5294 | || safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) |
5295 | || TREE_STATIC (exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5296 | |
5297 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
5298 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
5299 | return 0; | |
5300 | break; | |
5301 | ||
5302 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
5303 | exp_rtl = CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5304 | if (exp_rtl == 0) | |
5305 | { | |
5306 | /* Assume that the call will clobber all hard registers and | |
5307 | all of memory. */ | |
5308 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5309 | || GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
5310 | return 0; | |
5311 | } | |
5312 | ||
5313 | break; | |
5314 | ||
5315 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
3bb5826a RK |
5316 | /* If a sequence exists, we would have to scan every instruction |
5317 | in the sequence to see if it was safe. This is probably not | |
5318 | worthwhile. */ | |
5319 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5320 | return 0; |
5321 | ||
3bb5826a | 5322 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5323 | break; |
5324 | ||
5325 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
5326 | exp_rtl = RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5327 | break; | |
5328 | ||
5dab5552 | 5329 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
e5e809f4 | 5330 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); |
5dab5552 | 5331 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5332 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
5333 | exp_rtl = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
ff439b5f CB |
5334 | if (exp_rtl) |
5335 | break; | |
5336 | ||
5337 | /* This SAVE_EXPR might appear many times in the top-level | |
5338 | safe_from_p() expression, and if it has a complex | |
5339 | subexpression, examining it multiple times could result | |
5340 | in a combinatorial explosion. E.g. on an Alpha | |
5341 | running at least 200MHz, a Fortran test case compiled with | |
5342 | optimization took about 28 minutes to compile -- even though | |
5343 | it was only a few lines long, and the complicated line causing | |
5344 | so much time to be spent in the earlier version of safe_from_p() | |
5345 | had only 293 or so unique nodes. | |
5346 | ||
5347 | So, turn this SAVE_EXPR into an ERROR_MARK for now, but remember | |
5348 | where it is so we can turn it back in the top-level safe_from_p() | |
5349 | when we're done. */ | |
5350 | ||
5351 | /* For now, don't bother re-sizing the array. */ | |
5352 | if (save_expr_count >= save_expr_size) | |
5353 | return 0; | |
5354 | save_expr_rewritten[save_expr_count++] = exp; | |
ff439b5f CB |
5355 | |
5356 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) SAVE_EXPR]; | |
5357 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
ff59bfe6 JM |
5358 | { |
5359 | tree operand = TREE_OPERAND (exp, i); | |
5360 | if (operand == NULL_TREE) | |
5361 | continue; | |
5362 | TREE_SET_CODE (exp, ERROR_MARK); | |
5363 | if (!safe_from_p (x, operand, 0)) | |
5364 | return 0; | |
5365 | TREE_SET_CODE (exp, SAVE_EXPR); | |
5366 | } | |
5367 | TREE_SET_CODE (exp, ERROR_MARK); | |
ff439b5f | 5368 | return 1; |
bbf6f052 | 5369 | |
8129842c RS |
5370 | case BIND_EXPR: |
5371 | /* The only operand we look at is operand 1. The rest aren't | |
5372 | part of the expression. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 5373 | return safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); |
8129842c | 5374 | |
bbf6f052 | 5375 | case METHOD_CALL_EXPR: |
0f41302f | 5376 | /* This takes a rtx argument, but shouldn't appear here. */ |
bbf6f052 | 5377 | abort (); |
e9a25f70 JL |
5378 | |
5379 | default: | |
5380 | break; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5381 | } |
5382 | ||
5383 | /* If we have an rtx, we do not need to scan our operands. */ | |
5384 | if (exp_rtl) | |
5385 | break; | |
5386 | ||
5387 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; | |
5388 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
5389 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0 | |
e5e809f4 | 5390 | && ! safe_from_p (x, TREE_OPERAND (exp, i), 0)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
5391 | return 0; |
5392 | } | |
5393 | ||
5394 | /* If we have an rtl, find any enclosed object. Then see if we conflict | |
5395 | with it. */ | |
5396 | if (exp_rtl) | |
5397 | { | |
5398 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == SUBREG) | |
5399 | { | |
5400 | exp_rtl = SUBREG_REG (exp_rtl); | |
5401 | if (GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == REG | |
5402 | && REGNO (exp_rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5403 | return 0; | |
5404 | } | |
5405 | ||
5406 | /* If the rtl is X, then it is not safe. Otherwise, it is unless both | |
5407 | are memory and EXP is not readonly. */ | |
5408 | return ! (rtx_equal_p (x, exp_rtl) | |
5409 | || (GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (exp_rtl) == MEM | |
5410 | && ! TREE_READONLY (exp))); | |
5411 | } | |
5412 | ||
5413 | /* If we reach here, it is safe. */ | |
5414 | return 1; | |
5415 | } | |
5416 | ||
5417 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return nonzero iff EXP is an | |
5418 | expression whose type is statically determinable. */ | |
5419 | ||
5420 | static int | |
5421 | fixed_type_p (exp) | |
5422 | tree exp; | |
5423 | { | |
5424 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == PARM_DECL | |
5425 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == VAR_DECL | |
5426 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == CALL_EXPR || TREE_CODE (exp) == TARGET_EXPR | |
5427 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == COMPONENT_REF | |
5428 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == ARRAY_REF) | |
5429 | return 1; | |
5430 | return 0; | |
5431 | } | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
5432 | |
5433 | /* Subroutine of expand_expr: return rtx if EXP is a | |
5434 | variable or parameter; else return 0. */ | |
5435 | ||
5436 | static rtx | |
5437 | var_rtx (exp) | |
5438 | tree exp; | |
5439 | { | |
5440 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
5441 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) | |
5442 | { | |
5443 | case PARM_DECL: | |
5444 | case VAR_DECL: | |
5445 | return DECL_RTL (exp); | |
5446 | default: | |
5447 | return 0; | |
5448 | } | |
5449 | } | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5450 | |
5451 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE | |
5452 | void | |
5453 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (exp) | |
5454 | tree exp; | |
5455 | { | |
5f652c07 | 5456 | enum tree_code code; |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5457 | enum machine_mode mode; |
5458 | ||
5f652c07 JM |
5459 | /* Strip any NOPs that don't change the mode. */ |
5460 | STRIP_NOPS (exp); | |
5461 | code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
5462 | ||
71bca506 JL |
5463 | /* We must allow conversions of constants to MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE. */ |
5464 | if (code == NOP_EXPR | |
5465 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
5466 | return; | |
5467 | ||
dbecbbe4 JL |
5468 | /* First check the type of the overall operation. We need only look at |
5469 | unary, binary and relational operations. */ | |
5470 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1' | |
5471 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' | |
5472 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
5473 | { | |
5474 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
5475 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5476 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5477 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5478 | } | |
5479 | ||
5480 | /* Check operand of a unary op. */ | |
5481 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
5482 | { | |
5483 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
5484 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5485 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5486 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5487 | } | |
5488 | ||
5489 | /* Check operands of a binary/comparison op. */ | |
5490 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
5491 | { | |
5492 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
5493 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5494 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5495 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5496 | ||
5497 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
5498 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5499 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5500 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5501 | } | |
5502 | } | |
5503 | #endif | |
5504 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5505 | \f |
5506 | /* expand_expr: generate code for computing expression EXP. | |
5507 | An rtx for the computed value is returned. The value is never null. | |
5508 | In the case of a void EXP, const0_rtx is returned. | |
5509 | ||
5510 | The value may be stored in TARGET if TARGET is nonzero. | |
5511 | TARGET is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
5512 | the rtx returned may not be the same as TARGET. | |
5513 | ||
5514 | If TARGET is CONST0_RTX, it means that the value will be ignored. | |
5515 | ||
5516 | If TMODE is not VOIDmode, it suggests generating the | |
5517 | result in mode TMODE. But this is done only when convenient. | |
5518 | Otherwise, TMODE is ignored and the value generated in its natural mode. | |
5519 | TMODE is just a suggestion; callers must assume that | |
5520 | the rtx returned may not have mode TMODE. | |
5521 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
5522 | Note that TARGET may have neither TMODE nor MODE. In that case, it |
5523 | probably will not be used. | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5524 | |
5525 | If MODIFIER is EXPAND_SUM then when EXP is an addition | |
5526 | we can return an rtx of the form (MULT (REG ...) (CONST_INT ...)) | |
5527 | or a nest of (PLUS ...) and (MINUS ...) where the terms are | |
5528 | products as above, or REG or MEM, or constant. | |
5529 | Ordinarily in such cases we would output mul or add instructions | |
5530 | and then return a pseudo reg containing the sum. | |
5531 | ||
5532 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER is much like EXPAND_SUM except that | |
5533 | it also marks a label as absolutely required (it can't be dead). | |
26fcb35a | 5534 | It also makes a ZERO_EXTEND or SIGN_EXTEND instead of emitting extend insns. |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5535 | This is used for outputting expressions used in initializers. |
5536 | ||
5537 | EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS says that it is okay to return a MEM | |
5538 | with a constant address even if that address is not normally legitimate. | |
5539 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER and EXPAND_SUM also have this effect. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5540 | |
5541 | rtx | |
5542 | expand_expr (exp, target, tmode, modifier) | |
5543 | register tree exp; | |
5544 | rtx target; | |
5545 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
5546 | enum expand_modifier modifier; | |
5547 | { | |
b50d17a1 RK |
5548 | /* Chain of pending expressions for PLACEHOLDER_EXPR to replace. |
5549 | This is static so it will be accessible to our recursive callees. */ | |
5550 | static tree placeholder_list = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5551 | register rtx op0, op1, temp; |
5552 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
5553 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
68557e14 | 5554 | register enum machine_mode mode; |
bbf6f052 RK |
5555 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); |
5556 | optab this_optab; | |
68557e14 ML |
5557 | rtx subtarget, original_target; |
5558 | int ignore; | |
bbf6f052 | 5559 | tree context; |
921b3427 RK |
5560 | /* Used by check-memory-usage to make modifier read only. */ |
5561 | enum expand_modifier ro_modifier; | |
bbf6f052 | 5562 | |
68557e14 ML |
5563 | /* Handle ERROR_MARK before anybody tries to access its type. */ |
5564 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ERROR_MARK) | |
5565 | { | |
5566 | op0 = CONST0_RTX (tmode); | |
5567 | if (op0 != 0) | |
5568 | return op0; | |
5569 | return const0_rtx; | |
5570 | } | |
5571 | ||
5572 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
5573 | /* Use subtarget as the target for operand 0 of a binary operation. */ | |
5574 | subtarget = (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) == REG ? target : 0); | |
5575 | original_target = target; | |
5576 | ignore = (target == const0_rtx | |
5577 | || ((code == NON_LVALUE_EXPR || code == NOP_EXPR | |
5578 | || code == CONVERT_EXPR || code == REFERENCE_EXPR | |
5579 | || code == COND_EXPR) | |
5580 | && TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)); | |
5581 | ||
921b3427 RK |
5582 | /* Make a read-only version of the modifier. */ |
5583 | if (modifier == EXPAND_NORMAL || modifier == EXPAND_SUM | |
5584 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
5585 | ro_modifier = modifier; | |
5586 | else | |
5587 | ro_modifier = EXPAND_NORMAL; | |
ca695ac9 | 5588 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5589 | /* Don't use hard regs as subtargets, because the combiner |
5590 | can only handle pseudo regs. */ | |
5591 | if (subtarget && REGNO (subtarget) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5592 | subtarget = 0; | |
5593 | /* Avoid subtargets inside loops, | |
5594 | since they hide some invariant expressions. */ | |
5595 | if (preserve_subexpressions_p ()) | |
5596 | subtarget = 0; | |
5597 | ||
dd27116b RK |
5598 | /* If we are going to ignore this result, we need only do something |
5599 | if there is a side-effect somewhere in the expression. If there | |
b50d17a1 RK |
5600 | is, short-circuit the most common cases here. Note that we must |
5601 | not call expand_expr with anything but const0_rtx in case this | |
5602 | is an initial expansion of a size that contains a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 5603 | |
dd27116b RK |
5604 | if (ignore) |
5605 | { | |
5606 | if (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (exp)) | |
5607 | return const0_rtx; | |
5608 | ||
5609 | /* Ensure we reference a volatile object even if value is ignored. */ | |
5610 | if (TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | |
5611 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != FUNCTION_DECL | |
5612 | && mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) | |
5613 | { | |
921b3427 | 5614 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
5615 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) |
5616 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
5617 | return const0_rtx; | |
5618 | } | |
5619 | ||
5620 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
5621 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, | |
921b3427 | 5622 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
5623 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '2' |
5624 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
5625 | { | |
921b3427 RK |
5626 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
5627 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
dd27116b RK |
5628 | return const0_rtx; |
5629 | } | |
5630 | else if ((code == TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR || code == TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR) | |
5631 | && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
5632 | /* If the second operand has no side effects, just evaluate | |
0f41302f | 5633 | the first. */ |
dd27116b | 5634 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, |
921b3427 | 5635 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
dd27116b | 5636 | |
90764a87 | 5637 | target = 0; |
dd27116b | 5638 | } |
bbf6f052 | 5639 | |
dbecbbe4 | 5640 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE |
5f652c07 JM |
5641 | /* Only check stuff here if the mode we want is different from the mode |
5642 | of the expression; if it's the same, check_max_integer_computiation_mode | |
5643 | will handle it. Do we really need to check this stuff at all? */ | |
5644 | ||
ce3c0b53 | 5645 | if (target |
5f652c07 | 5646 | && GET_MODE (target) != mode |
ce3c0b53 JL |
5647 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INTEGER_CST |
5648 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != PARM_DECL | |
ee06cc21 JL |
5649 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_REF |
5650 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != COMPONENT_REF | |
5651 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != BIT_FIELD_REF | |
5652 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INDIRECT_REF | |
6bcd94ae | 5653 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != CALL_EXPR |
6ab46dff GRK |
5654 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL |
5655 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != RTL_EXPR) | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5656 | { |
5657 | enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target); | |
5658 | ||
5659 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5660 | && mode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) | |
5661 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5662 | } | |
5663 | ||
5f652c07 JM |
5664 | if (tmode != mode |
5665 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INTEGER_CST | |
ce3c0b53 | 5666 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != PARM_DECL |
ee06cc21 JL |
5667 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != ARRAY_REF |
5668 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != COMPONENT_REF | |
5669 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != BIT_FIELD_REF | |
5670 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != INDIRECT_REF | |
ce3c0b53 | 5671 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != VAR_DECL |
6bcd94ae | 5672 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != CALL_EXPR |
6ab46dff | 5673 | && TREE_CODE (exp) != RTL_EXPR |
71bca506 | 5674 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (tmode) == MODE_INT |
dbecbbe4 JL |
5675 | && tmode > MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE) |
5676 | fatal ("unsupported wide integer operation"); | |
5677 | ||
5678 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (exp); | |
5679 | #endif | |
5680 | ||
e44842fe RK |
5681 | /* If will do cse, generate all results into pseudo registers |
5682 | since 1) that allows cse to find more things | |
5683 | and 2) otherwise cse could produce an insn the machine | |
5684 | cannot support. */ | |
5685 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5686 | if (! cse_not_expected && mode != BLKmode && target |
5687 | && (GET_CODE (target) != REG || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
5688 | target = subtarget; | |
5689 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5690 | switch (code) |
5691 | { | |
5692 | case LABEL_DECL: | |
b552441b RS |
5693 | { |
5694 | tree function = decl_function_context (exp); | |
5695 | /* Handle using a label in a containing function. */ | |
d0977240 RK |
5696 | if (function != current_function_decl |
5697 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
b552441b RS |
5698 | { |
5699 | struct function *p = find_function_data (function); | |
5700 | /* Allocate in the memory associated with the function | |
5701 | that the label is in. */ | |
5702 | push_obstacks (p->function_obstack, | |
5703 | p->function_maybepermanent_obstack); | |
5704 | ||
38a448ca RH |
5705 | p->forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, |
5706 | label_rtx (exp), | |
5707 | p->forced_labels); | |
b552441b RS |
5708 | pop_obstacks (); |
5709 | } | |
ab87f8c8 JL |
5710 | else |
5711 | { | |
ab87f8c8 JL |
5712 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
5713 | forced_labels = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, | |
5714 | label_rtx (exp), | |
5715 | forced_labels); | |
5716 | } | |
38a448ca RH |
5717 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, |
5718 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, label_rtx (exp))); | |
d0977240 RK |
5719 | if (function != current_function_decl |
5720 | && function != inline_function_decl && function != 0) | |
26fcb35a RS |
5721 | LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (XEXP (temp, 0)) = 1; |
5722 | return temp; | |
b552441b | 5723 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
5724 | |
5725 | case PARM_DECL: | |
5726 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5727 | { | |
5728 | error_with_decl (exp, "prior parameter's size depends on `%s'"); | |
4af3895e | 5729 | return CONST0_RTX (mode); |
bbf6f052 RK |
5730 | } |
5731 | ||
0f41302f | 5732 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 5733 | |
bbf6f052 | 5734 | case VAR_DECL: |
2dca20cd RS |
5735 | /* If a static var's type was incomplete when the decl was written, |
5736 | but the type is complete now, lay out the decl now. */ | |
5737 | if (DECL_SIZE (exp) == 0 && TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != 0 | |
5738 | && (TREE_STATIC (exp) || DECL_EXTERNAL (exp))) | |
5739 | { | |
5740 | push_obstacks_nochange (); | |
5741 | end_temporary_allocation (); | |
5742 | layout_decl (exp, 0); | |
5743 | PUT_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp), DECL_MODE (exp)); | |
5744 | pop_obstacks (); | |
5745 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 5746 | |
7d384cc0 KR |
5747 | /* Although static-storage variables start off initialized, according to |
5748 | ANSI C, a memcpy could overwrite them with uninitialized values. So | |
5749 | we check them too. This also lets us check for read-only variables | |
5750 | accessed via a non-const declaration, in case it won't be detected | |
5751 | any other way (e.g., in an embedded system or OS kernel without | |
5752 | memory protection). | |
5753 | ||
5754 | Aggregates are not checked here; they're handled elsewhere. */ | |
5755 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && code == VAR_DECL | |
921b3427 | 5756 | && GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
921b3427 RK |
5757 | && ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
5758 | { | |
5759 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
5760 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
5761 | ||
5762 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
5763 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 5764 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0), Pmode, |
921b3427 RK |
5765 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), |
5766 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
5767 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
5768 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
5769 | } |
5770 | ||
0f41302f | 5771 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
d6a5ac33 | 5772 | |
2dca20cd | 5773 | case FUNCTION_DECL: |
bbf6f052 RK |
5774 | case RESULT_DECL: |
5775 | if (DECL_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5776 | abort (); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5777 | |
e44842fe RK |
5778 | /* Ensure variable marked as used even if it doesn't go through |
5779 | a parser. If it hasn't be used yet, write out an external | |
5780 | definition. */ | |
5781 | if (! TREE_USED (exp)) | |
5782 | { | |
5783 | assemble_external (exp); | |
5784 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
5785 | } | |
5786 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5787 | /* Show we haven't gotten RTL for this yet. */ |
5788 | temp = 0; | |
5789 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5790 | /* Handle variables inherited from containing functions. */ |
5791 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
5792 | ||
5793 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function | |
5794 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
5795 | are being merged into the current function. | |
5796 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5797 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5798 | if (context != 0 && context != current_function_decl |
5799 | && context != inline_function_decl | |
5800 | /* If var is static, we don't need a static chain to access it. */ | |
5801 | && ! (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5802 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)))) | |
5803 | { | |
5804 | rtx addr; | |
5805 | ||
5806 | /* Mark as non-local and addressable. */ | |
81feeecb | 5807 | DECL_NONLOCAL (exp) = 1; |
38ee6ed9 JM |
5808 | if (DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (current_function_decl)) |
5809 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5810 | mark_addressable (exp); |
5811 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != MEM) | |
5812 | abort (); | |
5813 | addr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0); | |
5814 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == MEM) | |
38a448ca RH |
5815 | addr = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, |
5816 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (addr, 0), exp)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5817 | else |
5818 | addr = fix_lexical_addr (addr, exp); | |
dc6d66b3 | 5819 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), mode, addr); |
bbf6f052 | 5820 | } |
4af3895e | 5821 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5822 | /* This is the case of an array whose size is to be determined |
5823 | from its initializer, while the initializer is still being parsed. | |
5824 | See expand_decl. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 5825 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5826 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5827 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) == REG) | |
5828 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)), | |
bbf6f052 | 5829 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)); |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5830 | |
5831 | /* If DECL_RTL is memory, we are in the normal case and either | |
5832 | the address is not valid or it is not a register and -fforce-addr | |
5833 | is specified, get the address into a register. */ | |
5834 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
5835 | else if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == MEM |
5836 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5837 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
5838 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5839 | && (! memory_address_p (DECL_MODE (exp), | |
5840 | XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) | |
5841 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5842 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
5843 | temp = change_address (DECL_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, | |
d6a5ac33 | 5844 | copy_rtx (XEXP (DECL_RTL (exp), 0))); |
1499e0a8 | 5845 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
5846 | /* If we got something, return it. But first, set the alignment |
5847 | the address is a register. */ | |
5848 | if (temp != 0) | |
5849 | { | |
5850 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
5851 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (temp, 0), | |
5852 | DECL_ALIGN (exp) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
5853 | ||
5854 | return temp; | |
5855 | } | |
5856 | ||
1499e0a8 RK |
5857 | /* If the mode of DECL_RTL does not match that of the decl, it |
5858 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
5859 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ | |
5860 | ||
5861 | if (GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
5862 | && GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
5863 | { | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5864 | /* Get the signedness used for this variable. Ensure we get the |
5865 | same mode we got when the variable was declared. */ | |
78911e8b RK |
5866 | if (GET_MODE (DECL_RTL (exp)) |
5867 | != promote_mode (type, DECL_MODE (exp), &unsignedp, 0)) | |
1499e0a8 RK |
5868 | abort (); |
5869 | ||
38a448ca | 5870 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, DECL_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
5871 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5872 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5873 | return temp; | |
5874 | } | |
5875 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5876 | return DECL_RTL (exp); |
5877 | ||
5878 | case INTEGER_CST: | |
5879 | return immed_double_const (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (exp), | |
5880 | TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (exp), | |
5881 | mode); | |
5882 | ||
5883 | case CONST_DECL: | |
921b3427 RK |
5884 | return expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (exp), target, VOIDmode, |
5885 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5886 | |
5887 | case REAL_CST: | |
5888 | /* If optimized, generate immediate CONST_DOUBLE | |
5889 | which will be turned into memory by reload if necessary. | |
5890 | ||
5891 | We used to force a register so that loop.c could see it. But | |
5892 | this does not allow gen_* patterns to perform optimizations with | |
5893 | the constants. It also produces two insns in cases like "x = 1.0;". | |
5894 | On most machines, floating-point constants are not permitted in | |
5895 | many insns, so we'd end up copying it to a register in any case. | |
5896 | ||
5897 | Now, we do the copying in expand_binop, if appropriate. */ | |
5898 | return immed_real_const (exp); | |
5899 | ||
5900 | case COMPLEX_CST: | |
5901 | case STRING_CST: | |
5902 | if (! TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) | |
5903 | output_constant_def (exp); | |
5904 | ||
5905 | /* TREE_CST_RTL probably contains a constant address. | |
5906 | On RISC machines where a constant address isn't valid, | |
5907 | make some insns to get that address into a register. */ | |
5908 | if (GET_CODE (TREE_CST_RTL (exp)) == MEM | |
5909 | && modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
5910 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
5911 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
5912 | && (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) |
5913 | || (flag_force_addr | |
5914 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5915 | return change_address (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), VOIDmode, |
5916 | copy_rtx (XEXP (TREE_CST_RTL (exp), 0))); | |
5917 | return TREE_CST_RTL (exp); | |
5918 | ||
bf1e5319 | 5919 | case EXPR_WITH_FILE_LOCATION: |
b24f65cd APB |
5920 | { |
5921 | rtx to_return; | |
5922 | char *saved_input_filename = input_filename; | |
5923 | int saved_lineno = lineno; | |
5924 | input_filename = EXPR_WFL_FILENAME (exp); | |
5925 | lineno = EXPR_WFL_LINENO (exp); | |
5926 | if (EXPR_WFL_EMIT_LINE_NOTE (exp)) | |
5927 | emit_line_note (input_filename, lineno); | |
5928 | /* Possibly avoid switching back and force here */ | |
5929 | to_return = expand_expr (EXPR_WFL_NODE (exp), target, tmode, modifier); | |
5930 | input_filename = saved_input_filename; | |
5931 | lineno = saved_lineno; | |
5932 | return to_return; | |
5933 | } | |
bf1e5319 | 5934 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
5935 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
5936 | context = decl_function_context (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 5937 | |
d0977240 RK |
5938 | /* If this SAVE_EXPR was at global context, assume we are an |
5939 | initialization function and move it into our context. */ | |
5940 | if (context == 0) | |
5941 | SAVE_EXPR_CONTEXT (exp) = current_function_decl; | |
5942 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5943 | /* We treat inline_function_decl as an alias for the current function |
5944 | because that is the inline function whose vars, types, etc. | |
5945 | are being merged into the current function. | |
5946 | See expand_inline_function. */ | |
5947 | if (context == current_function_decl || context == inline_function_decl) | |
5948 | context = 0; | |
5949 | ||
5950 | /* If this is non-local, handle it. */ | |
5951 | if (context) | |
5952 | { | |
d0977240 RK |
5953 | /* The following call just exists to abort if the context is |
5954 | not of a containing function. */ | |
5955 | find_function_data (context); | |
5956 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
5957 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
5958 | if (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) | |
5959 | { | |
5960 | put_var_into_stack (exp); | |
5961 | temp = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
5962 | } | |
5963 | if (temp == 0 || GET_CODE (temp) != MEM) | |
5964 | abort (); | |
5965 | return change_address (temp, mode, | |
5966 | fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (temp, 0), exp)); | |
5967 | } | |
5968 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
5969 | { | |
06089a8b RK |
5970 | if (mode == VOIDmode) |
5971 | temp = const0_rtx; | |
5972 | else | |
e5e809f4 | 5973 | temp = assign_temp (type, 3, 0, 0); |
1499e0a8 | 5974 | |
bbf6f052 | 5975 | SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 5976 | if (!optimize && GET_CODE (temp) == REG) |
38a448ca RH |
5977 | save_expr_regs = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, temp, |
5978 | save_expr_regs); | |
ff78f773 RK |
5979 | |
5980 | /* If the mode of TEMP does not match that of the expression, it | |
5981 | must be a promoted value. We pass store_expr a SUBREG of the | |
5982 | wanted mode but mark it so that we know that it was already | |
5983 | extended. Note that `unsignedp' was modified above in | |
5984 | this case. */ | |
5985 | ||
5986 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && GET_MODE (temp) != mode) | |
5987 | { | |
38a448ca | 5988 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
ff78f773 RK |
5989 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
5990 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
5991 | } | |
5992 | ||
4c7a0be9 | 5993 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
921b3427 RK |
5994 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
5995 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
4c7a0be9 JW |
5996 | else |
5997 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), temp, 0); | |
e5e809f4 JL |
5998 | |
5999 | TREE_USED (exp) = 1; | |
bbf6f052 | 6000 | } |
1499e0a8 RK |
6001 | |
6002 | /* If the mode of SAVE_EXPR_RTL does not match that of the expression, it | |
6003 | must be a promoted value. We return a SUBREG of the wanted mode, | |
0f41302f | 6004 | but mark it so that we know that it was already extended. */ |
1499e0a8 RK |
6005 | |
6006 | if (GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) == REG | |
6007 | && GET_MODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp)) != mode) | |
6008 | { | |
e70d22c8 RK |
6009 | /* Compute the signedness and make the proper SUBREG. */ |
6010 | promote_mode (type, mode, &unsignedp, 0); | |
38a448ca | 6011 | temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (mode, SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp), 0); |
1499e0a8 RK |
6012 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (temp) = 1; |
6013 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (temp) = unsignedp; | |
6014 | return temp; | |
6015 | } | |
6016 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6017 | return SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6018 | ||
679163cf MS |
6019 | case UNSAVE_EXPR: |
6020 | { | |
6021 | rtx temp; | |
6022 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, modifier); | |
6023 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = unsave_expr_now (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6024 | return temp; | |
6025 | } | |
6026 | ||
b50d17a1 | 6027 | case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: |
e9a25f70 JL |
6028 | { |
6029 | tree placeholder_expr; | |
6030 | ||
6031 | /* If there is an object on the head of the placeholder list, | |
e5e809f4 | 6032 | see if some object in it of type TYPE or a pointer to it. For |
e9a25f70 JL |
6033 | further information, see tree.def. */ |
6034 | for (placeholder_expr = placeholder_list; | |
6035 | placeholder_expr != 0; | |
6036 | placeholder_expr = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr)) | |
6037 | { | |
6038 | tree need_type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); | |
6039 | tree object = 0; | |
6040 | tree old_list = placeholder_list; | |
6041 | tree elt; | |
6042 | ||
e5e809f4 JL |
6043 | /* Find the outermost reference that is of the type we want. |
6044 | If none, see if any object has a type that is a pointer to | |
6045 | the type we want. */ | |
6046 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); | |
6047 | elt != 0 && object == 0; | |
6048 | elt | |
6049 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6050 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6051 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6052 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6053 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6054 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6055 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6056 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6057 | if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (elt)) == need_type) | |
6058 | object = elt; | |
e9a25f70 | 6059 | |
e9a25f70 | 6060 | for (elt = TREE_PURPOSE (placeholder_expr); |
e5e809f4 JL |
6061 | elt != 0 && object == 0; |
6062 | elt | |
6063 | = ((TREE_CODE (elt) == COMPOUND_EXPR | |
6064 | || TREE_CODE (elt) == COND_EXPR) | |
6065 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 1) | |
6066 | : (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'r' | |
6067 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '1' | |
6068 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == '2' | |
6069 | || TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (elt)) == 'e') | |
6070 | ? TREE_OPERAND (elt, 0) : 0)) | |
6071 | if (POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (elt)) | |
6072 | && (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (elt))) | |
e9a25f70 | 6073 | == need_type)) |
e5e809f4 | 6074 | object = build1 (INDIRECT_REF, need_type, elt); |
dc500fa1 | 6075 | |
e9a25f70 | 6076 | if (object != 0) |
2cde2255 | 6077 | { |
e9a25f70 JL |
6078 | /* Expand this object skipping the list entries before |
6079 | it was found in case it is also a PLACEHOLDER_EXPR. | |
6080 | In that case, we want to translate it using subsequent | |
6081 | entries. */ | |
6082 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_expr); | |
6083 | temp = expand_expr (object, original_target, tmode, | |
6084 | ro_modifier); | |
6085 | placeholder_list = old_list; | |
6086 | return temp; | |
2cde2255 | 6087 | } |
e9a25f70 JL |
6088 | } |
6089 | } | |
b50d17a1 RK |
6090 | |
6091 | /* We can't find the object or there was a missing WITH_RECORD_EXPR. */ | |
6092 | abort (); | |
6093 | ||
6094 | case WITH_RECORD_EXPR: | |
6095 | /* Put the object on the placeholder list, expand our first operand, | |
6096 | and pop the list. */ | |
6097 | placeholder_list = tree_cons (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_TREE, | |
6098 | placeholder_list); | |
6099 | target = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, | |
921b3427 | 6100 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
b50d17a1 RK |
6101 | placeholder_list = TREE_CHAIN (placeholder_list); |
6102 | return target; | |
6103 | ||
70e6ca43 APB |
6104 | case GOTO_EXPR: |
6105 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == LABEL_DECL) | |
6106 | expand_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6107 | else | |
6108 | expand_computed_goto (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6109 | return const0_rtx; | |
6110 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6111 | case EXIT_EXPR: |
e44842fe RK |
6112 | expand_exit_loop_if_false (NULL_PTR, |
6113 | invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6114 | return const0_rtx; |
6115 | ||
f42e28dd APB |
6116 | case LABELED_BLOCK_EXPR: |
6117 | if (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp)) | |
6118 | expand_expr_stmt (LABELED_BLOCK_BODY (exp)); | |
6119 | emit_label (label_rtx (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (exp))); | |
6120 | return const0_rtx; | |
6121 | ||
6122 | case EXIT_BLOCK_EXPR: | |
6123 | if (EXIT_BLOCK_RETURN (exp)) | |
ab87f8c8 | 6124 | sorry ("returned value in block_exit_expr"); |
f42e28dd APB |
6125 | expand_goto (LABELED_BLOCK_LABEL (EXIT_BLOCK_LABELED_BLOCK (exp))); |
6126 | return const0_rtx; | |
6127 | ||
bbf6f052 | 6128 | case LOOP_EXPR: |
0088fcb1 | 6129 | push_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6130 | expand_start_loop (1); |
6131 | expand_expr_stmt (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6132 | expand_end_loop (); | |
0088fcb1 | 6133 | pop_temp_slots (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6134 | |
6135 | return const0_rtx; | |
6136 | ||
6137 | case BIND_EXPR: | |
6138 | { | |
6139 | tree vars = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6140 | int vars_need_expansion = 0; | |
6141 | ||
6142 | /* Need to open a binding contour here because | |
e976b8b2 | 6143 | if there are any cleanups they must be contained here. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6144 | expand_start_bindings (0); |
6145 | ||
2df53c0b RS |
6146 | /* Mark the corresponding BLOCK for output in its proper place. */ |
6147 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) != 0 | |
6148 | && ! TREE_USED (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
6149 | insert_block (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6150 | |
6151 | /* If VARS have not yet been expanded, expand them now. */ | |
6152 | while (vars) | |
6153 | { | |
6154 | if (DECL_RTL (vars) == 0) | |
6155 | { | |
6156 | vars_need_expansion = 1; | |
6157 | expand_decl (vars); | |
6158 | } | |
6159 | expand_decl_init (vars); | |
6160 | vars = TREE_CHAIN (vars); | |
6161 | } | |
6162 | ||
921b3427 | 6163 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6164 | |
6165 | expand_end_bindings (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, 0); | |
6166 | ||
6167 | return temp; | |
6168 | } | |
6169 | ||
6170 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
83b853c9 JM |
6171 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)) |
6172 | { | |
6173 | if (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) == const0_rtx) | |
6174 | abort (); | |
6175 | emit_insns (RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp)); | |
6176 | RTL_EXPR_SEQUENCE (exp) = const0_rtx; | |
6177 | } | |
99310285 | 6178 | preserve_rtl_expr_result (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp)); |
ca814259 | 6179 | free_temps_for_rtl_expr (exp); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6180 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); |
6181 | ||
6182 | case CONSTRUCTOR: | |
dd27116b RK |
6183 | /* If we don't need the result, just ensure we evaluate any |
6184 | subexpressions. */ | |
6185 | if (ignore) | |
6186 | { | |
6187 | tree elt; | |
6188 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (exp); elt; elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
921b3427 RK |
6189 | expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, |
6190 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
dd27116b RK |
6191 | return const0_rtx; |
6192 | } | |
3207b172 | 6193 | |
4af3895e JVA |
6194 | /* All elts simple constants => refer to a constant in memory. But |
6195 | if this is a non-BLKmode mode, let it store a field at a time | |
6196 | since that should make a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE when we | |
3207b172 | 6197 | fold. Likewise, if we have a target we can use, it is best to |
d720b9d1 RK |
6198 | store directly into the target unless the type is large enough |
6199 | that memcpy will be used. If we are making an initializer and | |
3207b172 | 6200 | all operands are constant, put it in memory as well. */ |
dd27116b | 6201 | else if ((TREE_STATIC (exp) |
3207b172 | 6202 | && ((mode == BLKmode |
e5e809f4 | 6203 | && ! (target != 0 && safe_from_p (target, exp, 1))) |
d720b9d1 RK |
6204 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp) |
6205 | || (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST | |
fbe1758d AM |
6206 | && (!MOVE_BY_PIECES_P |
6207 | (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TYPE_SIZE (type))/BITS_PER_UNIT, | |
6208 | TYPE_ALIGN (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT)) | |
9de08200 | 6209 | && ! mostly_zeros_p (exp)))) |
dd27116b | 6210 | || (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER && TREE_CONSTANT (exp))) |
bbf6f052 RK |
6211 | { |
6212 | rtx constructor = output_constant_def (exp); | |
b552441b RS |
6213 | if (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
6214 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER | |
6215 | && modifier != EXPAND_SUM | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6216 | && (! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (constructor), |
6217 | XEXP (constructor, 0)) | |
6218 | || (flag_force_addr | |
6219 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (constructor, 0)) != REG))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6220 | constructor = change_address (constructor, VOIDmode, |
6221 | XEXP (constructor, 0)); | |
6222 | return constructor; | |
6223 | } | |
6224 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6225 | else |
6226 | { | |
e9ac02a6 JW |
6227 | /* Handle calls that pass values in multiple non-contiguous |
6228 | locations. The Irix 6 ABI has examples of this. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 6229 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
e9ac02a6 | 6230 | || GET_CODE (target) == PARALLEL) |
06089a8b RK |
6231 | { |
6232 | if (mode != BLKmode && ! TREE_ADDRESSABLE (exp)) | |
6233 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
6234 | else | |
6235 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
6236 | } | |
07604beb RK |
6237 | |
6238 | if (TREE_READONLY (exp)) | |
6239 | { | |
9151b3bf | 6240 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
effbcc6a RK |
6241 | target = copy_rtx (target); |
6242 | ||
07604beb RK |
6243 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (target) = 1; |
6244 | } | |
6245 | ||
e1a43f73 | 6246 | store_constructor (exp, target, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6247 | return target; |
6248 | } | |
6249 | ||
6250 | case INDIRECT_REF: | |
6251 | { | |
6252 | tree exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
6253 | tree exp2; | |
7581a30f JW |
6254 | tree index; |
6255 | tree string = string_constant (exp1, &index); | |
6256 | int i; | |
6257 | ||
06eaa86f | 6258 | /* Try to optimize reads from const strings. */ |
7581a30f JW |
6259 | if (string |
6260 | && TREE_CODE (string) == STRING_CST | |
6261 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
6262 | && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) | |
6263 | && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (string) | |
6264 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
06eaa86f JW |
6265 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1 |
6266 | && modifier != EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_WO) | |
7581a30f | 6267 | return GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (string)[i]); |
bbf6f052 | 6268 | |
405f0da6 JW |
6269 | op0 = expand_expr (exp1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_SUM); |
6270 | op0 = memory_address (mode, op0); | |
8c8a8e34 | 6271 | |
7d384cc0 | 6272 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && !AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp))) |
921b3427 RK |
6273 | { |
6274 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
6275 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
6276 | ||
6277 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
c85f7c16 JL |
6278 | { |
6279 | in_check_memory_usage = 1; | |
6280 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 6281 | op0, Pmode, |
c85f7c16 JL |
6282 | GEN_INT (int_size_in_bytes (type)), |
6283 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
6284 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), | |
6285 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
6286 | in_check_memory_usage = 0; | |
6287 | } | |
921b3427 RK |
6288 | } |
6289 | ||
38a448ca | 6290 | temp = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, op0); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6291 | /* If address was computed by addition, |
6292 | mark this as an element of an aggregate. */ | |
9ec36da5 JL |
6293 | if (TREE_CODE (exp1) == PLUS_EXPR |
6294 | || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == SAVE_EXPR | |
6295 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
05e3bdb9 | 6296 | || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp)) |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6297 | || (TREE_CODE (exp1) == ADDR_EXPR |
6298 | && (exp2 = TREE_OPERAND (exp1, 0)) | |
b5f88157 | 6299 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (exp2)))) |
c6df88cb | 6300 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (temp, 1); |
b5f88157 | 6301 | |
2c4c436a | 6302 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (temp) = TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (exp) | flag_volatile; |
41472af8 | 6303 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (temp) = get_alias_set (exp); |
1125706f RK |
6304 | |
6305 | /* It is incorrect to set RTX_UNCHANGING_P from TREE_READONLY | |
6306 | here, because, in C and C++, the fact that a location is accessed | |
6307 | through a pointer to const does not mean that the value there can | |
6308 | never change. Languages where it can never change should | |
6309 | also set TREE_STATIC. */ | |
5cb7a25a | 6310 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (temp) = TREE_READONLY (exp) & TREE_STATIC (exp); |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6311 | return temp; |
6312 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6313 | |
6314 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
742920c7 RK |
6315 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != ARRAY_TYPE) |
6316 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 6317 | |
bbf6f052 | 6318 | { |
742920c7 RK |
6319 | tree array = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
6320 | tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (array)); | |
6321 | tree low_bound = domain ? TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain) : integer_zero_node; | |
6322 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6323 | tree index_type = TREE_TYPE (index); | |
08293add | 6324 | HOST_WIDE_INT i; |
b50d17a1 | 6325 | |
d4c89139 PB |
6326 | /* Optimize the special-case of a zero lower bound. |
6327 | ||
6328 | We convert the low_bound to sizetype to avoid some problems | |
6329 | with constant folding. (E.g. suppose the lower bound is 1, | |
6330 | and its mode is QI. Without the conversion, (ARRAY | |
6331 | +(INDEX-(unsigned char)1)) becomes ((ARRAY+(-(unsigned char)1)) | |
6332 | +INDEX), which becomes (ARRAY+255+INDEX). Oops!) | |
6333 | ||
6334 | But sizetype isn't quite right either (especially if | |
6335 | the lowbound is negative). FIXME */ | |
6336 | ||
742920c7 | 6337 | if (! integer_zerop (low_bound)) |
d4c89139 PB |
6338 | index = fold (build (MINUS_EXPR, index_type, index, |
6339 | convert (sizetype, low_bound))); | |
742920c7 | 6340 | |
742920c7 | 6341 | /* Fold an expression like: "foo"[2]. |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
6342 | This is not done in fold so it won't happen inside &. |
6343 | Don't fold if this is for wide characters since it's too | |
6344 | difficult to do correctly and this is a very rare case. */ | |
742920c7 RK |
6345 | |
6346 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == STRING_CST | |
6347 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
6348 | && !TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) | |
307b821c | 6349 | && (i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)) < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (array) |
ad2e7dd0 RK |
6350 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT |
6351 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1) | |
307b821c | 6352 | return GEN_INT (TREE_STRING_POINTER (array)[i]); |
bbf6f052 | 6353 | |
742920c7 RK |
6354 | /* If this is a constant index into a constant array, |
6355 | just get the value from the array. Handle both the cases when | |
6356 | we have an explicit constructor and when our operand is a variable | |
6357 | that was declared const. */ | |
4af3895e | 6358 | |
742920c7 RK |
6359 | if (TREE_CODE (array) == CONSTRUCTOR && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array)) |
6360 | { | |
6361 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
6362 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0) | |
6363 | { | |
6364 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6365 | ||
6366 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
6367 | while (elem && i--) | |
6368 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); | |
6369 | if (elem) | |
6370 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
921b3427 | 6371 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
6372 | } |
6373 | } | |
4af3895e | 6374 | |
742920c7 RK |
6375 | else if (optimize >= 1 |
6376 | && TREE_READONLY (array) && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (array) | |
6377 | && TREE_CODE (array) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (array) | |
6378 | && TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (array)) != ERROR_MARK) | |
6379 | { | |
08293add | 6380 | if (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST) |
742920c7 RK |
6381 | { |
6382 | tree init = DECL_INITIAL (array); | |
6383 | ||
6384 | i = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index); | |
6385 | if (TREE_CODE (init) == CONSTRUCTOR) | |
6386 | { | |
6387 | tree elem = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); | |
6388 | ||
03dc44a6 RS |
6389 | while (elem |
6390 | && !tree_int_cst_equal (TREE_PURPOSE (elem), index)) | |
742920c7 RK |
6391 | elem = TREE_CHAIN (elem); |
6392 | if (elem) | |
6393 | return expand_expr (fold (TREE_VALUE (elem)), target, | |
921b3427 | 6394 | tmode, ro_modifier); |
742920c7 RK |
6395 | } |
6396 | else if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST | |
08293add RK |
6397 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (index) == 0 |
6398 | && (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index) | |
6399 | < TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init))) | |
6400 | return (GEN_INT | |
6401 | (TREE_STRING_POINTER | |
6402 | (init)[TREE_INT_CST_LOW (index)])); | |
742920c7 RK |
6403 | } |
6404 | } | |
6405 | } | |
8c8a8e34 | 6406 | |
08293add | 6407 | /* ... fall through ... */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
6408 | |
6409 | case COMPONENT_REF: | |
6410 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
4af3895e | 6411 | /* If the operand is a CONSTRUCTOR, we can just extract the |
7a0b7b9a RK |
6412 | appropriate field if it is present. Don't do this if we have |
6413 | already written the data since we want to refer to that copy | |
6414 | and varasm.c assumes that's what we'll do. */ | |
4af3895e | 6415 | if (code != ARRAY_REF |
7a0b7b9a RK |
6416 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == CONSTRUCTOR |
6417 | && TREE_CST_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == 0) | |
4af3895e JVA |
6418 | { |
6419 | tree elt; | |
6420 | ||
6421 | for (elt = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); elt; | |
6422 | elt = TREE_CHAIN (elt)) | |
86b5812c RK |
6423 | if (TREE_PURPOSE (elt) == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) |
6424 | /* We can normally use the value of the field in the | |
6425 | CONSTRUCTOR. However, if this is a bitfield in | |
6426 | an integral mode that we can fit in a HOST_WIDE_INT, | |
6427 | we must mask only the number of bits in the bitfield, | |
6428 | since this is done implicitly by the constructor. If | |
6429 | the bitfield does not meet either of those conditions, | |
6430 | we can't do this optimization. */ | |
6431 | && (! DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)) | |
6432 | || ((GET_MODE_CLASS (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6433 | == MODE_INT) | |
6434 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (DECL_MODE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6435 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)))) | |
6436 | { | |
6437 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (elt), target, tmode, modifier); | |
6438 | if (DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))) | |
6439 | { | |
6440 | int bitsize = DECL_FIELD_SIZE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)); | |
86b5812c RK |
6441 | |
6442 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt)))) | |
6443 | { | |
6444 | op1 = GEN_INT (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << bitsize) - 1); | |
6445 | op0 = expand_and (op0, op1, target); | |
6446 | } | |
6447 | else | |
6448 | { | |
e5e809f4 JL |
6449 | enum machine_mode imode |
6450 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_PURPOSE (elt))); | |
86b5812c | 6451 | tree count |
e5e809f4 JL |
6452 | = build_int_2 (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode) - bitsize, |
6453 | 0); | |
86b5812c RK |
6454 | |
6455 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
6456 | target, 0); | |
6457 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, imode, op0, count, | |
6458 | target, 0); | |
6459 | } | |
6460 | } | |
6461 | ||
6462 | return op0; | |
6463 | } | |
4af3895e JVA |
6464 | } |
6465 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6466 | { |
6467 | enum machine_mode mode1; | |
6468 | int bitsize; | |
6469 | int bitpos; | |
7bb0943f | 6470 | tree offset; |
bbf6f052 | 6471 | int volatilep = 0; |
034f9101 | 6472 | int alignment; |
839c4796 RK |
6473 | tree tem = get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, |
6474 | &mode1, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
6475 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 6476 | |
e7f3c83f RK |
6477 | /* If we got back the original object, something is wrong. Perhaps |
6478 | we are evaluating an expression too early. In any event, don't | |
6479 | infinitely recurse. */ | |
6480 | if (tem == exp) | |
6481 | abort (); | |
6482 | ||
3d27140a | 6483 | /* If TEM's type is a union of variable size, pass TARGET to the inner |
b74f5ff2 RK |
6484 | computation, since it will need a temporary and TARGET is known |
6485 | to have to do. This occurs in unchecked conversion in Ada. */ | |
6486 | ||
6487 | op0 = expand_expr (tem, | |
6488 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)) == UNION_TYPE | |
6489 | && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE (tem))) | |
6490 | != INTEGER_CST) | |
6491 | ? target : NULL_RTX), | |
4ed67205 | 6492 | VOIDmode, |
e5e809f4 JL |
6493 | modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
6494 | ? modifier : EXPAND_NORMAL); | |
bbf6f052 | 6495 | |
8c8a8e34 | 6496 | /* If this is a constant, put it into a register if it is a |
8008b228 | 6497 | legitimate constant and memory if it isn't. */ |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6498 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
6499 | { | |
6500 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (tem)); | |
f2878c6b | 6501 | if (mode != BLKmode && LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (op0)) |
8c8a8e34 JW |
6502 | op0 = force_reg (mode, op0); |
6503 | else | |
6504 | op0 = validize_mem (force_const_mem (mode, op0)); | |
6505 | } | |
6506 | ||
7bb0943f RS |
6507 | if (offset != 0) |
6508 | { | |
906c4e36 | 6509 | rtx offset_rtx = expand_expr (offset, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
7bb0943f RS |
6510 | |
6511 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) | |
6512 | abort (); | |
2d48c13d JL |
6513 | |
6514 | if (GET_MODE (offset_rtx) != ptr_mode) | |
bd070e1a | 6515 | { |
2d48c13d | 6516 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
822a3443 | 6517 | offset_rtx = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, offset_rtx); |
2d48c13d | 6518 | #else |
bd070e1a | 6519 | offset_rtx = convert_to_mode (ptr_mode, offset_rtx, 0); |
2d48c13d | 6520 | #endif |
bd070e1a | 6521 | } |
2d48c13d | 6522 | |
efd07ca7 JL |
6523 | /* A constant address in TO_RTX can have VOIDmode, we must not try |
6524 | to call force_reg for that case. Avoid that case. */ | |
89752202 HB |
6525 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM |
6526 | && GET_MODE (op0) == BLKmode | |
efd07ca7 | 6527 | && GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) != VOIDmode |
89752202 HB |
6528 | && bitsize |
6529 | && (bitpos % bitsize) == 0 | |
6530 | && (bitsize % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) == 0 | |
6531 | && (alignment * BITS_PER_UNIT) == GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode1)) | |
6532 | { | |
6533 | rtx temp = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
6534 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6535 | (bitpos / | |
6536 | BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
6537 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 0)) == REG) | |
6538 | op0 = temp; | |
6539 | else | |
6540 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
6541 | force_reg (GET_MODE (XEXP (temp, 0)), | |
6542 | XEXP (temp, 0))); | |
6543 | bitpos = 0; | |
6544 | } | |
6545 | ||
6546 | ||
7bb0943f | 6547 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, |
38a448ca RH |
6548 | gen_rtx_PLUS (ptr_mode, XEXP (op0, 0), |
6549 | force_reg (ptr_mode, offset_rtx))); | |
7bb0943f RS |
6550 | } |
6551 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6552 | /* Don't forget about volatility even if this is a bitfield. */ |
6553 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && volatilep && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0)) | |
6554 | { | |
6555 | op0 = copy_rtx (op0); | |
6556 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) = 1; | |
6557 | } | |
6558 | ||
921b3427 | 6559 | /* Check the access. */ |
7d384cc0 | 6560 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
921b3427 RK |
6561 | { |
6562 | enum memory_use_mode memory_usage; | |
6563 | memory_usage = get_memory_usage_from_modifier (modifier); | |
6564 | ||
6565 | if (memory_usage != MEMORY_USE_DONT) | |
6566 | { | |
6567 | rtx to; | |
6568 | int size; | |
6569 | ||
6570 | to = plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
6571 | size = (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) + bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1; | |
6572 | ||
6573 | /* Check the access right of the pointer. */ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6574 | if (size > BITS_PER_UNIT) |
6575 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, | |
6a9c4aed | 6576 | to, Pmode, |
e9a25f70 JL |
6577 | GEN_INT (size / BITS_PER_UNIT), |
6578 | TYPE_MODE (sizetype), | |
956d6950 JL |
6579 | GEN_INT (memory_usage), |
6580 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
921b3427 RK |
6581 | } |
6582 | } | |
6583 | ||
ccc98036 RS |
6584 | /* In cases where an aligned union has an unaligned object |
6585 | as a field, we might be extracting a BLKmode value from | |
6586 | an integer-mode (e.g., SImode) object. Handle this case | |
6587 | by doing the extract into an object as wide as the field | |
6588 | (which we know to be the width of a basic mode), then | |
f2420d0b JW |
6589 | storing into memory, and changing the mode to BLKmode. |
6590 | If we ultimately want the address (EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS or | |
6591 | EXPAND_INITIALIZER), then we must not copy to a temporary. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 6592 | if (mode1 == VOIDmode |
ccc98036 | 6593 | || GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
f9409c3a | 6594 | || (modifier != EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
f9409c3a | 6595 | && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
c2722ef6 RK |
6596 | && ((mode1 != BLKmode && ! direct_load[(int) mode1] |
6597 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT | |
6598 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
f9409c3a JW |
6599 | /* If the field isn't aligned enough to fetch as a memref, |
6600 | fetch it as a bit field. */ | |
6601 | || (SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS | |
c84e2712 | 6602 | && ((TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (tem)) < (unsigned int) GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) |
f9409c3a | 6603 | || (bitpos % GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) != 0)))))) |
bbf6f052 | 6604 | { |
bbf6f052 RK |
6605 | enum machine_mode ext_mode = mode; |
6606 | ||
6607 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
6608 | ext_mode = mode_for_size (bitsize, MODE_INT, 1); | |
6609 | ||
6610 | if (ext_mode == BLKmode) | |
a281e72d RK |
6611 | { |
6612 | /* In this case, BITPOS must start at a byte boundary and | |
6613 | TARGET, if specified, must be a MEM. */ | |
6614 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM | |
6615 | || (target != 0 && GET_CODE (target) != MEM) | |
6616 | || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) | |
6617 | abort (); | |
6618 | ||
6619 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, | |
6620 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6621 | bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
6622 | if (target == 0) | |
6623 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
6624 | ||
6625 | emit_block_move (target, op0, | |
6626 | GEN_INT ((bitsize + BITS_PER_UNIT - 1) | |
6627 | / BITS_PER_UNIT), | |
6628 | 1); | |
6629 | ||
6630 | return target; | |
6631 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 6632 | |
dc6d66b3 RK |
6633 | op0 = validize_mem (op0); |
6634 | ||
6635 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) | |
6636 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
6637 | ||
6638 | op0 = extract_bit_field (op0, bitsize, bitpos, | |
bbf6f052 | 6639 | unsignedp, target, ext_mode, ext_mode, |
034f9101 | 6640 | alignment, |
bbf6f052 | 6641 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (tem))); |
ef19912d RK |
6642 | |
6643 | /* If the result is a record type and BITSIZE is narrower than | |
6644 | the mode of OP0, an integral mode, and this is a big endian | |
6645 | machine, we must put the field into the high-order bits. */ | |
6646 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
6647 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_INT | |
6648 | && bitsize < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0))) | |
6649 | op0 = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
6650 | size_int (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) | |
6651 | - bitsize), | |
6652 | op0, 1); | |
6653 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6654 | if (mode == BLKmode) |
6655 | { | |
6656 | rtx new = assign_stack_temp (ext_mode, | |
6657 | bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); | |
6658 | ||
6659 | emit_move_insn (new, op0); | |
6660 | op0 = copy_rtx (new); | |
6661 | PUT_MODE (op0, BLKmode); | |
c6df88cb | 6662 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (op0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6663 | } |
6664 | ||
6665 | return op0; | |
6666 | } | |
6667 | ||
05019f83 RK |
6668 | /* If the result is BLKmode, use that to access the object |
6669 | now as well. */ | |
6670 | if (mode == BLKmode) | |
6671 | mode1 = BLKmode; | |
6672 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6673 | /* Get a reference to just this component. */ |
6674 | if (modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS | |
6675 | || modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
38a448ca RH |
6676 | op0 = gen_rtx_MEM (mode1, plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), |
6677 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6678 | else |
6679 | op0 = change_address (op0, mode1, | |
6680 | plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), | |
6681 | (bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT))); | |
41472af8 MM |
6682 | |
6683 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
6684 | MEM_ALIAS_SET (op0) = get_alias_set (exp); | |
6685 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
6686 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == REG) |
6687 | mark_reg_pointer (XEXP (op0, 0), alignment); | |
6688 | ||
c6df88cb | 6689 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (op0, 1); |
bbf6f052 | 6690 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (op0) |= volatilep; |
0d15e60c | 6691 | if (mode == mode1 || mode1 == BLKmode || mode1 == tmode |
08bbd316 | 6692 | || modifier == EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS |
0d15e60c | 6693 | || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
bbf6f052 | 6694 | return op0; |
0d15e60c | 6695 | else if (target == 0) |
bbf6f052 | 6696 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
0d15e60c | 6697 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6698 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); |
6699 | return target; | |
6700 | } | |
6701 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6702 | /* Intended for a reference to a buffer of a file-object in Pascal. |
6703 | But it's not certain that a special tree code will really be | |
6704 | necessary for these. INDIRECT_REF might work for them. */ | |
6705 | case BUFFER_REF: | |
6706 | abort (); | |
6707 | ||
7308a047 | 6708 | case IN_EXPR: |
7308a047 | 6709 | { |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6710 | /* Pascal set IN expression. |
6711 | ||
6712 | Algorithm: | |
6713 | rlo = set_low - (set_low%bits_per_word); | |
6714 | the_word = set [ (index - rlo)/bits_per_word ]; | |
6715 | bit_index = index % bits_per_word; | |
6716 | bitmask = 1 << bit_index; | |
6717 | return !!(the_word & bitmask); */ | |
6718 | ||
7308a047 RS |
6719 | tree set = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
6720 | tree index = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6721 | int iunsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (index)); |
7308a047 | 6722 | tree set_type = TREE_TYPE (set); |
7308a047 RS |
6723 | tree set_low_bound = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); |
6724 | tree set_high_bound = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (set_type)); | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6725 | rtx index_val = expand_expr (index, 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
6726 | rtx lo_r = expand_expr (set_low_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6727 | rtx hi_r = expand_expr (set_high_bound, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6728 | rtx setval = expand_expr (set, 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
6729 | rtx setaddr = XEXP (setval, 0); | |
6730 | enum machine_mode index_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (index)); | |
7308a047 RS |
6731 | rtx rlow; |
6732 | rtx diff, quo, rem, addr, bit, result; | |
7308a047 | 6733 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6734 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
6735 | ||
6736 | /* If domain is empty, answer is no. Likewise if index is constant | |
6737 | and out of bounds. */ | |
51723711 | 6738 | if (((TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
d6a5ac33 | 6739 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST |
51723711 | 6740 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, set_low_bound)) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6741 | || (TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST |
6742 | && TREE_CODE (set_low_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
6743 | && tree_int_cst_lt (index, set_low_bound)) | |
6744 | || (TREE_CODE (set_high_bound) == INTEGER_CST | |
6745 | && TREE_CODE (index) == INTEGER_CST | |
6746 | && tree_int_cst_lt (set_high_bound, index)))) | |
7308a047 RS |
6747 | return const0_rtx; |
6748 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
6749 | if (target == 0) |
6750 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
7308a047 RS |
6751 | |
6752 | /* If we get here, we have to generate the code for both cases | |
6753 | (in range and out of range). */ | |
6754 | ||
6755 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6756 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
6757 | ||
6758 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
6759 | && GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
6760 | { | |
c5d5d461 JL |
6761 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, lo_r, LT, NULL_RTX, |
6762 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
6763 | } |
6764 | ||
6765 | if (! (GET_CODE (index_val) == CONST_INT | |
6766 | && GET_CODE (hi_r) == CONST_INT)) | |
6767 | { | |
c5d5d461 JL |
6768 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index_val, hi_r, GT, NULL_RTX, |
6769 | GET_MODE (index_val), iunsignedp, 0, op1); | |
7308a047 RS |
6770 | } |
6771 | ||
6772 | /* Calculate the element number of bit zero in the first word | |
6773 | of the set. */ | |
6774 | if (GET_CODE (lo_r) == CONST_INT) | |
17938e57 RK |
6775 | rlow = GEN_INT (INTVAL (lo_r) |
6776 | & ~ ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)); | |
7308a047 | 6777 | else |
17938e57 RK |
6778 | rlow = expand_binop (index_mode, and_optab, lo_r, |
6779 | GEN_INT (~((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << BITS_PER_UNIT)), | |
d6a5ac33 | 6780 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7308a047 | 6781 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6782 | diff = expand_binop (index_mode, sub_optab, index_val, rlow, |
6783 | NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7308a047 RS |
6784 | |
6785 | quo = expand_divmod (0, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, index_mode, diff, | |
d6a5ac33 | 6786 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
7308a047 | 6787 | rem = expand_divmod (1, TRUNC_MOD_EXPR, index_mode, index_val, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6788 | GEN_INT (BITS_PER_UNIT), NULL_RTX, iunsignedp); |
6789 | ||
7308a047 | 6790 | addr = memory_address (byte_mode, |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6791 | expand_binop (index_mode, add_optab, diff, |
6792 | setaddr, NULL_RTX, iunsignedp, | |
17938e57 | 6793 | OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN)); |
d6a5ac33 | 6794 | |
7308a047 RS |
6795 | /* Extract the bit we want to examine */ |
6796 | bit = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, byte_mode, | |
38a448ca | 6797 | gen_rtx_MEM (byte_mode, addr), |
17938e57 RK |
6798 | make_tree (TREE_TYPE (index), rem), |
6799 | NULL_RTX, 1); | |
6800 | result = expand_binop (byte_mode, and_optab, bit, const1_rtx, | |
6801 | GET_MODE (target) == byte_mode ? target : 0, | |
7308a047 | 6802 | 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
17938e57 RK |
6803 | |
6804 | if (result != target) | |
6805 | convert_move (target, result, 1); | |
7308a047 RS |
6806 | |
6807 | /* Output the code to handle the out-of-range case. */ | |
6808 | emit_jump (op0); | |
6809 | emit_label (op1); | |
6810 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); | |
6811 | emit_label (op0); | |
6812 | return target; | |
6813 | } | |
6814 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6815 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: |
6816 | if (RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) == 0) | |
6817 | { | |
6818 | RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp) | |
921b3427 | 6819 | = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
e976b8b2 MS |
6820 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)); |
6821 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6822 | /* That's it for this cleanup. */ |
6823 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = 0; | |
6824 | } | |
6825 | return RTL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
6826 | ||
5dab5552 MS |
6827 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: |
6828 | { | |
e976b8b2 MS |
6829 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup |
6830 | actions to be performed. */ | |
6831 | expand_start_bindings (0); | |
6832 | ||
d93d4205 | 6833 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; |
e976b8b2 | 6834 | |
921b3427 | 6835 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
f283f66b JM |
6836 | /* If we're going to use this value, load it up now. */ |
6837 | if (! ignore) | |
6838 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
d93d4205 | 6839 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); |
e976b8b2 | 6840 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); |
5dab5552 MS |
6841 | } |
6842 | return op0; | |
6843 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6844 | case CALL_EXPR: |
6845 | /* Check for a built-in function. */ | |
6846 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6847 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) |
6848 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6849 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
6850 | return expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, tmode, ignore); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6851 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6852 | /* If this call was expanded already by preexpand_calls, |
6853 | just return the result we got. */ | |
6854 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
6855 | return CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 6856 | |
8129842c | 6857 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
6858 | |
6859 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
6860 | case NOP_EXPR: | |
6861 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
6862 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6863 | if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) |
6864 | { | |
6865 | tree valtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
6866 | if (target == 0) | |
06089a8b RK |
6867 | { |
6868 | if (mode != BLKmode) | |
6869 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); | |
6870 | else | |
6871 | target = assign_temp (type, 0, 1, 1); | |
6872 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6873 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6874 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) |
6875 | /* Store data into beginning of memory target. */ | |
6876 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
1499e0a8 RK |
6877 | change_address (target, TYPE_MODE (valtype), 0), 0); |
6878 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
6879 | else if (GET_CODE (target) == REG) |
6880 | /* Store this field into a union of the proper type. */ | |
6881 | store_field (target, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (valtype)), 0, | |
6882 | TYPE_MODE (valtype), TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
6883 | VOIDmode, 0, 1, | |
ece32014 MM |
6884 | int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), |
6885 | 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6886 | else |
6887 | abort (); | |
6888 | ||
6889 | /* Return the entire union. */ | |
6890 | return target; | |
6891 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 6892 | |
7f62854a RK |
6893 | if (mode == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) |
6894 | { | |
6895 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 6896 | ro_modifier); |
7f62854a RK |
6897 | |
6898 | /* If the signedness of the conversion differs and OP0 is | |
6899 | a promoted SUBREG, clear that indication since we now | |
6900 | have to do the proper extension. */ | |
6901 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) != unsignedp | |
6902 | && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG) | |
6903 | SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0) = 0; | |
6904 | ||
6905 | return op0; | |
6906 | } | |
6907 | ||
1499e0a8 | 6908 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, mode, 0); |
12342f90 RS |
6909 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
6910 | return op0; | |
12342f90 | 6911 | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6912 | /* If OP0 is a constant, just convert it into the proper mode. */ |
6913 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
6914 | return | |
6915 | convert_modes (mode, TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
6916 | op0, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
12342f90 | 6917 | |
26fcb35a | 6918 | if (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) |
38a448ca | 6919 | return gen_rtx_fmt_e (unsignedp ? ZERO_EXTEND : SIGN_EXTEND, mode, op0); |
d6a5ac33 | 6920 | |
bbf6f052 | 6921 | if (target == 0) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6922 | return |
6923 | convert_to_mode (mode, op0, | |
6924 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 6925 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
6926 | convert_move (target, op0, |
6927 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6928 | return target; |
6929 | ||
6930 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
0f41302f MS |
6931 | /* We come here from MINUS_EXPR when the second operand is a |
6932 | constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
6933 | plus_expr: |
6934 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
6935 | ||
6936 | /* If we are adding a constant, an RTL_EXPR that is sp, fp, or ap, and | |
6937 | something else, make sure we add the register to the constant and | |
6938 | then to the other thing. This case can occur during strength | |
6939 | reduction and doing it this way will produce better code if the | |
6940 | frame pointer or argument pointer is eliminated. | |
6941 | ||
6942 | fold-const.c will ensure that the constant is always in the inner | |
6943 | PLUS_EXPR, so the only case we need to do anything about is if | |
6944 | sp, ap, or fp is our second argument, in which case we must swap | |
6945 | the innermost first argument and our second argument. */ | |
6946 | ||
6947 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == PLUS_EXPR | |
6948 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
6949 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == RTL_EXPR | |
6950 | && (RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == frame_pointer_rtx | |
6951 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == stack_pointer_rtx | |
6952 | || RTL_EXPR_RTL (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == arg_pointer_rtx)) | |
6953 | { | |
6954 | tree t = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
6955 | ||
6956 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
6957 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0) = t; | |
6958 | } | |
6959 | ||
88f63c77 | 6960 | /* If the result is to be ptr_mode and we are adding an integer to |
bbf6f052 RK |
6961 | something, we might be forming a constant. So try to use |
6962 | plus_constant. If it produces a sum and we can't accept it, | |
6963 | use force_operand. This allows P = &ARR[const] to generate | |
6964 | efficient code on machines where a SYMBOL_REF is not a valid | |
6965 | address. | |
6966 | ||
6967 | If this is an EXPAND_SUM call, always return the sum. */ | |
c980ac49 | 6968 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
88f63c77 | 6969 | || mode == ptr_mode) |
bbf6f052 | 6970 | { |
c980ac49 RS |
6971 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST |
6972 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
6973 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
6974 | { | |
6975 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
6976 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
6977 | op1 = plus_constant (op1, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
6978 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6979 | op1 = force_operand (op1, target); | |
6980 | return op1; | |
6981 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 6982 | |
c980ac49 RS |
6983 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
6984 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_INT | |
6985 | && TREE_CONSTANT (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
6986 | { | |
6987 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, | |
6988 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
6989 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
6990 | { | |
6991 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
6992 | VOIDmode, modifier); | |
709f5be1 RS |
6993 | /* Don't go to both_summands if modifier |
6994 | says it's not right to return a PLUS. */ | |
6995 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
6996 | goto binop2; | |
c980ac49 RS |
6997 | goto both_summands; |
6998 | } | |
6999 | op0 = plus_constant (op0, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
7000 | if (modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7001 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
7002 | return op0; | |
7003 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7004 | } |
7005 | ||
7006 | /* No sense saving up arithmetic to be done | |
7007 | if it's all in the wrong mode to form part of an address. | |
7008 | And force_operand won't know whether to sign-extend or | |
7009 | zero-extend. */ | |
7010 | if ((modifier != EXPAND_SUM && modifier != EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 | 7011 | || mode != ptr_mode) |
c980ac49 | 7012 | goto binop; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7013 | |
7014 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7015 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7016 | subtarget = 0; |
7017 | ||
921b3427 RK |
7018 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
7019 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, ro_modifier); | |
bbf6f052 | 7020 | |
c980ac49 | 7021 | both_summands: |
bbf6f052 RK |
7022 | /* Make sure any term that's a sum with a constant comes last. */ |
7023 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
7024 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))) | |
7025 | { | |
7026 | temp = op0; | |
7027 | op0 = op1; | |
7028 | op1 = temp; | |
7029 | } | |
7030 | /* If adding to a sum including a constant, | |
7031 | associate it to put the constant outside. */ | |
7032 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS | |
7033 | && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op1, 1))) | |
7034 | { | |
7035 | rtx constant_term = const0_rtx; | |
7036 | ||
7037 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); | |
7038 | if (temp != 0) | |
7039 | op0 = temp; | |
6f90e075 JW |
7040 | /* Ensure that MULT comes first if there is one. */ |
7041 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT) | |
38a448ca | 7042 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0)); |
bbf6f052 | 7043 | else |
38a448ca | 7044 | op0 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, XEXP (op1, 0), op0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7045 | |
7046 | /* Let's also eliminate constants from op0 if possible. */ | |
7047 | op0 = eliminate_constant_term (op0, &constant_term); | |
7048 | ||
7049 | /* CONSTANT_TERM and XEXP (op1, 1) are known to be constant, so | |
7050 | their sum should be a constant. Form it into OP1, since the | |
7051 | result we want will then be OP0 + OP1. */ | |
7052 | ||
7053 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, constant_term, | |
7054 | XEXP (op1, 1)); | |
7055 | if (temp != 0) | |
7056 | op1 = temp; | |
7057 | else | |
38a448ca | 7058 | op1 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, constant_term, XEXP (op1, 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7059 | } |
7060 | ||
7061 | /* Put a constant term last and put a multiplication first. */ | |
7062 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0) || GET_CODE (op1) == MULT) | |
7063 | temp = op1, op1 = op0, op0 = temp; | |
7064 | ||
7065 | temp = simplify_binary_operation (PLUS, mode, op0, op1); | |
38a448ca | 7066 | return temp ? temp : gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7067 | |
7068 | case MINUS_EXPR: | |
ea87523e RK |
7069 | /* For initializers, we are allowed to return a MINUS of two |
7070 | symbolic constants. Here we handle all cases when both operands | |
7071 | are constant. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7072 | /* Handle difference of two symbolic constants, |
7073 | for the sake of an initializer. */ | |
7074 | if ((modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
7075 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
7076 | && really_constant_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
7077 | { | |
906c4e36 | 7078 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 7079 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
906c4e36 | 7080 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, |
921b3427 | 7081 | VOIDmode, ro_modifier); |
ea87523e | 7082 | |
ea87523e RK |
7083 | /* If the last operand is a CONST_INT, use plus_constant of |
7084 | the negated constant. Else make the MINUS. */ | |
7085 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
7086 | return plus_constant (op0, - INTVAL (op1)); | |
7087 | else | |
38a448ca | 7088 | return gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7089 | } |
7090 | /* Convert A - const to A + (-const). */ | |
7091 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7092 | { | |
ae431183 RK |
7093 | tree negated = fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, type, |
7094 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))); | |
7095 | ||
7096 | /* Deal with the case where we can't negate the constant | |
7097 | in TYPE. */ | |
7098 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) || TREE_OVERFLOW (negated)) | |
7099 | { | |
7100 | tree newtype = signed_type (type); | |
7101 | tree newop0 = convert (newtype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7102 | tree newop1 = convert (newtype, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
7103 | tree newneg = fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, newtype, newop1)); | |
7104 | ||
7105 | if (! TREE_OVERFLOW (newneg)) | |
7106 | return expand_expr (convert (type, | |
7107 | build (PLUS_EXPR, newtype, | |
7108 | newop0, newneg)), | |
921b3427 | 7109 | target, tmode, ro_modifier); |
ae431183 RK |
7110 | } |
7111 | else | |
7112 | { | |
7113 | exp = build (PLUS_EXPR, type, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), negated); | |
7114 | goto plus_expr; | |
7115 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7116 | } |
7117 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
7118 | goto binop; | |
7119 | ||
7120 | case MULT_EXPR: | |
7121 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
7122 | /* If first operand is constant, swap them. | |
7123 | Thus the following special case checks need only | |
7124 | check the second operand. */ | |
7125 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7126 | { | |
7127 | register tree t1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7128 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7129 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = t1; | |
7130 | } | |
7131 | ||
7132 | /* Attempt to return something suitable for generating an | |
7133 | indexed address, for machines that support that. */ | |
7134 | ||
88f63c77 | 7135 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM && mode == ptr_mode |
bbf6f052 | 7136 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST |
906c4e36 | 7137 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 | 7138 | { |
921b3427 RK |
7139 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, |
7140 | EXPAND_SUM); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7141 | |
7142 | /* Apply distributive law if OP0 is x+c. */ | |
7143 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS | |
7144 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
38a448ca RH |
7145 | return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, |
7146 | gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), | |
7147 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))), | |
906c4e36 RK |
7148 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
7149 | * INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7150 | |
7151 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) | |
906c4e36 | 7152 | op0 = force_operand (op0, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7153 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
7154 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (mode, op0); | |
7155 | ||
38a448ca RH |
7156 | return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, op0, |
7157 | GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7158 | } |
7159 | ||
e5e809f4 | 7160 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7161 | subtarget = 0; |
7162 | ||
7163 | /* Check for multiplying things that have been extended | |
7164 | from a narrower type. If this machine supports multiplying | |
7165 | in that narrower type with a result in the desired type, | |
7166 | do it that way, and avoid the explicit type-conversion. */ | |
7167 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7168 | && TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE | |
7169 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
7170 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
7171 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
7172 | && int_fits_type_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7173 | TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) | |
7174 | /* Don't use a widening multiply if a shift will do. */ | |
7175 | && ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
906c4e36 | 7176 | > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7177 | || exact_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) < 0)) |
7178 | || | |
7179 | (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7180 | && (TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
7181 | == | |
7182 | TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
7183 | /* If both operands are extended, they must either both | |
7184 | be zero-extended or both be sign-extended. */ | |
7185 | && (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0))) | |
7186 | == | |
7187 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))))))) | |
7188 | { | |
7189 | enum machine_mode innermode | |
7190 | = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))); | |
b10af0c8 TG |
7191 | optab other_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
7192 | ? smul_widen_optab : umul_widen_optab); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7193 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0))) |
7194 | ? umul_widen_optab : smul_widen_optab); | |
b10af0c8 | 7195 | if (mode == GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (innermode)) |
bbf6f052 | 7196 | { |
b10af0c8 TG |
7197 | if (this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing) |
7198 | { | |
7199 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7200 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7201 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7202 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
7203 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7204 | else | |
7205 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
7206 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7207 | goto binop2; | |
7208 | } | |
7209 | else if (other_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code != CODE_FOR_nothing | |
7210 | && innermode == word_mode) | |
7211 | { | |
7212 | rtx htem; | |
7213 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7214 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7215 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST) | |
7216 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, | |
7217 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7218 | else | |
7219 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), | |
7220 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7221 | temp = expand_binop (mode, other_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
7222 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7223 | htem = expand_mult_highpart_adjust (innermode, | |
7224 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
7225 | op0, op1, | |
7226 | gen_highpart (innermode, temp), | |
7227 | unsignedp); | |
7228 | emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (innermode, temp), htem); | |
7229 | return temp; | |
7230 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7231 | } |
7232 | } | |
7233 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7234 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7235 | return expand_mult (mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7236 | ||
7237 | case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: | |
7238 | case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: | |
7239 | case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: | |
7240 | case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: | |
7241 | case EXACT_DIV_EXPR: | |
7242 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7243 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7244 | subtarget = 0; |
7245 | /* Possible optimization: compute the dividend with EXPAND_SUM | |
7246 | then if the divisor is constant can optimize the case | |
7247 | where some terms of the dividend have coeffs divisible by it. */ | |
7248 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7249 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7250 | return expand_divmod (0, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7251 | ||
7252 | case RDIV_EXPR: | |
7253 | this_optab = flodiv_optab; | |
7254 | goto binop; | |
7255 | ||
7256 | case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: | |
7257 | case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: | |
7258 | case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: | |
7259 | case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: | |
7260 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7261 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7262 | subtarget = 0; |
7263 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 7264 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7265 | return expand_divmod (1, code, mode, op0, op1, target, unsignedp); |
7266 | ||
7267 | case FIX_ROUND_EXPR: | |
7268 | case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR: | |
7269 | case FIX_CEIL_EXPR: | |
7270 | abort (); /* Not used for C. */ | |
7271 | ||
7272 | case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 7273 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7274 | if (target == 0) |
7275 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7276 | expand_fix (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
7277 | return target; | |
7278 | ||
7279 | case FLOAT_EXPR: | |
906c4e36 | 7280 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7281 | if (target == 0) |
7282 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7283 | /* expand_float can't figure out what to do if FROM has VOIDmode. | |
7284 | So give it the correct mode. With -O, cse will optimize this. */ | |
7285 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode) | |
7286 | op0 = copy_to_mode_reg (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
7287 | op0); | |
7288 | expand_float (target, op0, | |
7289 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))); | |
7290 | return target; | |
7291 | ||
7292 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
5b22bee8 | 7293 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7294 | temp = expand_unop (mode, neg_optab, op0, target, 0); |
7295 | if (temp == 0) | |
7296 | abort (); | |
7297 | return temp; | |
7298 | ||
7299 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
7300 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7301 | ||
2d7050fd | 7302 | /* Handle complex values specially. */ |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7303 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT |
7304 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) | |
7305 | return expand_complex_abs (mode, op0, target, unsignedp); | |
2d7050fd | 7306 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7307 | /* Unsigned abs is simply the operand. Testing here means we don't |
7308 | risk generating incorrect code below. */ | |
7309 | if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type)) | |
7310 | return op0; | |
7311 | ||
91813b28 | 7312 | return expand_abs (mode, op0, target, |
e5e809f4 | 7313 | safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7314 | |
7315 | case MAX_EXPR: | |
7316 | case MIN_EXPR: | |
7317 | target = original_target; | |
e5e809f4 | 7318 | if (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1) |
fc155707 | 7319 | || (GET_CODE (target) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (target)) |
d6a5ac33 | 7320 | || GET_MODE (target) != mode |
bbf6f052 RK |
7321 | || (GET_CODE (target) == REG |
7322 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
7323 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
906c4e36 | 7324 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7325 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); |
7326 | ||
7327 | /* First try to do it with a special MIN or MAX instruction. | |
7328 | If that does not win, use a conditional jump to select the proper | |
7329 | value. */ | |
7330 | this_optab = (TREE_UNSIGNED (type) | |
7331 | ? (code == MIN_EXPR ? umin_optab : umax_optab) | |
7332 | : (code == MIN_EXPR ? smin_optab : smax_optab)); | |
7333 | ||
7334 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, unsignedp, | |
7335 | OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
7336 | if (temp != 0) | |
7337 | return temp; | |
7338 | ||
fa2981d8 JW |
7339 | /* At this point, a MEM target is no longer useful; we will get better |
7340 | code without it. */ | |
7341 | ||
7342 | if (GET_CODE (target) == MEM) | |
7343 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7344 | ||
ee456b1c RK |
7345 | if (target != op0) |
7346 | emit_move_insn (target, op0); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7347 | |
bbf6f052 | 7348 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); |
d6a5ac33 | 7349 | |
f81497d9 RS |
7350 | /* If this mode is an integer too wide to compare properly, |
7351 | compare word by word. Rely on cse to optimize constant cases. */ | |
d6a5ac33 | 7352 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && !can_compare_p (mode)) |
bbf6f052 | 7353 | { |
f81497d9 | 7354 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7355 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
7356 | target, op1, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 7357 | else |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7358 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, TREE_UNSIGNED (type), |
7359 | op1, target, NULL_RTX, op0); | |
ee456b1c | 7360 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
bbf6f052 | 7361 | } |
f81497d9 RS |
7362 | else |
7363 | { | |
7364 | if (code == MAX_EXPR) | |
7365 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
ee456b1c RK |
7366 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
7367 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, GE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
f81497d9 RS |
7368 | else |
7369 | temp = (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
ee456b1c RK |
7370 | ? compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LEU, 1, mode, NULL_RTX, 0) |
7371 | : compare_from_rtx (target, op1, LE, 0, mode, NULL_RTX, 0)); | |
f81497d9 | 7372 | if (temp == const0_rtx) |
ee456b1c | 7373 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
f81497d9 RS |
7374 | else if (temp != const_true_rtx) |
7375 | { | |
7376 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)] != 0) | |
7377 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (temp)]) (op0)); | |
7378 | else | |
7379 | abort (); | |
ee456b1c | 7380 | emit_move_insn (target, op1); |
f81497d9 RS |
7381 | } |
7382 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7383 | emit_label (op0); |
7384 | return target; | |
7385 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7386 | case BIT_NOT_EXPR: |
7387 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7388 | temp = expand_unop (mode, one_cmpl_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
7389 | if (temp == 0) | |
7390 | abort (); | |
7391 | return temp; | |
7392 | ||
7393 | case FFS_EXPR: | |
7394 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7395 | temp = expand_unop (mode, ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
7396 | if (temp == 0) | |
7397 | abort (); | |
7398 | return temp; | |
7399 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7400 | /* ??? Can optimize bitwise operations with one arg constant. |
7401 | Can optimize (a bitwise1 n) bitwise2 (a bitwise3 b) | |
7402 | and (a bitwise1 b) bitwise2 b (etc) | |
7403 | but that is probably not worth while. */ | |
7404 | ||
7405 | /* BIT_AND_EXPR is for bitwise anding. TRUTH_AND_EXPR is for anding two | |
7406 | boolean values when we want in all cases to compute both of them. In | |
7407 | general it is fastest to do TRUTH_AND_EXPR by computing both operands | |
7408 | as actual zero-or-1 values and then bitwise anding. In cases where | |
7409 | there cannot be any side effects, better code would be made by | |
7410 | treating TRUTH_AND_EXPR like TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR; but the question is | |
7411 | how to recognize those cases. */ | |
7412 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7413 | case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: |
7414 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: | |
7415 | this_optab = and_optab; | |
7416 | goto binop; | |
7417 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7418 | case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: |
7419 | case BIT_IOR_EXPR: | |
7420 | this_optab = ior_optab; | |
7421 | goto binop; | |
7422 | ||
874726a8 | 7423 | case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: |
bbf6f052 RK |
7424 | case BIT_XOR_EXPR: |
7425 | this_optab = xor_optab; | |
7426 | goto binop; | |
7427 | ||
7428 | case LSHIFT_EXPR: | |
7429 | case RSHIFT_EXPR: | |
7430 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
7431 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
7432 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 7433 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7434 | subtarget = 0; |
7435 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7436 | return expand_shift (code, mode, op0, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), target, | |
7437 | unsignedp); | |
7438 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
7439 | /* Could determine the answer when only additive constants differ. Also, |
7440 | the addition of one can be handled by changing the condition. */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7441 | case LT_EXPR: |
7442 | case LE_EXPR: | |
7443 | case GT_EXPR: | |
7444 | case GE_EXPR: | |
7445 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
7446 | case NE_EXPR: | |
7447 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
7448 | temp = do_store_flag (exp, target, tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode, 0); | |
7449 | if (temp != 0) | |
7450 | return temp; | |
d6a5ac33 | 7451 | |
0f41302f | 7452 | /* For foo != 0, load foo, and if it is nonzero load 1 instead. */ |
bbf6f052 RK |
7453 | if (code == NE_EXPR && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
7454 | && original_target | |
7455 | && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
7456 | && (GET_MODE (original_target) | |
7457 | == TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
7458 | { | |
d6a5ac33 RK |
7459 | temp = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), original_target, |
7460 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7461 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7462 | if (temp != original_target) |
7463 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
d6a5ac33 | 7464 | |
bbf6f052 | 7465 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
c5d5d461 JL |
7466 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (temp, const0_rtx, EQ, NULL_RTX, |
7467 | GET_MODE (temp), unsignedp, 0, op1); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7468 | emit_move_insn (temp, const1_rtx); |
7469 | emit_label (op1); | |
7470 | return temp; | |
7471 | } | |
d6a5ac33 | 7472 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7473 | /* If no set-flag instruction, must generate a conditional |
7474 | store into a temporary variable. Drop through | |
7475 | and handle this like && and ||. */ | |
7476 | ||
7477 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
7478 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
e44842fe | 7479 | if (! ignore |
e5e809f4 | 7480 | && (target == 0 || ! safe_from_p (target, exp, 1) |
e44842fe RK |
7481 | /* Make sure we don't have a hard reg (such as function's return |
7482 | value) live across basic blocks, if not optimizing. */ | |
7483 | || (!optimize && GET_CODE (target) == REG | |
7484 | && REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
bbf6f052 | 7485 | target = gen_reg_rtx (tmode != VOIDmode ? tmode : mode); |
e44842fe RK |
7486 | |
7487 | if (target) | |
7488 | emit_clr_insn (target); | |
7489 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7490 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
7491 | jumpifnot (exp, op1); | |
e44842fe RK |
7492 | |
7493 | if (target) | |
7494 | emit_0_to_1_insn (target); | |
7495 | ||
bbf6f052 | 7496 | emit_label (op1); |
e44842fe | 7497 | return ignore ? const0_rtx : target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7498 | |
7499 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: | |
7500 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7501 | /* The parser is careful to generate TRUTH_NOT_EXPR | |
7502 | only with operands that are always zero or one. */ | |
906c4e36 | 7503 | temp = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, |
bbf6f052 RK |
7504 | target, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
7505 | if (temp == 0) | |
7506 | abort (); | |
7507 | return temp; | |
7508 | ||
7509 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: | |
7510 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
7511 | emit_queue (); | |
7512 | return expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7513 | (ignore ? const0_rtx : target), | |
7514 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
7515 | ||
7516 | case COND_EXPR: | |
ac01eace RK |
7517 | /* If we would have a "singleton" (see below) were it not for a |
7518 | conversion in each arm, bring that conversion back out. */ | |
7519 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7520 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == NOP_EXPR | |
7521 | && (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0)) | |
7522 | == TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0)))) | |
7523 | { | |
7524 | tree true = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0); | |
7525 | tree false = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0); | |
7526 | ||
7527 | if ((TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '2' | |
7528 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
7529 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '2' | |
7530 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0)) | |
7531 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (true)) == '1' | |
7532 | && operand_equal_p (false, TREE_OPERAND (true, 0), 0)) | |
7533 | || (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (false)) == '1' | |
7534 | && operand_equal_p (true, TREE_OPERAND (false, 0), 0))) | |
7535 | return expand_expr (build1 (NOP_EXPR, type, | |
7536 | build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (true), | |
7537 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
7538 | true, false)), | |
7539 | target, tmode, modifier); | |
7540 | } | |
7541 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7542 | { |
7543 | /* Note that COND_EXPRs whose type is a structure or union | |
7544 | are required to be constructed to contain assignments of | |
7545 | a temporary variable, so that we can evaluate them here | |
7546 | for side effect only. If type is void, we must do likewise. */ | |
7547 | ||
7548 | /* If an arm of the branch requires a cleanup, | |
7549 | only that cleanup is performed. */ | |
7550 | ||
7551 | tree singleton = 0; | |
7552 | tree binary_op = 0, unary_op = 0; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7553 | |
7554 | /* If this is (A ? 1 : 0) and A is a condition, just evaluate it and | |
7555 | convert it to our mode, if necessary. */ | |
7556 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
7557 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) | |
7558 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') | |
7559 | { | |
dd27116b RK |
7560 | if (ignore) |
7561 | { | |
7562 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, | |
921b3427 | 7563 | ro_modifier); |
dd27116b RK |
7564 | return const0_rtx; |
7565 | } | |
7566 | ||
921b3427 | 7567 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), target, mode, ro_modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7568 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode) |
7569 | return op0; | |
d6a5ac33 | 7570 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7571 | if (target == 0) |
7572 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7573 | convert_move (target, op0, unsignedp); | |
7574 | return target; | |
7575 | } | |
7576 | ||
ac01eace RK |
7577 | /* Check for X ? A + B : A. If we have this, we can copy A to the |
7578 | output and conditionally add B. Similarly for unary operations. | |
7579 | Don't do this if X has side-effects because those side effects | |
7580 | might affect A or B and the "?" operation is a sequence point in | |
7581 | ANSI. (operand_equal_p tests for side effects.) */ | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7582 | |
7583 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '2' | |
7584 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
7585 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
7586 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7587 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '2' | |
7588 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7589 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
7590 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), binary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
7591 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == '1' | |
7592 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
7593 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0), 0)) | |
7594 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7595 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) == '1' | |
7596 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
7597 | TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0), 0)) | |
7598 | singleton = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), unary_op = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); | |
7599 | ||
01c8a7c8 RK |
7600 | /* If we are not to produce a result, we have no target. Otherwise, |
7601 | if a target was specified use it; it will not be used as an | |
7602 | intermediate target unless it is safe. If no target, use a | |
7603 | temporary. */ | |
7604 | ||
7605 | if (ignore) | |
7606 | temp = 0; | |
7607 | else if (original_target | |
e5e809f4 | 7608 | && (safe_from_p (original_target, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1) |
01c8a7c8 RK |
7609 | || (singleton && GET_CODE (original_target) == REG |
7610 | && REGNO (original_target) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
7611 | && original_target == var_rtx (singleton))) | |
7612 | && GET_MODE (original_target) == mode | |
7c00d1fe RK |
7613 | #ifdef HAVE_conditional_move |
7614 | && (! can_conditionally_move_p (mode) | |
7615 | || GET_CODE (original_target) == REG | |
7616 | || TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
7617 | #endif | |
01c8a7c8 RK |
7618 | && ! (GET_CODE (original_target) == MEM |
7619 | && MEM_VOLATILE_P (original_target))) | |
7620 | temp = original_target; | |
7621 | else if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)) | |
7622 | abort (); | |
7623 | else | |
7624 | temp = assign_temp (type, 0, 0, 1); | |
7625 | ||
ac01eace RK |
7626 | /* If we had X ? A + C : A, with C a constant power of 2, and we can |
7627 | do the test of X as a store-flag operation, do this as | |
7628 | A + ((X != 0) << log C). Similarly for other simple binary | |
7629 | operators. Only do for C == 1 if BRANCH_COST is low. */ | |
dd27116b | 7630 | if (temp && singleton && binary_op |
bbf6f052 RK |
7631 | && (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR |
7632 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR | |
7633 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
9fbd9f58 | 7634 | || TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_XOR_EXPR) |
ac01eace RK |
7635 | && (BRANCH_COST >= 3 ? integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)) |
7636 | : integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7637 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<') |
7638 | { | |
7639 | rtx result; | |
7640 | optab boptab = (TREE_CODE (binary_op) == PLUS_EXPR ? add_optab | |
7641 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == MINUS_EXPR ? sub_optab | |
7642 | : TREE_CODE (binary_op) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? ior_optab | |
2d444001 | 7643 | : xor_optab); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7644 | |
7645 | /* If we had X ? A : A + 1, do this as A + (X == 0). | |
7646 | ||
7647 | We have to invert the truth value here and then put it | |
7648 | back later if do_store_flag fails. We cannot simply copy | |
7649 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) to another variable and modify that | |
7650 | because invert_truthvalue can modify the tree pointed to | |
7651 | by its argument. */ | |
7652 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
7653 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
7654 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7655 | ||
7656 | result = do_store_flag (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 7657 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
906c4e36 | 7658 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), |
bbf6f052 RK |
7659 | mode, BRANCH_COST <= 1); |
7660 | ||
ac01eace RK |
7661 | if (result != 0 && ! integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1))) |
7662 | result = expand_shift (LSHIFT_EXPR, mode, result, | |
7663 | build_int_2 (tree_log2 | |
7664 | (TREE_OPERAND | |
7665 | (binary_op, 1)), | |
7666 | 0), | |
e5e809f4 | 7667 | (safe_from_p (temp, singleton, 1) |
ac01eace RK |
7668 | ? temp : NULL_RTX), 0); |
7669 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7670 | if (result) |
7671 | { | |
906c4e36 | 7672 | op1 = expand_expr (singleton, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7673 | return expand_binop (mode, boptab, op1, result, temp, |
7674 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
7675 | } | |
7676 | else if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
7677 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0) | |
7678 | = invert_truthvalue (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7679 | } | |
7680 | ||
dabf8373 | 7681 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7682 | NO_DEFER_POP; |
7683 | op0 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7684 | ||
7685 | if (singleton && ! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) | |
7686 | { | |
7687 | if (temp != 0) | |
7688 | { | |
7689 | /* If the target conflicts with the other operand of the | |
7690 | binary op, we can't use it. Also, we can't use the target | |
7691 | if it is a hard register, because evaluating the condition | |
7692 | might clobber it. */ | |
7693 | if ((binary_op | |
e5e809f4 | 7694 | && ! safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7695 | || (GET_CODE (temp) == REG |
7696 | && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
7697 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7698 | store_expr (singleton, temp, 0); | |
7699 | } | |
7700 | else | |
906c4e36 | 7701 | expand_expr (singleton, |
2937cf87 | 7702 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7703 | if (singleton == TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
7704 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
7705 | else | |
7706 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
7707 | ||
956d6950 | 7708 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7709 | if (binary_op && temp == 0) |
7710 | /* Just touch the other operand. */ | |
7711 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1), | |
906c4e36 | 7712 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7713 | else if (binary_op) |
7714 | store_expr (build (TREE_CODE (binary_op), type, | |
7715 | make_tree (type, temp), | |
7716 | TREE_OPERAND (binary_op, 1)), | |
7717 | temp, 0); | |
7718 | else | |
7719 | store_expr (build1 (TREE_CODE (unary_op), type, | |
7720 | make_tree (type, temp)), | |
7721 | temp, 0); | |
7722 | op1 = op0; | |
bbf6f052 | 7723 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
7724 | /* Check for A op 0 ? A : FOO and A op 0 ? FOO : A where OP is any |
7725 | comparison operator. If we have one of these cases, set the | |
7726 | output to A, branch on A (cse will merge these two references), | |
7727 | then set the output to FOO. */ | |
7728 | else if (temp | |
7729 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
7730 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
7731 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7732 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7733 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
7734 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 7735 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7736 | { |
7737 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
7738 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7739 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
7740 | jumpif (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 7741 | |
956d6950 | 7742 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7743 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); |
7744 | op1 = op0; | |
7745 | } | |
7746 | else if (temp | |
7747 | && TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == '<' | |
7748 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 1)) | |
7749 | && operand_equal_p (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0), | |
7750 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), 0) | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7751 | && (! TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
7752 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2)) == SAVE_EXPR) | |
e5e809f4 | 7753 | && safe_from_p (temp, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
7754 | { |
7755 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == REG && REGNO (temp) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
7756 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
7757 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
7758 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 7759 | |
956d6950 | 7760 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7761 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); |
7762 | op1 = op0; | |
7763 | } | |
7764 | else | |
7765 | { | |
7766 | op1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7767 | jumpifnot (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), op0); | |
5dab5552 | 7768 | |
956d6950 | 7769 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7770 | if (temp != 0) |
7771 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), temp, 0); | |
7772 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
7773 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), |
7774 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
956d6950 | 7775 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7776 | emit_queue (); |
7777 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (op1)); | |
7778 | emit_barrier (); | |
7779 | emit_label (op0); | |
956d6950 | 7780 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7781 | if (temp != 0) |
7782 | store_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), temp, 0); | |
7783 | else | |
906c4e36 RK |
7784 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), |
7785 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7786 | } |
7787 | ||
956d6950 | 7788 | end_cleanup_deferral (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7789 | |
7790 | emit_queue (); | |
7791 | emit_label (op1); | |
7792 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
5dab5552 | 7793 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7794 | return temp; |
7795 | } | |
7796 | ||
7797 | case TARGET_EXPR: | |
7798 | { | |
7799 | /* Something needs to be initialized, but we didn't know | |
7800 | where that thing was when building the tree. For example, | |
7801 | it could be the return value of a function, or a parameter | |
7802 | to a function which lays down in the stack, or a temporary | |
7803 | variable which must be passed by reference. | |
7804 | ||
7805 | We guarantee that the expression will either be constructed | |
7806 | or copied into our original target. */ | |
7807 | ||
7808 | tree slot = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
2a888d4c | 7809 | tree cleanups = NULL_TREE; |
5c062816 | 7810 | tree exp1; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7811 | |
7812 | if (TREE_CODE (slot) != VAR_DECL) | |
7813 | abort (); | |
7814 | ||
9c51f375 RK |
7815 | if (! ignore) |
7816 | target = original_target; | |
7817 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7818 | if (target == 0) |
7819 | { | |
7820 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
ac993f4f MS |
7821 | { |
7822 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
5c062816 | 7823 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do |
ac993f4f | 7824 | it again. (mrs) */ |
5c062816 MS |
7825 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) |
7826 | return target; | |
ac993f4f | 7827 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
7828 | else |
7829 | { | |
e9a25f70 | 7830 | target = assign_temp (type, 2, 0, 1); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7831 | /* All temp slots at this level must not conflict. */ |
7832 | preserve_temp_slots (target); | |
7833 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7834 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) |
7835 | { | |
7836 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
7837 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
7838 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 7839 | |
e287fd6e RK |
7840 | /* Since SLOT is not known to the called function |
7841 | to belong to its stack frame, we must build an explicit | |
7842 | cleanup. This case occurs when we must build up a reference | |
7843 | to pass the reference as an argument. In this case, | |
7844 | it is very likely that such a reference need not be | |
7845 | built here. */ | |
7846 | ||
7847 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) == 0) | |
7848 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2) = maybe_build_cleanup (slot); | |
2a888d4c | 7849 | cleanups = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2); |
e287fd6e | 7850 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
7851 | } |
7852 | else | |
7853 | { | |
7854 | /* This case does occur, when expanding a parameter which | |
7855 | needs to be constructed on the stack. The target | |
7856 | is the actual stack address that we want to initialize. | |
7857 | The function we call will perform the cleanup in this case. */ | |
7858 | ||
8c042b47 RS |
7859 | /* If we have already assigned it space, use that space, |
7860 | not target that we were passed in, as our target | |
7861 | parameter is only a hint. */ | |
7862 | if (DECL_RTL (slot) != 0) | |
7863 | { | |
7864 | target = DECL_RTL (slot); | |
7865 | /* If we have already expanded the slot, so don't do | |
7866 | it again. (mrs) */ | |
7867 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) == NULL_TREE) | |
7868 | return target; | |
7869 | } | |
21002281 JW |
7870 | else |
7871 | { | |
7872 | DECL_RTL (slot) = target; | |
7873 | /* If we must have an addressable slot, then make sure that | |
7874 | the RTL that we just stored in slot is OK. */ | |
7875 | if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot)) | |
7876 | { | |
7877 | TREE_ADDRESSABLE (slot) = 0; | |
7878 | mark_addressable (slot); | |
7879 | } | |
7880 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7881 | } |
7882 | ||
4847c938 | 7883 | exp1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 3) = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); |
5c062816 MS |
7884 | /* Mark it as expanded. */ |
7885 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = NULL_TREE; | |
7886 | ||
e5e809f4 | 7887 | TREE_USED (slot) = 1; |
41531e5b | 7888 | store_expr (exp1, target, 0); |
61d6b1cc | 7889 | |
e976b8b2 | 7890 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanups); |
61d6b1cc | 7891 | |
41531e5b | 7892 | return target; |
bbf6f052 RK |
7893 | } |
7894 | ||
7895 | case INIT_EXPR: | |
7896 | { | |
7897 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7898 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7899 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
7900 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
7901 | ||
7902 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
7903 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 && !fixed_type_p (rhs)) | |
7904 | noncopied_parts = init_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
7905 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
7906 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
7907 | { | |
7908 | expand_assignment (TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), | |
7909 | TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
7910 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
7911 | } | |
7912 | return temp; | |
7913 | } | |
7914 | ||
7915 | case MODIFY_EXPR: | |
7916 | { | |
7917 | /* If lhs is complex, expand calls in rhs before computing it. | |
7918 | That's so we don't compute a pointer and save it over a call. | |
7919 | If lhs is simple, compute it first so we can give it as a | |
7920 | target if the rhs is just a call. This avoids an extra temp and copy | |
7921 | and that prevents a partial-subsumption which makes bad code. | |
7922 | Actually we could treat component_ref's of vars like vars. */ | |
7923 | ||
7924 | tree lhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
7925 | tree rhs = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
7926 | tree noncopied_parts = 0; | |
7927 | tree lhs_type = TREE_TYPE (lhs); | |
7928 | ||
7929 | temp = 0; | |
7930 | ||
7931 | if (TREE_CODE (lhs) != VAR_DECL | |
7932 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != RESULT_DECL | |
b60334e8 RK |
7933 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) != PARM_DECL |
7934 | && ! (TREE_CODE (lhs) == INDIRECT_REF | |
7935 | && TYPE_READONLY (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 0))))) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
7936 | preexpand_calls (exp); |
7937 | ||
7938 | /* Check for |= or &= of a bitfield of size one into another bitfield | |
7939 | of size 1. In this case, (unless we need the result of the | |
7940 | assignment) we can do this more efficiently with a | |
7941 | test followed by an assignment, if necessary. | |
7942 | ||
7943 | ??? At this point, we can't get a BIT_FIELD_REF here. But if | |
7944 | things change so we do, this code should be enhanced to | |
7945 | support it. */ | |
7946 | if (ignore | |
7947 | && TREE_CODE (lhs) == COMPONENT_REF | |
7948 | && (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
7949 | || TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR) | |
7950 | && TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 0) == lhs | |
7951 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
7952 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (lhs, 1))) == 1 | |
7953 | && TREE_INT_CST_LOW (DECL_SIZE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), 1))) == 1) | |
7954 | { | |
7955 | rtx label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
7956 | ||
7957 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (rhs, 1), | |
7958 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR ? label : 0, | |
7959 | TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_AND_EXPR ? label : 0); | |
7960 | expand_assignment (lhs, convert (TREE_TYPE (rhs), | |
7961 | (TREE_CODE (rhs) == BIT_IOR_EXPR | |
7962 | ? integer_one_node | |
7963 | : integer_zero_node)), | |
7964 | 0, 0); | |
e7c33f54 | 7965 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7966 | emit_label (label); |
7967 | return const0_rtx; | |
7968 | } | |
7969 | ||
7970 | if (TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type) != 0 | |
7971 | && ! (fixed_type_p (lhs) && fixed_type_p (rhs))) | |
7972 | noncopied_parts = save_noncopied_parts (stabilize_reference (lhs), | |
7973 | TYPE_NONCOPIED_PARTS (lhs_type)); | |
7974 | ||
7975 | temp = expand_assignment (lhs, rhs, ! ignore, original_target != 0); | |
7976 | while (noncopied_parts != 0) | |
7977 | { | |
7978 | expand_assignment (TREE_PURPOSE (noncopied_parts), | |
7979 | TREE_VALUE (noncopied_parts), 0, 0); | |
7980 | noncopied_parts = TREE_CHAIN (noncopied_parts); | |
7981 | } | |
7982 | return temp; | |
7983 | } | |
7984 | ||
6e7f84a7 APB |
7985 | case RETURN_EXPR: |
7986 | if (!TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) | |
7987 | expand_null_return (); | |
7988 | else | |
7989 | expand_return (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
7990 | return const0_rtx; | |
7991 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
7992 | case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: |
7993 | case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7b8b9722 | 7994 | return expand_increment (exp, 0, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
7995 | |
7996 | case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: | |
7997 | case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: | |
7998 | /* Faster to treat as pre-increment if result is not used. */ | |
7b8b9722 | 7999 | return expand_increment (exp, ! ignore, ignore); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8000 | |
8001 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
987c71d9 | 8002 | /* If nonzero, TEMP will be set to the address of something that might |
0f41302f | 8003 | be a MEM corresponding to a stack slot. */ |
987c71d9 RK |
8004 | temp = 0; |
8005 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8006 | /* Are we taking the address of a nested function? */ |
8007 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == FUNCTION_DECL | |
38ee6ed9 | 8008 | && decl_function_context (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) != 0 |
e5e809f4 JL |
8009 | && ! DECL_NO_STATIC_CHAIN (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) |
8010 | && ! TREE_STATIC (exp)) | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8011 | { |
8012 | op0 = trampoline_address (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
8013 | op0 = force_operand (op0, target); | |
8014 | } | |
682ba3a6 RK |
8015 | /* If we are taking the address of something erroneous, just |
8016 | return a zero. */ | |
8017 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) | |
8018 | return const0_rtx; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8019 | else |
8020 | { | |
e287fd6e RK |
8021 | /* We make sure to pass const0_rtx down if we came in with |
8022 | ignore set, to avoid doing the cleanups twice for something. */ | |
8023 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
8024 | ignore ? const0_rtx : NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8025 | (modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER |
8026 | ? modifier : EXPAND_CONST_ADDRESS)); | |
896102d0 | 8027 | |
119af78a RK |
8028 | /* If we are going to ignore the result, OP0 will have been set |
8029 | to const0_rtx, so just return it. Don't get confused and | |
8030 | think we are taking the address of the constant. */ | |
8031 | if (ignore) | |
8032 | return op0; | |
8033 | ||
3539e816 MS |
8034 | op0 = protect_from_queue (op0, 0); |
8035 | ||
896102d0 RK |
8036 | /* We would like the object in memory. If it is a constant, |
8037 | we can have it be statically allocated into memory. For | |
682ba3a6 | 8038 | a non-constant (REG, SUBREG or CONCAT), we need to allocate some |
896102d0 RK |
8039 | memory and store the value into it. */ |
8040 | ||
8041 | if (CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
8042 | op0 = force_const_mem (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))), | |
8043 | op0); | |
987c71d9 | 8044 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) |
af5b53ed RK |
8045 | { |
8046 | mark_temp_addr_taken (op0); | |
8047 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
8048 | } | |
896102d0 | 8049 | |
682ba3a6 | 8050 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG || GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
6c8538cc | 8051 | || GET_CODE (op0) == CONCAT || GET_CODE (op0) == ADDRESSOF) |
896102d0 RK |
8052 | { |
8053 | /* If this object is in a register, it must be not | |
0f41302f | 8054 | be BLKmode. */ |
896102d0 | 8055 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); |
06089a8b | 8056 | rtx memloc = assign_temp (inner_type, 1, 1, 1); |
896102d0 | 8057 | |
7a0b7b9a | 8058 | mark_temp_addr_taken (memloc); |
896102d0 RK |
8059 | emit_move_insn (memloc, op0); |
8060 | op0 = memloc; | |
8061 | } | |
8062 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8063 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != MEM) |
8064 | abort (); | |
8065 | ||
8066 | if (modifier == EXPAND_SUM || modifier == EXPAND_INITIALIZER) | |
88f63c77 RK |
8067 | { |
8068 | temp = XEXP (op0, 0); | |
8069 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED | |
8070 | if (GET_MODE (temp) == Pmode && GET_MODE (temp) != mode | |
8071 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 8072 | temp = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, temp); |
88f63c77 RK |
8073 | #endif |
8074 | return temp; | |
8075 | } | |
987c71d9 | 8076 | |
bbf6f052 RK |
8077 | op0 = force_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), target); |
8078 | } | |
987c71d9 | 8079 | |
bbf6f052 | 8080 | if (flag_force_addr && GET_CODE (op0) != REG) |
987c71d9 RK |
8081 | op0 = force_reg (Pmode, op0); |
8082 | ||
dc6d66b3 RK |
8083 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG |
8084 | && ! REG_USERVAR_P (op0)) | |
8085 | mark_reg_pointer (op0, TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (type)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
987c71d9 RK |
8086 | |
8087 | /* If we might have had a temp slot, add an equivalent address | |
8088 | for it. */ | |
8089 | if (temp != 0) | |
8090 | update_temp_slot_address (temp, op0); | |
8091 | ||
88f63c77 RK |
8092 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
8093 | if (GET_MODE (op0) == Pmode && GET_MODE (op0) != mode | |
8094 | && mode == ptr_mode) | |
9fcfcce7 | 8095 | op0 = convert_memory_address (ptr_mode, op0); |
88f63c77 RK |
8096 | #endif |
8097 | ||
bbf6f052 RK |
8098 | return op0; |
8099 | ||
8100 | case ENTRY_VALUE_EXPR: | |
8101 | abort (); | |
8102 | ||
7308a047 RS |
8103 | /* COMPLEX type for Extended Pascal & Fortran */ |
8104 | case COMPLEX_EXPR: | |
8105 | { | |
8106 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
6551fa4d | 8107 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
8108 | |
8109 | /* Get the rtx code of the operands. */ | |
8110 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8111 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8112 | ||
8113 | if (! target) | |
8114 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
8115 | ||
6551fa4d | 8116 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
8117 | |
8118 | /* Move the real (op0) and imaginary (op1) parts to their location. */ | |
2d7050fd RS |
8119 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (mode, target), op0); |
8120 | emit_move_insn (gen_imagpart (mode, target), op1); | |
7308a047 | 8121 | |
6551fa4d JW |
8122 | insns = get_insns (); |
8123 | end_sequence (); | |
8124 | ||
7308a047 | 8125 | /* Complex construction should appear as a single unit. */ |
6551fa4d JW |
8126 | /* If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = IS, |
8127 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. | |
8128 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 8129 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
8130 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, op1, NULL_RTX); |
8131 | else | |
8132 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
8133 | |
8134 | return target; | |
8135 | } | |
8136 | ||
8137 | case REALPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
8138 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
8139 | return gen_realpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8140 | |
8141 | case IMAGPART_EXPR: | |
2d7050fd RS |
8142 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); |
8143 | return gen_imagpart (mode, op0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8144 | |
8145 | case CONJ_EXPR: | |
8146 | { | |
62acb978 | 8147 | enum machine_mode partmode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); |
7308a047 | 8148 | rtx imag_t; |
6551fa4d | 8149 | rtx insns; |
7308a047 RS |
8150 | |
8151 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8152 | ||
8153 | if (! target) | |
d6a5ac33 | 8154 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
7308a047 | 8155 | |
6551fa4d | 8156 | start_sequence (); |
7308a047 RS |
8157 | |
8158 | /* Store the realpart and the negated imagpart to target. */ | |
62acb978 RK |
8159 | emit_move_insn (gen_realpart (partmode, target), |
8160 | gen_realpart (partmode, op0)); | |
7308a047 | 8161 | |
62acb978 RK |
8162 | imag_t = gen_imagpart (partmode, target); |
8163 | temp = expand_unop (partmode, neg_optab, | |
8164 | gen_imagpart (partmode, op0), imag_t, 0); | |
7308a047 RS |
8165 | if (temp != imag_t) |
8166 | emit_move_insn (imag_t, temp); | |
8167 | ||
6551fa4d JW |
8168 | insns = get_insns (); |
8169 | end_sequence (); | |
8170 | ||
d6a5ac33 RK |
8171 | /* Conjugate should appear as a single unit |
8172 | If TARGET is a CONCAT, we got insns like RD = RS, ID = - IS, | |
6551fa4d JW |
8173 | each with a separate pseudo as destination. |
8174 | It's not correct for flow to treat them as a unit. */ | |
6d6e61ce | 8175 | if (GET_CODE (target) != CONCAT) |
6551fa4d JW |
8176 | emit_no_conflict_block (insns, target, op0, NULL_RTX, NULL_RTX); |
8177 | else | |
8178 | emit_insns (insns); | |
7308a047 RS |
8179 | |
8180 | return target; | |
8181 | } | |
8182 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
8183 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: |
8184 | { | |
8185 | tree handler = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8186 | ||
8187 | expand_eh_region_start (); | |
8188 | ||
8189 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8190 | ||
8191 | expand_eh_region_end (handler); | |
8192 | ||
8193 | return op0; | |
8194 | } | |
8195 | ||
b335b813 PB |
8196 | case TRY_FINALLY_EXPR: |
8197 | { | |
8198 | tree try_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8199 | tree finally_block = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8200 | rtx finally_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8201 | rtx done_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8202 | rtx return_link = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
8203 | tree cleanup = build (GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR, void_type_node, | |
8204 | (tree) finally_label, (tree) return_link); | |
8205 | TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (cleanup) = 1; | |
8206 | ||
8207 | /* Start a new binding layer that will keep track of all cleanup | |
8208 | actions to be performed. */ | |
8209 | expand_start_bindings (0); | |
8210 | ||
8211 | target_temp_slot_level = temp_slot_level; | |
8212 | ||
8213 | expand_decl_cleanup (NULL_TREE, cleanup); | |
8214 | op0 = expand_expr (try_block, target, tmode, modifier); | |
8215 | ||
8216 | preserve_temp_slots (op0); | |
8217 | expand_end_bindings (NULL_TREE, 0, 0); | |
8218 | emit_jump (done_label); | |
8219 | emit_label (finally_label); | |
8220 | expand_expr (finally_block, const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
8221 | emit_indirect_jump (return_link); | |
8222 | emit_label (done_label); | |
8223 | return op0; | |
8224 | } | |
8225 | ||
8226 | case GOTO_SUBROUTINE_EXPR: | |
8227 | { | |
8228 | rtx subr = (rtx) TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8229 | rtx return_link = *(rtx *) &TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8230 | rtx return_address = gen_label_rtx (); | |
8231 | emit_move_insn (return_link, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, return_address)); | |
8232 | emit_jump (subr); | |
8233 | emit_label (return_address); | |
8234 | return const0_rtx; | |
8235 | } | |
8236 | ||
e976b8b2 MS |
8237 | case POPDCC_EXPR: |
8238 | { | |
8239 | rtx dcc = get_dynamic_cleanup_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 8240 | emit_move_insn (dcc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dcc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
8241 | return const0_rtx; |
8242 | } | |
8243 | ||
8244 | case POPDHC_EXPR: | |
8245 | { | |
8246 | rtx dhc = get_dynamic_handler_chain (); | |
38a448ca | 8247 | emit_move_insn (dhc, validize_mem (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, dhc))); |
e976b8b2 MS |
8248 | return const0_rtx; |
8249 | } | |
8250 | ||
bbf6f052 | 8251 | default: |
90764a87 | 8252 | return (*lang_expand_expr) (exp, original_target, tmode, modifier); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8253 | } |
8254 | ||
8255 | /* Here to do an ordinary binary operator, generating an instruction | |
8256 | from the optab already placed in `this_optab'. */ | |
8257 | binop: | |
8258 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
e5e809f4 | 8259 | if (! safe_from_p (subtarget, TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), 1)) |
bbf6f052 RK |
8260 | subtarget = 0; |
8261 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
906c4e36 | 8262 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 RK |
8263 | binop2: |
8264 | temp = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, op0, op1, target, | |
8265 | unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
8266 | if (temp == 0) | |
8267 | abort (); | |
8268 | return temp; | |
8269 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8270 | |
bbf6f052 | 8271 | |
b93a436e JL |
8272 | \f |
8273 | /* Return the alignment in bits of EXP, a pointer valued expression. | |
8274 | But don't return more than MAX_ALIGN no matter what. | |
8275 | The alignment returned is, by default, the alignment of the thing that | |
8276 | EXP points to (if it is not a POINTER_TYPE, 0 is returned). | |
8277 | ||
8278 | Otherwise, look at the expression to see if we can do better, i.e., if the | |
8279 | expression is actually pointing at an object whose alignment is tighter. */ | |
0f41302f | 8280 | |
b93a436e JL |
8281 | static int |
8282 | get_pointer_alignment (exp, max_align) | |
8283 | tree exp; | |
8284 | unsigned max_align; | |
bbf6f052 | 8285 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8286 | unsigned align, inner; |
8287 | ||
8288 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8289 | return 0; | |
8290 | ||
8291 | align = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
8292 | align = MIN (align, max_align); | |
8293 | ||
8294 | while (1) | |
bbf6f052 | 8295 | { |
b93a436e | 8296 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
bbf6f052 | 8297 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8298 | case NOP_EXPR: |
8299 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
8300 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
8301 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8302 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
8303 | return align; | |
8304 | inner = TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
8305 | align = MIN (inner, max_align); | |
8306 | break; | |
8307 | ||
8308 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
8309 | /* If sum of pointer + int, restrict our maximum alignment to that | |
8310 | imposed by the integer. If not, we can't do any better than | |
8311 | ALIGN. */ | |
8312 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) != INTEGER_CST) | |
8313 | return align; | |
8314 | ||
8315 | while (((TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) * BITS_PER_UNIT) | |
8316 | & (max_align - 1)) | |
8317 | != 0) | |
8318 | max_align >>= 1; | |
8319 | ||
8320 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8321 | break; | |
8322 | ||
8323 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
8324 | /* See what we are pointing at and look at its alignment. */ | |
8325 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8326 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
8327 | align = FUNCTION_BOUNDARY; | |
8328 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'd') | |
8329 | align = DECL_ALIGN (exp); | |
8330 | #ifdef CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT | |
8331 | else if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)) == 'c') | |
8332 | align = CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT (exp, align); | |
c02bd5d9 | 8333 | #endif |
b93a436e | 8334 | return MIN (align, max_align); |
c02bd5d9 | 8335 | |
b93a436e JL |
8336 | default: |
8337 | return align; | |
8338 | } | |
8339 | } | |
8340 | } | |
8341 | \f | |
8342 | /* Return the tree node and offset if a given argument corresponds to | |
8343 | a string constant. */ | |
8344 | ||
8345 | static tree | |
8346 | string_constant (arg, ptr_offset) | |
8347 | tree arg; | |
8348 | tree *ptr_offset; | |
8349 | { | |
8350 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); | |
8351 | ||
8352 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR | |
8353 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
8354 | { | |
8355 | *ptr_offset = integer_zero_node; | |
8356 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
8357 | } | |
8358 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg) == PLUS_EXPR) | |
8359 | { | |
8360 | tree arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
8361 | tree arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 1); | |
8362 | ||
8363 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); | |
8364 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
8365 | ||
8366 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == ADDR_EXPR | |
8367 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 8368 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8369 | *ptr_offset = arg1; |
8370 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8371 | } |
b93a436e JL |
8372 | else if (TREE_CODE (arg1) == ADDR_EXPR |
8373 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0)) == STRING_CST) | |
bbf6f052 | 8374 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8375 | *ptr_offset = arg0; |
8376 | return TREE_OPERAND (arg1, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8377 | } |
b93a436e | 8378 | } |
ca695ac9 | 8379 | |
b93a436e JL |
8380 | return 0; |
8381 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 8382 | |
b93a436e JL |
8383 | /* Compute the length of a C string. TREE_STRING_LENGTH is not the right |
8384 | way, because it could contain a zero byte in the middle. | |
8385 | TREE_STRING_LENGTH is the size of the character array, not the string. | |
ca695ac9 | 8386 | |
b93a436e JL |
8387 | Unfortunately, string_constant can't access the values of const char |
8388 | arrays with initializers, so neither can we do so here. */ | |
e87b4f3f | 8389 | |
b93a436e JL |
8390 | static tree |
8391 | c_strlen (src) | |
8392 | tree src; | |
8393 | { | |
8394 | tree offset_node; | |
8395 | int offset, max; | |
8396 | char *ptr; | |
e7c33f54 | 8397 | |
b93a436e JL |
8398 | src = string_constant (src, &offset_node); |
8399 | if (src == 0) | |
8400 | return 0; | |
8401 | max = TREE_STRING_LENGTH (src); | |
8402 | ptr = TREE_STRING_POINTER (src); | |
8403 | if (offset_node && TREE_CODE (offset_node) != INTEGER_CST) | |
8404 | { | |
8405 | /* If the string has an internal zero byte (e.g., "foo\0bar"), we can't | |
8406 | compute the offset to the following null if we don't know where to | |
8407 | start searching for it. */ | |
8408 | int i; | |
8409 | for (i = 0; i < max; i++) | |
8410 | if (ptr[i] == 0) | |
8411 | return 0; | |
8412 | /* We don't know the starting offset, but we do know that the string | |
8413 | has no internal zero bytes. We can assume that the offset falls | |
8414 | within the bounds of the string; otherwise, the programmer deserves | |
8415 | what he gets. Subtract the offset from the length of the string, | |
8416 | and return that. */ | |
8417 | /* This would perhaps not be valid if we were dealing with named | |
8418 | arrays in addition to literal string constants. */ | |
8419 | return size_binop (MINUS_EXPR, size_int (max), offset_node); | |
8420 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 8421 | |
b93a436e JL |
8422 | /* We have a known offset into the string. Start searching there for |
8423 | a null character. */ | |
8424 | if (offset_node == 0) | |
8425 | offset = 0; | |
8426 | else | |
8427 | { | |
8428 | /* Did we get a long long offset? If so, punt. */ | |
8429 | if (TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (offset_node) != 0) | |
8430 | return 0; | |
8431 | offset = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (offset_node); | |
8432 | } | |
8433 | /* If the offset is known to be out of bounds, warn, and call strlen at | |
8434 | runtime. */ | |
8435 | if (offset < 0 || offset > max) | |
8436 | { | |
8437 | warning ("offset outside bounds of constant string"); | |
8438 | return 0; | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | /* Use strlen to search for the first zero byte. Since any strings | |
8441 | constructed with build_string will have nulls appended, we win even | |
8442 | if we get handed something like (char[4])"abcd". | |
e7c33f54 | 8443 | |
b93a436e JL |
8444 | Since OFFSET is our starting index into the string, no further |
8445 | calculation is needed. */ | |
8446 | return size_int (strlen (ptr + offset)); | |
8447 | } | |
1bbddf11 | 8448 | |
b93a436e JL |
8449 | rtx |
8450 | expand_builtin_return_addr (fndecl_code, count, tem) | |
8451 | enum built_in_function fndecl_code; | |
8452 | int count; | |
8453 | rtx tem; | |
8454 | { | |
8455 | int i; | |
e7c33f54 | 8456 | |
b93a436e JL |
8457 | /* Some machines need special handling before we can access |
8458 | arbitrary frames. For example, on the sparc, we must first flush | |
8459 | all register windows to the stack. */ | |
8460 | #ifdef SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES | |
8461 | if (count > 0) | |
8462 | SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES (); | |
8463 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 8464 | |
b93a436e JL |
8465 | /* On the sparc, the return address is not in the frame, it is in a |
8466 | register. There is no way to access it off of the current frame | |
8467 | pointer, but it can be accessed off the previous frame pointer by | |
8468 | reading the value from the register window save area. */ | |
8469 | #ifdef RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME | |
8470 | if (fndecl_code == BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS) | |
8471 | count--; | |
8472 | #endif | |
60bac6ea | 8473 | |
b93a436e JL |
8474 | /* Scan back COUNT frames to the specified frame. */ |
8475 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
8476 | { | |
8477 | /* Assume the dynamic chain pointer is in the word that the | |
8478 | frame address points to, unless otherwise specified. */ | |
8479 | #ifdef DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS | |
8480 | tem = DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (tem); | |
8481 | #endif | |
8482 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, tem); | |
8483 | tem = copy_to_reg (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tem)); | |
8484 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 8485 | |
b93a436e JL |
8486 | /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */ |
8487 | if (fndecl_code == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
8488 | return tem; | |
e9a25f70 | 8489 | |
b93a436e JL |
8490 | /* For __builtin_return_address, Get the return address from that |
8491 | frame. */ | |
8492 | #ifdef RETURN_ADDR_RTX | |
8493 | tem = RETURN_ADDR_RTX (count, tem); | |
8494 | #else | |
8495 | tem = memory_address (Pmode, | |
8496 | plus_constant (tem, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
8497 | tem = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tem); | |
8498 | #endif | |
8499 | return tem; | |
8500 | } | |
e9a25f70 | 8501 | |
b93a436e JL |
8502 | /* __builtin_setjmp is passed a pointer to an array of five words (not |
8503 | all will be used on all machines). It operates similarly to the C | |
8504 | library function of the same name, but is more efficient. Much of | |
8505 | the code below (and for longjmp) is copied from the handling of | |
8506 | non-local gotos. | |
ca695ac9 | 8507 | |
b93a436e JL |
8508 | NOTE: This is intended for use by GNAT and the exception handling |
8509 | scheme in the compiler and will only work in the method used by | |
8510 | them. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 8511 | |
b93a436e | 8512 | rtx |
6fd1c67b | 8513 | expand_builtin_setjmp (buf_addr, target, first_label, next_label) |
b93a436e JL |
8514 | rtx buf_addr; |
8515 | rtx target; | |
6fd1c67b | 8516 | rtx first_label, next_label; |
b93a436e | 8517 | { |
6fd1c67b | 8518 | rtx lab1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
a260abc9 DE |
8519 | enum machine_mode sa_mode = STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (SAVE_NONLOCAL); |
8520 | enum machine_mode value_mode; | |
b93a436e | 8521 | rtx stack_save; |
e9a25f70 | 8522 | |
b93a436e | 8523 | value_mode = TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node); |
ca695ac9 | 8524 | |
b93a436e JL |
8525 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
8526 | buf_addr = convert_memory_address (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
8527 | #endif | |
d7f21d63 | 8528 | |
b93a436e | 8529 | buf_addr = force_reg (Pmode, buf_addr); |
d7f21d63 | 8530 | |
b93a436e JL |
8531 | if (target == 0 || GET_CODE (target) != REG |
8532 | || REGNO (target) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
8533 | target = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode); | |
d7f21d63 | 8534 | |
b93a436e | 8535 | emit_queue (); |
d7f21d63 | 8536 | |
9ec36da5 JL |
8537 | /* We store the frame pointer and the address of lab1 in the buffer |
8538 | and use the rest of it for the stack save area, which is | |
8539 | machine-dependent. */ | |
8540 | ||
0bc02db4 MS |
8541 | #ifndef BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE |
8542 | #define BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE virtual_stack_vars_rtx | |
8543 | #endif | |
8544 | ||
b93a436e | 8545 | emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, buf_addr), |
0bc02db4 | 8546 | BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE); |
6fd1c67b RH |
8547 | emit_move_insn (validize_mem |
8548 | (gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, | |
b93a436e JL |
8549 | plus_constant (buf_addr, |
8550 | GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode)))), | |
89c84672 | 8551 | force_reg (Pmode, gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, lab1))); |
d7f21d63 | 8552 | |
b93a436e JL |
8553 | stack_save = gen_rtx_MEM (sa_mode, |
8554 | plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
8555 | 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
8556 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &stack_save, NULL_RTX); | |
e9a25f70 | 8557 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8558 | /* If there is further processing to do, do it. */ |
8559 | #ifdef HAVE_builtin_setjmp_setup | |
8560 | if (HAVE_builtin_setjmp_setup) | |
8561 | emit_insn (gen_builtin_setjmp_setup (buf_addr)); | |
b93a436e | 8562 | #endif |
d7f21d63 | 8563 | |
6fd1c67b | 8564 | /* Set TARGET to zero and branch to the first-time-through label. */ |
b93a436e | 8565 | emit_move_insn (target, const0_rtx); |
6fd1c67b | 8566 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (first_label)); |
b93a436e JL |
8567 | emit_barrier (); |
8568 | emit_label (lab1); | |
d7f21d63 | 8569 | |
89c84672 RH |
8570 | /* Tell flow about the strange goings on. Putting `lab1' on |
8571 | `nonlocal_goto_handler_labels' to indicates that function | |
8572 | calls may traverse the arc back to this label. */ | |
8573 | ||
6fd1c67b | 8574 | current_function_has_nonlocal_label = 1; |
89c84672 RH |
8575 | nonlocal_goto_handler_labels = |
8576 | gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, lab1, nonlocal_goto_handler_labels); | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8577 | |
8578 | /* Clobber the FP when we get here, so we have to make sure it's | |
8579 | marked as used by this function. */ | |
b93a436e | 8580 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx)); |
e9a25f70 | 8581 | |
b93a436e JL |
8582 | /* Mark the static chain as clobbered here so life information |
8583 | doesn't get messed up for it. */ | |
8584 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode, static_chain_rtx)); | |
d7f21d63 | 8585 | |
b93a436e JL |
8586 | /* Now put in the code to restore the frame pointer, and argument |
8587 | pointer, if needed. The code below is from expand_end_bindings | |
8588 | in stmt.c; see detailed documentation there. */ | |
8589 | #ifdef HAVE_nonlocal_goto | |
8590 | if (! HAVE_nonlocal_goto) | |
8591 | #endif | |
8592 | emit_move_insn (virtual_stack_vars_rtx, hard_frame_pointer_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 8593 | |
b93a436e JL |
8594 | #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
8595 | if (fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]) | |
8596 | { | |
8597 | #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS | |
c84e2712 | 8598 | size_t i; |
b93a436e | 8599 | static struct elims {int from, to;} elim_regs[] = ELIMINABLE_REGS; |
ca695ac9 | 8600 | |
b93a436e JL |
8601 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof elim_regs / sizeof elim_regs[0]; i++) |
8602 | if (elim_regs[i].from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM | |
8603 | && elim_regs[i].to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) | |
8604 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 8605 | |
b93a436e JL |
8606 | if (i == sizeof elim_regs / sizeof elim_regs [0]) |
8607 | #endif | |
8608 | { | |
8609 | /* Now restore our arg pointer from the address at which it | |
8610 | was saved in our stack frame. | |
8611 | If there hasn't be space allocated for it yet, make | |
8612 | some now. */ | |
8613 | if (arg_pointer_save_area == 0) | |
8614 | arg_pointer_save_area | |
8615 | = assign_stack_local (Pmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode), 0); | |
8616 | emit_move_insn (virtual_incoming_args_rtx, | |
8617 | copy_to_reg (arg_pointer_save_area)); | |
8618 | } | |
8619 | } | |
8620 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 8621 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8622 | #ifdef HAVE_builtin_setjmp_receiver |
8623 | if (HAVE_builtin_setjmp_receiver) | |
8624 | emit_insn (gen_builtin_setjmp_receiver (lab1)); | |
8625 | else | |
8626 | #endif | |
b93a436e | 8627 | #ifdef HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver |
6fd1c67b RH |
8628 | if (HAVE_nonlocal_goto_receiver) |
8629 | emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto_receiver ()); | |
8630 | else | |
b93a436e | 8631 | #endif |
081f5e7e KG |
8632 | { |
8633 | ; /* Nothing */ | |
8634 | } | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8635 | |
8636 | /* Set TARGET, and branch to the next-time-through label. */ | |
3e2b9a3d | 8637 | emit_move_insn (target, const1_rtx); |
6fd1c67b RH |
8638 | emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (next_label)); |
8639 | emit_barrier (); | |
ca695ac9 | 8640 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8641 | return target; |
8642 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 8643 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8644 | void |
8645 | expand_builtin_longjmp (buf_addr, value) | |
8646 | rtx buf_addr, value; | |
8647 | { | |
8648 | rtx fp, lab, stack; | |
a260abc9 | 8649 | enum machine_mode sa_mode = STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (SAVE_NONLOCAL); |
ca695ac9 | 8650 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8651 | #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED |
8652 | buf_addr = convert_memory_address (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
b93a436e | 8653 | #endif |
6fd1c67b RH |
8654 | buf_addr = force_reg (Pmode, buf_addr); |
8655 | ||
3e2b9a3d JW |
8656 | /* We used to store value in static_chain_rtx, but that fails if pointers |
8657 | are smaller than integers. We instead require that the user must pass | |
8658 | a second argument of 1, because that is what builtin_setjmp will | |
8659 | return. This also makes EH slightly more efficient, since we are no | |
8660 | longer copying around a value that we don't care about. */ | |
8661 | if (value != const1_rtx) | |
8662 | abort (); | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8663 | |
8664 | #ifdef HAVE_builtin_longjmp | |
8665 | if (HAVE_builtin_longjmp) | |
3e2b9a3d | 8666 | emit_insn (gen_builtin_longjmp (buf_addr)); |
6fd1c67b | 8667 | else |
b93a436e | 8668 | #endif |
6fd1c67b RH |
8669 | { |
8670 | fp = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, buf_addr); | |
8671 | lab = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, plus_constant (buf_addr, | |
8672 | GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
e9a25f70 | 8673 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8674 | stack = gen_rtx_MEM (sa_mode, plus_constant (buf_addr, |
8675 | 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode))); | |
8676 | ||
8677 | /* Pick up FP, label, and SP from the block and jump. This code is | |
8678 | from expand_goto in stmt.c; see there for detailed comments. */ | |
8679 | #if HAVE_nonlocal_goto | |
8680 | if (HAVE_nonlocal_goto) | |
3e2b9a3d JW |
8681 | /* We have to pass a value to the nonlocal_goto pattern that will |
8682 | get copied into the static_chain pointer, but it does not matter | |
8683 | what that value is, because builtin_setjmp does not use it. */ | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8684 | emit_insn (gen_nonlocal_goto (value, fp, stack, lab)); |
8685 | else | |
b93a436e | 8686 | #endif |
6fd1c67b RH |
8687 | { |
8688 | lab = copy_to_reg (lab); | |
60bac6ea | 8689 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8690 | emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, fp); |
8691 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_NONLOCAL, stack, NULL_RTX); | |
8692 | ||
8693 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx)); | |
8694 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx)); | |
6fd1c67b RH |
8695 | emit_indirect_jump (lab); |
8696 | } | |
8697 | } | |
b93a436e | 8698 | } |
60bac6ea | 8699 | |
55a6ba9f JC |
8700 | static rtx |
8701 | get_memory_rtx (exp) | |
8702 | tree exp; | |
8703 | { | |
8704 | rtx mem; | |
8705 | int is_aggregate; | |
8706 | ||
8707 | mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, | |
8708 | memory_address (BLKmode, | |
8709 | expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, | |
8710 | ptr_mode, EXPAND_SUM))); | |
8711 | ||
8712 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (mem) = TREE_READONLY (exp); | |
8713 | ||
8714 | /* Figure out the type of the object pointed to. Set MEM_IN_STRUCT_P | |
8715 | if the value is the address of a structure or if the expression is | |
8716 | cast to a pointer to structure type. */ | |
8717 | is_aggregate = 0; | |
8718 | ||
8719 | while (TREE_CODE (exp) == NOP_EXPR) | |
8720 | { | |
8721 | tree cast_type = TREE_TYPE (exp); | |
8722 | if (TREE_CODE (cast_type) == POINTER_TYPE | |
8723 | && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (cast_type))) | |
8724 | { | |
8725 | is_aggregate = 1; | |
8726 | break; | |
8727 | } | |
8728 | exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
8729 | } | |
8730 | ||
8731 | if (is_aggregate == 0) | |
8732 | { | |
8733 | tree type; | |
8734 | ||
8735 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == ADDR_EXPR) | |
8736 | /* If this is the address of an object, check whether the | |
8737 | object is an array. */ | |
8738 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
8739 | else | |
8740 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
8741 | is_aggregate = AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type); | |
8742 | } | |
8743 | ||
c6df88cb | 8744 | MEM_SET_IN_STRUCT_P (mem, is_aggregate); |
55a6ba9f JC |
8745 | return mem; |
8746 | } | |
8747 | ||
b93a436e JL |
8748 | \f |
8749 | /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function, | |
8750 | with result going to TARGET if that's convenient | |
8751 | (and in mode MODE if that's convenient). | |
8752 | SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands. | |
8753 | IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */ | |
60bac6ea | 8754 | |
b93a436e JL |
8755 | #define CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN(NODE) \ |
8756 | (!strncmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (NODE)), "__builtin_", 10)) | |
60bac6ea | 8757 | |
b93a436e JL |
8758 | static rtx |
8759 | expand_builtin (exp, target, subtarget, mode, ignore) | |
8760 | tree exp; | |
8761 | rtx target; | |
8762 | rtx subtarget; | |
8763 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
8764 | int ignore; | |
8765 | { | |
8766 | tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0); | |
8767 | tree arglist = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
8768 | rtx op0; | |
8769 | rtx lab1, insns; | |
8770 | enum machine_mode value_mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
8771 | optab builtin_optab; | |
60bac6ea | 8772 | |
b93a436e JL |
8773 | switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) |
8774 | { | |
8775 | case BUILT_IN_ABS: | |
8776 | case BUILT_IN_LABS: | |
8777 | case BUILT_IN_FABS: | |
8778 | /* build_function_call changes these into ABS_EXPR. */ | |
8779 | abort (); | |
4ed67205 | 8780 | |
b93a436e JL |
8781 | case BUILT_IN_SIN: |
8782 | case BUILT_IN_COS: | |
8783 | /* Treat these like sqrt, but only if the user asks for them. */ | |
8784 | if (! flag_fast_math) | |
8785 | break; | |
8786 | case BUILT_IN_FSQRT: | |
8787 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
8788 | if (! optimize) | |
8789 | break; | |
4ed67205 | 8790 | |
b93a436e JL |
8791 | if (arglist == 0 |
8792 | /* Arg could be wrong type if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8793 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != REAL_TYPE) | |
4ed67205 RK |
8794 | break; |
8795 | ||
b93a436e JL |
8796 | /* Stabilize and compute the argument. */ |
8797 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != VAR_DECL | |
8798 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != PARM_DECL) | |
8799 | { | |
8800 | exp = copy_node (exp); | |
8801 | arglist = copy_node (arglist); | |
8802 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1) = arglist; | |
8803 | TREE_VALUE (arglist) = save_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
8804 | } | |
8805 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
b089937a | 8806 | |
b93a436e JL |
8807 | /* Make a suitable register to place result in. */ |
8808 | target = gen_reg_rtx (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp))); | |
7565a035 | 8809 | |
b93a436e JL |
8810 | emit_queue (); |
8811 | start_sequence (); | |
7565a035 | 8812 | |
b93a436e JL |
8813 | switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl)) |
8814 | { | |
8815 | case BUILT_IN_SIN: | |
8816 | builtin_optab = sin_optab; break; | |
8817 | case BUILT_IN_COS: | |
8818 | builtin_optab = cos_optab; break; | |
8819 | case BUILT_IN_FSQRT: | |
8820 | builtin_optab = sqrt_optab; break; | |
8821 | default: | |
8822 | abort (); | |
8823 | } | |
4ed67205 | 8824 | |
b93a436e JL |
8825 | /* Compute into TARGET. |
8826 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ | |
8827 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
8828 | builtin_optab, op0, target, 0); | |
8829 | ||
8830 | /* If we were unable to expand via the builtin, stop the | |
8831 | sequence (without outputting the insns) and break, causing | |
38e01259 | 8832 | a call to the library function. */ |
b93a436e | 8833 | if (target == 0) |
4ed67205 | 8834 | { |
b93a436e JL |
8835 | end_sequence (); |
8836 | break; | |
8837 | } | |
4ed67205 | 8838 | |
b93a436e JL |
8839 | /* Check the results by default. But if flag_fast_math is turned on, |
8840 | then assume sqrt will always be called with valid arguments. */ | |
4ed67205 | 8841 | |
41af162c | 8842 | if (flag_errno_math && ! flag_fast_math) |
b93a436e JL |
8843 | { |
8844 | /* Don't define the builtin FP instructions | |
8845 | if your machine is not IEEE. */ | |
8846 | if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT) | |
8847 | abort (); | |
4ed67205 | 8848 | |
b93a436e | 8849 | lab1 = gen_label_rtx (); |
ca55abae | 8850 | |
b93a436e JL |
8851 | /* Test the result; if it is NaN, set errno=EDOM because |
8852 | the argument was not in the domain. */ | |
c5d5d461 JL |
8853 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (target, target, EQ, 0, GET_MODE (target), |
8854 | 0, 0, lab1); | |
b93a436e JL |
8855 | |
8856 | #ifdef TARGET_EDOM | |
8857 | { | |
8858 | #ifdef GEN_ERRNO_RTX | |
8859 | rtx errno_rtx = GEN_ERRNO_RTX; | |
8860 | #else | |
8861 | rtx errno_rtx | |
8862 | = gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "errno")); | |
8863 | #endif | |
e87b4f3f | 8864 | |
b93a436e JL |
8865 | emit_move_insn (errno_rtx, GEN_INT (TARGET_EDOM)); |
8866 | } | |
8867 | #else | |
8868 | /* We can't set errno=EDOM directly; let the library call do it. | |
8869 | Pop the arguments right away in case the call gets deleted. */ | |
8870 | NO_DEFER_POP; | |
8871 | expand_call (exp, target, 0); | |
8872 | OK_DEFER_POP; | |
8873 | #endif | |
e7c33f54 | 8874 | |
b93a436e JL |
8875 | emit_label (lab1); |
8876 | } | |
0006469d | 8877 | |
b93a436e JL |
8878 | /* Output the entire sequence. */ |
8879 | insns = get_insns (); | |
8880 | end_sequence (); | |
8881 | emit_insns (insns); | |
8882 | ||
8883 | return target; | |
0006469d | 8884 | |
b93a436e JL |
8885 | case BUILT_IN_FMOD: |
8886 | break; | |
0006469d | 8887 | |
b93a436e JL |
8888 | /* __builtin_apply_args returns block of memory allocated on |
8889 | the stack into which is stored the arg pointer, structure | |
8890 | value address, static chain, and all the registers that might | |
8891 | possibly be used in performing a function call. The code is | |
8892 | moved to the start of the function so the incoming values are | |
8893 | saved. */ | |
8894 | case BUILT_IN_APPLY_ARGS: | |
8895 | /* Don't do __builtin_apply_args more than once in a function. | |
8896 | Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */ | |
8897 | if (apply_args_value != 0) | |
8898 | return apply_args_value; | |
8899 | { | |
8900 | /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be | |
8901 | saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the | |
8902 | call to the first insn of this function. */ | |
8903 | rtx temp; | |
8904 | rtx seq; | |
0006469d | 8905 | |
b93a436e JL |
8906 | start_sequence (); |
8907 | temp = expand_builtin_apply_args (); | |
8908 | seq = get_insns (); | |
8909 | end_sequence (); | |
0006469d | 8910 | |
b93a436e | 8911 | apply_args_value = temp; |
0006469d | 8912 | |
b93a436e JL |
8913 | /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function. |
8914 | If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn | |
8915 | chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the | |
8916 | function. */ | |
8917 | push_topmost_sequence (); | |
8918 | emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ())); | |
8919 | pop_topmost_sequence (); | |
8920 | return temp; | |
8921 | } | |
0006469d | 8922 | |
b93a436e JL |
8923 | /* __builtin_apply (FUNCTION, ARGUMENTS, ARGSIZE) invokes |
8924 | FUNCTION with a copy of the parameters described by | |
8925 | ARGUMENTS, and ARGSIZE. It returns a block of memory | |
8926 | allocated on the stack into which is stored all the registers | |
8927 | that might possibly be used for returning the result of a | |
8928 | function. ARGUMENTS is the value returned by | |
8929 | __builtin_apply_args. ARGSIZE is the number of bytes of | |
8930 | arguments that must be copied. ??? How should this value be | |
8931 | computed? We'll also need a safe worst case value for varargs | |
8932 | functions. */ | |
8933 | case BUILT_IN_APPLY: | |
8934 | if (arglist == 0 | |
8935 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
e5e809f4 | 8936 | || ! POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) |
b93a436e JL |
8937 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 |
8938 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
8939 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
8940 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
8941 | return const0_rtx; | |
8942 | else | |
8943 | { | |
8944 | int i; | |
8945 | tree t; | |
8946 | rtx ops[3]; | |
0006469d | 8947 | |
b93a436e JL |
8948 | for (t = arglist, i = 0; t; t = TREE_CHAIN (t), i++) |
8949 | ops[i] = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (t), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 8950 | |
b93a436e JL |
8951 | return expand_builtin_apply (ops[0], ops[1], ops[2]); |
8952 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 8953 | |
b93a436e JL |
8954 | /* __builtin_return (RESULT) causes the function to return the |
8955 | value described by RESULT. RESULT is address of the block of | |
8956 | memory returned by __builtin_apply. */ | |
8957 | case BUILT_IN_RETURN: | |
8958 | if (arglist | |
8959 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
8960 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) == POINTER_TYPE) | |
8961 | expand_builtin_return (expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
8962 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0)); | |
8963 | return const0_rtx; | |
ca695ac9 | 8964 | |
b93a436e JL |
8965 | case BUILT_IN_SAVEREGS: |
8966 | /* Don't do __builtin_saveregs more than once in a function. | |
8967 | Save the result of the first call and reuse it. */ | |
8968 | if (saveregs_value != 0) | |
8969 | return saveregs_value; | |
8970 | { | |
8971 | /* When this function is called, it means that registers must be | |
8972 | saved on entry to this function. So we migrate the | |
8973 | call to the first insn of this function. */ | |
8974 | rtx temp; | |
8975 | rtx seq; | |
ca695ac9 | 8976 | |
b93a436e JL |
8977 | /* Now really call the function. `expand_call' does not call |
8978 | expand_builtin, so there is no danger of infinite recursion here. */ | |
8979 | start_sequence (); | |
ca695ac9 | 8980 | |
b93a436e JL |
8981 | #ifdef EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS |
8982 | /* Do whatever the machine needs done in this case. */ | |
8983 | temp = EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS (arglist); | |
8984 | #else | |
8985 | /* The register where the function returns its value | |
8986 | is likely to have something else in it, such as an argument. | |
8987 | So preserve that register around the call. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 8988 | |
b93a436e JL |
8989 | if (value_mode != VOIDmode) |
8990 | { | |
8991 | rtx valreg = hard_libcall_value (value_mode); | |
8992 | rtx saved_valreg = gen_reg_rtx (value_mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 8993 | |
b93a436e JL |
8994 | emit_move_insn (saved_valreg, valreg); |
8995 | temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
8996 | emit_move_insn (valreg, saved_valreg); | |
ca695ac9 JB |
8997 | } |
8998 | else | |
b93a436e JL |
8999 | /* Generate the call, putting the value in a pseudo. */ |
9000 | temp = expand_call (exp, target, ignore); | |
9001 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 9002 | |
b93a436e JL |
9003 | seq = get_insns (); |
9004 | end_sequence (); | |
bbf6f052 | 9005 | |
b93a436e | 9006 | saveregs_value = temp; |
bbf6f052 | 9007 | |
b93a436e JL |
9008 | /* Put the sequence after the NOTE that starts the function. |
9009 | If this is inside a SEQUENCE, make the outer-level insn | |
9010 | chain current, so the code is placed at the start of the | |
9011 | function. */ | |
9012 | push_topmost_sequence (); | |
9013 | emit_insns_before (seq, NEXT_INSN (get_insns ())); | |
9014 | pop_topmost_sequence (); | |
9015 | return temp; | |
9016 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9017 | |
b93a436e JL |
9018 | /* __builtin_args_info (N) returns word N of the arg space info |
9019 | for the current function. The number and meanings of words | |
9020 | is controlled by the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS. */ | |
9021 | case BUILT_IN_ARGS_INFO: | |
9022 | { | |
9023 | int nwords = sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) / sizeof (int); | |
b93a436e | 9024 | int *word_ptr = (int *) ¤t_function_args_info; |
381127e8 RL |
9025 | #if 0 |
9026 | /* These are used by the code below that is if 0'ed away */ | |
9027 | int i; | |
b93a436e | 9028 | tree type, elts, result; |
381127e8 | 9029 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 9030 | |
b93a436e JL |
9031 | if (sizeof (CUMULATIVE_ARGS) % sizeof (int) != 0) |
9032 | fatal ("CUMULATIVE_ARGS type defined badly; see %s, line %d", | |
9033 | __FILE__, __LINE__); | |
bbf6f052 | 9034 | |
b93a436e JL |
9035 | if (arglist != 0) |
9036 | { | |
9037 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
9038 | if (TREE_CODE (arg) != INTEGER_CST) | |
9039 | error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' must be constant"); | |
9040 | else | |
9041 | { | |
9042 | int wordnum = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg); | |
bbf6f052 | 9043 | |
b93a436e JL |
9044 | if (wordnum < 0 || wordnum >= nwords || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg)) |
9045 | error ("argument of `__builtin_args_info' out of range"); | |
9046 | else | |
9047 | return GEN_INT (word_ptr[wordnum]); | |
9048 | } | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9049 | } |
9050 | else | |
b93a436e | 9051 | error ("missing argument in `__builtin_args_info'"); |
bbf6f052 | 9052 | |
b93a436e | 9053 | return const0_rtx; |
bbf6f052 | 9054 | |
b93a436e JL |
9055 | #if 0 |
9056 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
9057 | elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, build_int_2 (word_ptr[i], 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9058 | |
b93a436e JL |
9059 | type = build_array_type (integer_type_node, |
9060 | build_index_type (build_int_2 (nwords, 0))); | |
9061 | result = build (CONSTRUCTOR, type, NULL_TREE, nreverse (elts)); | |
9062 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
9063 | TREE_STATIC (result) = 1; | |
9064 | result = build (INDIRECT_REF, build_pointer_type (type), result); | |
9065 | TREE_CONSTANT (result) = 1; | |
9066 | return expand_expr (result, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
9067 | #endif | |
9068 | } | |
9069 | ||
9070 | /* Return the address of the first anonymous stack arg. */ | |
9071 | case BUILT_IN_NEXT_ARG: | |
ca695ac9 | 9072 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9073 | tree fntype = TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl); |
9074 | ||
9075 | if ((TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype) == 0 | |
9076 | || (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (fntype))) | |
9077 | == void_type_node)) | |
9078 | && ! current_function_varargs) | |
9079 | { | |
9080 | error ("`va_start' used in function with fixed args"); | |
9081 | return const0_rtx; | |
9082 | } | |
9083 | ||
9084 | if (arglist) | |
9085 | { | |
9086 | tree last_parm = tree_last (DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl)); | |
9087 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
9088 | ||
9089 | /* Strip off all nops for the sake of the comparison. This | |
9090 | is not quite the same as STRIP_NOPS. It does more. | |
9091 | We must also strip off INDIRECT_EXPR for C++ reference | |
9092 | parameters. */ | |
9093 | while (TREE_CODE (arg) == NOP_EXPR | |
9094 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == CONVERT_EXPR | |
9095 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR | |
9096 | || TREE_CODE (arg) == INDIRECT_REF) | |
9097 | arg = TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0); | |
9098 | if (arg != last_parm) | |
9099 | warning ("second parameter of `va_start' not last named argument"); | |
9100 | } | |
9101 | else if (! current_function_varargs) | |
9102 | /* Evidently an out of date version of <stdarg.h>; can't validate | |
9103 | va_start's second argument, but can still work as intended. */ | |
9104 | warning ("`__builtin_next_arg' called without an argument"); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
9105 | } |
9106 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9107 | return expand_binop (Pmode, add_optab, |
9108 | current_function_internal_arg_pointer, | |
9109 | current_function_arg_offset_rtx, | |
9110 | NULL_RTX, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
ca695ac9 | 9111 | |
b93a436e JL |
9112 | case BUILT_IN_CLASSIFY_TYPE: |
9113 | if (arglist != 0) | |
9114 | { | |
9115 | tree type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
9116 | enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); | |
9117 | if (code == VOID_TYPE) | |
9118 | return GEN_INT (void_type_class); | |
9119 | if (code == INTEGER_TYPE) | |
9120 | return GEN_INT (integer_type_class); | |
9121 | if (code == CHAR_TYPE) | |
9122 | return GEN_INT (char_type_class); | |
9123 | if (code == ENUMERAL_TYPE) | |
9124 | return GEN_INT (enumeral_type_class); | |
9125 | if (code == BOOLEAN_TYPE) | |
9126 | return GEN_INT (boolean_type_class); | |
9127 | if (code == POINTER_TYPE) | |
9128 | return GEN_INT (pointer_type_class); | |
9129 | if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE) | |
9130 | return GEN_INT (reference_type_class); | |
9131 | if (code == OFFSET_TYPE) | |
9132 | return GEN_INT (offset_type_class); | |
9133 | if (code == REAL_TYPE) | |
9134 | return GEN_INT (real_type_class); | |
9135 | if (code == COMPLEX_TYPE) | |
9136 | return GEN_INT (complex_type_class); | |
9137 | if (code == FUNCTION_TYPE) | |
9138 | return GEN_INT (function_type_class); | |
9139 | if (code == METHOD_TYPE) | |
9140 | return GEN_INT (method_type_class); | |
9141 | if (code == RECORD_TYPE) | |
9142 | return GEN_INT (record_type_class); | |
9143 | if (code == UNION_TYPE || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE) | |
9144 | return GEN_INT (union_type_class); | |
9145 | if (code == ARRAY_TYPE) | |
9146 | { | |
9147 | if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)) | |
9148 | return GEN_INT (string_type_class); | |
9149 | else | |
9150 | return GEN_INT (array_type_class); | |
9151 | } | |
9152 | if (code == SET_TYPE) | |
9153 | return GEN_INT (set_type_class); | |
9154 | if (code == FILE_TYPE) | |
9155 | return GEN_INT (file_type_class); | |
9156 | if (code == LANG_TYPE) | |
9157 | return GEN_INT (lang_type_class); | |
9158 | } | |
9159 | return GEN_INT (no_type_class); | |
ca695ac9 | 9160 | |
b93a436e JL |
9161 | case BUILT_IN_CONSTANT_P: |
9162 | if (arglist == 0) | |
9163 | return const0_rtx; | |
9164 | else | |
9165 | { | |
9166 | tree arg = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
185ebd6c | 9167 | rtx tmp; |
ca695ac9 | 9168 | |
185ebd6c RH |
9169 | /* We return 1 for a numeric type that's known to be a constant |
9170 | value at compile-time or for an aggregate type that's a | |
9171 | literal constant. */ | |
b93a436e | 9172 | STRIP_NOPS (arg); |
185ebd6c RH |
9173 | |
9174 | /* If we know this is a constant, emit the constant of one. */ | |
9175 | if (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (arg)) == 'c' | |
9176 | || (TREE_CODE (arg) == CONSTRUCTOR | |
9177 | && TREE_CONSTANT (arg)) | |
cff48d8f RH |
9178 | || (TREE_CODE (arg) == ADDR_EXPR |
9179 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (arg, 0)) == STRING_CST)) | |
9180 | return const1_rtx; | |
9181 | ||
185ebd6c RH |
9182 | /* If we aren't going to be running CSE or this expression |
9183 | has side effects, show we don't know it to be a constant. | |
9184 | Likewise if it's a pointer or aggregate type since in those | |
9185 | case we only want literals, since those are only optimized | |
9186 | when generating RTL, not later. */ | |
9187 | if (TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (arg) || cse_not_expected | |
9188 | || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (arg)) | |
9189 | || POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (arg))) | |
9190 | return const0_rtx; | |
cff48d8f | 9191 | |
ee5332b8 RH |
9192 | /* Otherwise, emit (constant_p_rtx (ARG)) and let CSE get a |
9193 | chance to see if it can deduce whether ARG is constant. */ | |
185ebd6c RH |
9194 | |
9195 | tmp = expand_expr (arg, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
ee5332b8 | 9196 | tmp = gen_rtx_CONSTANT_P_RTX (value_mode, tmp); |
185ebd6c | 9197 | return tmp; |
b93a436e | 9198 | } |
ca695ac9 | 9199 | |
b93a436e JL |
9200 | case BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS: |
9201 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
9202 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
9203 | The value is the address of that frame. */ | |
9204 | case BUILT_IN_RETURN_ADDRESS: | |
9205 | /* The argument must be a nonnegative integer constant. | |
9206 | It counts the number of frames to scan up the stack. | |
9207 | The value is the return address saved in that frame. */ | |
9208 | if (arglist == 0) | |
9209 | /* Warning about missing arg was already issued. */ | |
9210 | return const0_rtx; | |
9211 | else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) != INTEGER_CST | |
9212 | || tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (arglist)) < 0) | |
9213 | { | |
9214 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
9215 | error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_frame_address'"); | |
9216 | else | |
9217 | error ("invalid arg to `__builtin_return_address'"); | |
9218 | return const0_rtx; | |
9219 | } | |
9220 | else | |
9221 | { | |
9222 | rtx tem = expand_builtin_return_addr (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl), | |
9223 | TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (arglist)), | |
9224 | hard_frame_pointer_rtx); | |
ee33823f | 9225 | |
b93a436e JL |
9226 | /* Some ports cannot access arbitrary stack frames. */ |
9227 | if (tem == NULL) | |
9228 | { | |
9229 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
9230 | warning ("unsupported arg to `__builtin_frame_address'"); | |
9231 | else | |
9232 | warning ("unsupported arg to `__builtin_return_address'"); | |
9233 | return const0_rtx; | |
9234 | } | |
ee33823f | 9235 | |
b93a436e JL |
9236 | /* For __builtin_frame_address, return what we've got. */ |
9237 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_FRAME_ADDRESS) | |
9238 | return tem; | |
ee33823f | 9239 | |
d22cba0a RH |
9240 | if (GET_CODE (tem) != REG |
9241 | && ! CONSTANT_P (tem)) | |
9242 | tem = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, tem); | |
b93a436e JL |
9243 | return tem; |
9244 | } | |
ee33823f | 9245 | |
b93a436e JL |
9246 | /* Returns the address of the area where the structure is returned. |
9247 | 0 otherwise. */ | |
9248 | case BUILT_IN_AGGREGATE_INCOMING_ADDRESS: | |
9249 | if (arglist != 0 | |
9250 | || ! AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (current_function_decl))) | |
9251 | || GET_CODE (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))) != MEM) | |
9252 | return const0_rtx; | |
9253 | else | |
9254 | return XEXP (DECL_RTL (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)), 0); | |
ee33823f | 9255 | |
b93a436e JL |
9256 | case BUILT_IN_ALLOCA: |
9257 | if (arglist == 0 | |
9258 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9259 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
9260 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9261 | |
b93a436e JL |
9262 | /* Compute the argument. */ |
9263 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
bbf6f052 | 9264 | |
b93a436e JL |
9265 | /* Allocate the desired space. */ |
9266 | return allocate_dynamic_stack_space (op0, target, BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
ca695ac9 | 9267 | |
b93a436e JL |
9268 | case BUILT_IN_FFS: |
9269 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
9270 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
9271 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 9272 | |
b93a436e JL |
9273 | if (arglist == 0 |
9274 | /* Arg could be non-integer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9275 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
9276 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 9277 | |
b93a436e JL |
9278 | /* Compute the argument. */ |
9279 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9280 | /* Compute ffs, into TARGET if possible. | |
9281 | Set TARGET to wherever the result comes back. */ | |
9282 | target = expand_unop (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))), | |
9283 | ffs_optab, op0, target, 1); | |
9284 | if (target == 0) | |
9285 | abort (); | |
9286 | return target; | |
bbf6f052 | 9287 | |
b93a436e JL |
9288 | case BUILT_IN_STRLEN: |
9289 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
9290 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
9291 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9292 | |
b93a436e JL |
9293 | if (arglist == 0 |
9294 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9295 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
9296 | break; | |
9297 | else | |
9298 | { | |
9299 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
9300 | tree len = c_strlen (src); | |
bbf6f052 | 9301 | |
b93a436e JL |
9302 | int align |
9303 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
46b68a37 | 9304 | |
b93a436e JL |
9305 | rtx result, src_rtx, char_rtx; |
9306 | enum machine_mode insn_mode = value_mode, char_mode; | |
9307 | enum insn_code icode; | |
46b68a37 | 9308 | |
b93a436e JL |
9309 | /* If the length is known, just return it. */ |
9310 | if (len != 0) | |
9311 | return expand_expr (len, target, mode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
956d6950 | 9312 | |
b93a436e JL |
9313 | /* If SRC is not a pointer type, don't do this operation inline. */ |
9314 | if (align == 0) | |
9315 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9316 | |
b93a436e | 9317 | /* Call a function if we can't compute strlen in the right mode. */ |
bbf6f052 | 9318 | |
b93a436e JL |
9319 | while (insn_mode != VOIDmode) |
9320 | { | |
9321 | icode = strlen_optab->handlers[(int) insn_mode].insn_code; | |
9322 | if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
9323 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 9324 | |
b93a436e JL |
9325 | insn_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (insn_mode); |
9326 | } | |
9327 | if (insn_mode == VOIDmode) | |
9328 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 9329 | |
b93a436e JL |
9330 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ |
9331 | result = target; | |
9332 | if (! (result != 0 | |
9333 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG | |
9334 | && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
9335 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
9336 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 9337 | |
b93a436e | 9338 | /* Make sure the operands are acceptable to the predicates. */ |
ca695ac9 | 9339 | |
b93a436e JL |
9340 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][0]) (result, insn_mode)) |
9341 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
9342 | src_rtx = memory_address (BLKmode, | |
9343 | expand_expr (src, NULL_RTX, ptr_mode, | |
9344 | EXPAND_NORMAL)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9345 | |
b93a436e JL |
9346 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][1]) (src_rtx, Pmode)) |
9347 | src_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, src_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 | 9348 | |
b93a436e | 9349 | /* Check the string is readable and has an end. */ |
7d384cc0 | 9350 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
b93a436e | 9351 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_str_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 2, |
6a9c4aed | 9352 | src_rtx, Pmode, |
b93a436e JL |
9353 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_RO), |
9354 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9355 | |
b93a436e JL |
9356 | char_rtx = const0_rtx; |
9357 | char_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int)icode][2]; | |
9358 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[(int)icode][2]) (char_rtx, char_mode)) | |
9359 | char_rtx = copy_to_mode_reg (char_mode, char_rtx); | |
bbf6f052 | 9360 | |
b93a436e JL |
9361 | emit_insn (GEN_FCN (icode) (result, |
9362 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, src_rtx), | |
9363 | char_rtx, GEN_INT (align))); | |
bbf6f052 | 9364 | |
b93a436e JL |
9365 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ |
9366 | if (GET_MODE (result) == value_mode) | |
9367 | return result; | |
9368 | else if (target != 0) | |
9369 | { | |
9370 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
9371 | return target; | |
9372 | } | |
9373 | else | |
9374 | return convert_to_mode (value_mode, result, 0); | |
9375 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9376 | |
b93a436e JL |
9377 | case BUILT_IN_STRCPY: |
9378 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
9379 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
9380 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9381 | |
b93a436e JL |
9382 | if (arglist == 0 |
9383 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9384 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
9385 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
9386 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
9387 | break; | |
9388 | else | |
9389 | { | |
9390 | tree len = c_strlen (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
bbf6f052 | 9391 | |
b93a436e JL |
9392 | if (len == 0) |
9393 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9394 | |
b93a436e | 9395 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, len, integer_one_node); |
6d100794 | 9396 | |
b93a436e JL |
9397 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
9398 | } | |
6d100794 | 9399 | |
b93a436e JL |
9400 | /* Drops in. */ |
9401 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCPY: | |
9402 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
9403 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
9404 | break; | |
e7c33f54 | 9405 | |
b93a436e JL |
9406 | if (arglist == 0 |
9407 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9408 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
9409 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
9410 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) | |
9411 | != POINTER_TYPE) | |
9412 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
9413 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE | |
9414 | (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) | |
9415 | != INTEGER_TYPE)) | |
9416 | break; | |
9417 | else | |
9418 | { | |
9419 | tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
9420 | tree src = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
9421 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
e7c33f54 | 9422 | |
b93a436e JL |
9423 | int src_align |
9424 | = get_pointer_alignment (src, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9425 | int dest_align | |
9426 | = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
55a6ba9f | 9427 | rtx dest_mem, src_mem, dest_addr, len_rtx; |
e7c33f54 | 9428 | |
b93a436e JL |
9429 | /* If either SRC or DEST is not a pointer type, don't do |
9430 | this operation in-line. */ | |
9431 | if (src_align == 0 || dest_align == 0) | |
9432 | { | |
9433 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCPY) | |
9434 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
9435 | break; | |
9436 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 9437 | |
55a6ba9f JC |
9438 | dest_mem = get_memory_rtx (dest); |
9439 | src_mem = get_memory_rtx (src); | |
b93a436e | 9440 | len_rtx = expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
e7c33f54 | 9441 | |
b93a436e | 9442 | /* Just copy the rights of SRC to the rights of DEST. */ |
7d384cc0 | 9443 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
b93a436e | 9444 | emit_library_call (chkr_copy_bitmap_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed MK |
9445 | XEXP (dest_mem, 0), Pmode, |
9446 | XEXP (src_mem, 0), Pmode, | |
b93a436e | 9447 | len_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype)); |
e7c33f54 | 9448 | |
b93a436e JL |
9449 | /* Copy word part most expediently. */ |
9450 | dest_addr | |
9451 | = emit_block_move (dest_mem, src_mem, len_rtx, | |
9452 | MIN (src_align, dest_align)); | |
e7c33f54 | 9453 | |
b93a436e | 9454 | if (dest_addr == 0) |
55a6ba9f | 9455 | dest_addr = force_operand (XEXP (dest_mem, 0), NULL_RTX); |
e7c33f54 | 9456 | |
b93a436e JL |
9457 | return dest_addr; |
9458 | } | |
e7c33f54 | 9459 | |
b93a436e JL |
9460 | case BUILT_IN_MEMSET: |
9461 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
9462 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
9463 | break; | |
e7c33f54 | 9464 | |
b93a436e JL |
9465 | if (arglist == 0 |
9466 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9467 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
9468 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
9469 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) | |
9470 | != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
9471 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
9472 | || (INTEGER_TYPE | |
9473 | != (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE | |
9474 | (TREE_VALUE | |
9475 | (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))))))) | |
9476 | break; | |
9477 | else | |
9478 | { | |
9479 | tree dest = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
9480 | tree val = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
9481 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
e7c33f54 | 9482 | |
b93a436e JL |
9483 | int dest_align |
9484 | = get_pointer_alignment (dest, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
55a6ba9f | 9485 | rtx dest_mem, dest_addr, len_rtx; |
e7c33f54 | 9486 | |
b93a436e JL |
9487 | /* If DEST is not a pointer type, don't do this |
9488 | operation in-line. */ | |
9489 | if (dest_align == 0) | |
9490 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9491 | |
bf931ec8 JW |
9492 | /* If the arguments have side-effects, then we can only evaluate |
9493 | them at most once. The following code evaluates them twice if | |
9494 | they are not constants because we break out to expand_call | |
9495 | in that case. They can't be constants if they have side-effects | |
9496 | so we can check for that first. Alternatively, we could call | |
9497 | save_expr to make multiple evaluation safe. */ | |
9498 | if (TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (val) || TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (len)) | |
9499 | break; | |
9500 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9501 | /* If VAL is not 0, don't do this operation in-line. */ |
9502 | if (expand_expr (val, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0) != const0_rtx) | |
9503 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9504 | |
b93a436e JL |
9505 | /* If LEN does not expand to a constant, don't do this |
9506 | operation in-line. */ | |
9507 | len_rtx = expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
9508 | if (GET_CODE (len_rtx) != CONST_INT) | |
9509 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9510 | |
55a6ba9f | 9511 | dest_mem = get_memory_rtx (dest); |
b93a436e JL |
9512 | |
9513 | /* Just check DST is writable and mark it as readable. */ | |
7d384cc0 | 9514 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
b93a436e | 9515 | emit_library_call (chkr_check_addr_libfunc, 1, VOIDmode, 3, |
6a9c4aed | 9516 | XEXP (dest_mem, 0), Pmode, |
b93a436e JL |
9517 | len_rtx, TYPE_MODE (sizetype), |
9518 | GEN_INT (MEMORY_USE_WO), | |
9519 | TYPE_MODE (integer_type_node)); | |
bbf6f052 | 9520 | |
bbf6f052 | 9521 | |
b93a436e | 9522 | dest_addr = clear_storage (dest_mem, len_rtx, dest_align); |
bbf6f052 | 9523 | |
b93a436e | 9524 | if (dest_addr == 0) |
55a6ba9f | 9525 | dest_addr = force_operand (XEXP (dest_mem, 0), NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 9526 | |
b93a436e JL |
9527 | return dest_addr; |
9528 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9529 | |
b93a436e JL |
9530 | /* These comparison functions need an instruction that returns an actual |
9531 | index. An ordinary compare that just sets the condition codes | |
9532 | is not enough. */ | |
9533 | #ifdef HAVE_cmpstrsi | |
9534 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
9535 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
9536 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
9537 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9538 | |
b93a436e | 9539 | /* If we need to check memory accesses, call the library function. */ |
7d384cc0 | 9540 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
b93a436e | 9541 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9542 | |
b93a436e JL |
9543 | if (arglist == 0 |
9544 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9545 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
9546 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
9547 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
9548 | break; | |
9549 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
9550 | break; | |
9551 | { | |
9552 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
9553 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
b93a436e | 9554 | tree len, len2; |
a97f5a86 | 9555 | |
b93a436e JL |
9556 | len = c_strlen (arg1); |
9557 | if (len) | |
9558 | len = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len); | |
9559 | len2 = c_strlen (arg2); | |
9560 | if (len2) | |
9561 | len2 = size_binop (PLUS_EXPR, integer_one_node, len2); | |
e9cdf6e4 | 9562 | |
b93a436e JL |
9563 | /* If we don't have a constant length for the first, use the length |
9564 | of the second, if we know it. We don't require a constant for | |
9565 | this case; some cost analysis could be done if both are available | |
9566 | but neither is constant. For now, assume they're equally cheap. | |
e9cdf6e4 | 9567 | |
b93a436e JL |
9568 | If both strings have constant lengths, use the smaller. This |
9569 | could arise if optimization results in strcpy being called with | |
9570 | two fixed strings, or if the code was machine-generated. We should | |
9571 | add some code to the `memcmp' handler below to deal with such | |
9572 | situations, someday. */ | |
9573 | if (!len || TREE_CODE (len) != INTEGER_CST) | |
9574 | { | |
9575 | if (len2) | |
9576 | len = len2; | |
9577 | else if (len == 0) | |
9578 | break; | |
9579 | } | |
9580 | else if (len2 && TREE_CODE (len2) == INTEGER_CST) | |
9581 | { | |
9582 | if (tree_int_cst_lt (len2, len)) | |
9583 | len = len2; | |
9584 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9585 | |
b93a436e JL |
9586 | chainon (arglist, build_tree_list (NULL_TREE, len)); |
9587 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9588 | |
b93a436e JL |
9589 | /* Drops in. */ |
9590 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
9591 | /* If not optimizing, call the library function. */ | |
9592 | if (!optimize && ! CALLED_AS_BUILT_IN (fndecl)) | |
9593 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 9594 | |
b93a436e | 9595 | /* If we need to check memory accesses, call the library function. */ |
7d384cc0 | 9596 | if (current_function_check_memory_usage) |
b93a436e | 9597 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 9598 | |
b93a436e JL |
9599 | if (arglist == 0 |
9600 | /* Arg could be non-pointer if user redeclared this fcn wrong. */ | |
9601 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
9602 | || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
9603 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))) != POINTER_TYPE | |
9604 | || TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) == 0 | |
9605 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))))) != INTEGER_TYPE) | |
9606 | break; | |
9607 | else if (!HAVE_cmpstrsi) | |
9608 | break; | |
9609 | { | |
9610 | tree arg1 = TREE_VALUE (arglist); | |
9611 | tree arg2 = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)); | |
9612 | tree len = TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist))); | |
9613 | rtx result; | |
0842a179 | 9614 | |
b93a436e JL |
9615 | int arg1_align |
9616 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg1, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9617 | int arg2_align | |
9618 | = get_pointer_alignment (arg2, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9619 | enum machine_mode insn_mode | |
9620 | = insn_operand_mode[(int) CODE_FOR_cmpstrsi][0]; | |
0842a179 | 9621 | |
b93a436e JL |
9622 | /* If we don't have POINTER_TYPE, call the function. */ |
9623 | if (arg1_align == 0 || arg2_align == 0) | |
9624 | { | |
9625 | if (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl) == BUILT_IN_STRCMP) | |
9626 | TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)) = 0; | |
9627 | break; | |
9628 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9629 | |
b93a436e JL |
9630 | /* Make a place to write the result of the instruction. */ |
9631 | result = target; | |
9632 | if (! (result != 0 | |
9633 | && GET_CODE (result) == REG && GET_MODE (result) == insn_mode | |
9634 | && REGNO (result) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
9635 | result = gen_reg_rtx (insn_mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 9636 | |
55a6ba9f JC |
9637 | emit_insn (gen_cmpstrsi (result, get_memory_rtx (arg1), |
9638 | get_memory_rtx (arg2), | |
b93a436e JL |
9639 | expand_expr (len, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0), |
9640 | GEN_INT (MIN (arg1_align, arg2_align)))); | |
bbf6f052 | 9641 | |
b93a436e JL |
9642 | /* Return the value in the proper mode for this function. */ |
9643 | mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
9644 | if (GET_MODE (result) == mode) | |
9645 | return result; | |
9646 | else if (target != 0) | |
9647 | { | |
9648 | convert_move (target, result, 0); | |
9649 | return target; | |
9650 | } | |
9651 | else | |
9652 | return convert_to_mode (mode, result, 0); | |
9653 | } | |
9654 | #else | |
9655 | case BUILT_IN_STRCMP: | |
9656 | case BUILT_IN_MEMCMP: | |
9657 | break; | |
9658 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 9659 | |
b93a436e JL |
9660 | case BUILT_IN_SETJMP: |
9661 | if (arglist == 0 | |
9662 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
9663 | break; | |
6fd1c67b RH |
9664 | else |
9665 | { | |
9666 | rtx buf_addr = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, | |
9667 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
9668 | rtx lab = gen_label_rtx (); | |
9669 | rtx ret = expand_builtin_setjmp (buf_addr, target, lab, lab); | |
9670 | emit_label (lab); | |
9671 | return ret; | |
9672 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 9673 | |
6fd1c67b RH |
9674 | /* __builtin_longjmp is passed a pointer to an array of five words. |
9675 | It's similar to the C library longjmp function but works with | |
9676 | __builtin_setjmp above. */ | |
b93a436e JL |
9677 | case BUILT_IN_LONGJMP: |
9678 | if (arglist == 0 || TREE_CHAIN (arglist) == 0 | |
9679 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (arglist))) != POINTER_TYPE) | |
9680 | break; | |
b93a436e | 9681 | else |
b93a436e | 9682 | { |
6fd1c67b RH |
9683 | rtx buf_addr = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (arglist), subtarget, |
9684 | VOIDmode, 0); | |
9685 | rtx value = expand_expr (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)), | |
3e2b9a3d | 9686 | NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
e0cd0770 JC |
9687 | |
9688 | if (value != const1_rtx) | |
9689 | { | |
9690 | error ("__builtin_longjmp second argument must be 1"); | |
9691 | return const0_rtx; | |
9692 | } | |
9693 | ||
6fd1c67b RH |
9694 | expand_builtin_longjmp (buf_addr, value); |
9695 | return const0_rtx; | |
b93a436e | 9696 | } |
bbf6f052 | 9697 | |
e0cd0770 JC |
9698 | case BUILT_IN_TRAP: |
9699 | #ifdef HAVE_trap | |
9700 | if (HAVE_trap) | |
9701 | emit_insn (gen_trap ()); | |
9702 | else | |
9703 | #endif | |
9704 | error ("__builtin_trap not supported by this target"); | |
9705 | emit_barrier (); | |
9706 | return const0_rtx; | |
9707 | ||
b93a436e JL |
9708 | /* Various hooks for the DWARF 2 __throw routine. */ |
9709 | case BUILT_IN_UNWIND_INIT: | |
9710 | expand_builtin_unwind_init (); | |
9711 | return const0_rtx; | |
71038426 RH |
9712 | case BUILT_IN_DWARF_CFA: |
9713 | return virtual_cfa_rtx; | |
b93a436e JL |
9714 | #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO |
9715 | case BUILT_IN_DWARF_FP_REGNUM: | |
9716 | return expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum (); | |
9717 | case BUILT_IN_DWARF_REG_SIZE: | |
9718 | return expand_builtin_dwarf_reg_size (TREE_VALUE (arglist), target); | |
fb2ca25a | 9719 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
9720 | case BUILT_IN_FROB_RETURN_ADDR: |
9721 | return expand_builtin_frob_return_addr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
9722 | case BUILT_IN_EXTRACT_RETURN_ADDR: | |
9723 | return expand_builtin_extract_return_addr (TREE_VALUE (arglist)); | |
71038426 RH |
9724 | case BUILT_IN_EH_RETURN: |
9725 | expand_builtin_eh_return (TREE_VALUE (arglist), | |
9726 | TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)), | |
9727 | TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (TREE_CHAIN (arglist)))); | |
b93a436e | 9728 | return const0_rtx; |
ca695ac9 | 9729 | |
b93a436e JL |
9730 | default: /* just do library call, if unknown builtin */ |
9731 | error ("built-in function `%s' not currently supported", | |
9732 | IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (fndecl))); | |
ca695ac9 | 9733 | } |
0006469d | 9734 | |
b93a436e JL |
9735 | /* The switch statement above can drop through to cause the function |
9736 | to be called normally. */ | |
0006469d | 9737 | |
b93a436e | 9738 | return expand_call (exp, target, ignore); |
ca695ac9 | 9739 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9740 | \f |
9741 | /* Built-in functions to perform an untyped call and return. */ | |
0006469d | 9742 | |
b93a436e JL |
9743 | /* For each register that may be used for calling a function, this |
9744 | gives a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates | |
9745 | the register is not used for calling a function. If the machine | |
9746 | has register windows, this gives only the outbound registers. | |
9747 | INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */ | |
9748 | static enum machine_mode apply_args_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
0006469d | 9749 | |
b93a436e JL |
9750 | /* For each register that may be used for returning values, this gives |
9751 | a mode used to copy the register's value. VOIDmode indicates the | |
9752 | register is not used for returning values. If the machine has | |
9753 | register windows, this gives only the outbound registers. | |
9754 | INCOMING_REGNO gives the corresponding inbound register. */ | |
9755 | static enum machine_mode apply_result_mode[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
0006469d | 9756 | |
b93a436e JL |
9757 | /* For each register that may be used for calling a function, this |
9758 | gives the offset of that register into the block returned by | |
9759 | __builtin_apply_args. 0 indicates that the register is not | |
9760 | used for calling a function. */ | |
9761 | static int apply_args_reg_offset[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER]; | |
9762 | ||
9763 | /* Return the offset of register REGNO into the block returned by | |
9764 | __builtin_apply_args. This is not declared static, since it is | |
9765 | needed in objc-act.c. */ | |
0006469d | 9766 | |
b93a436e JL |
9767 | int |
9768 | apply_args_register_offset (regno) | |
9769 | int regno; | |
9770 | { | |
9771 | apply_args_size (); | |
0006469d | 9772 | |
b93a436e JL |
9773 | /* Arguments are always put in outgoing registers (in the argument |
9774 | block) if such make sense. */ | |
9775 | #ifdef OUTGOING_REGNO | |
9776 | regno = OUTGOING_REGNO(regno); | |
9777 | #endif | |
9778 | return apply_args_reg_offset[regno]; | |
9779 | } | |
904762c8 | 9780 | |
b93a436e JL |
9781 | /* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply_args, |
9782 | and initialize apply_args_mode. */ | |
9783 | ||
9784 | static int | |
9785 | apply_args_size () | |
0006469d | 9786 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9787 | static int size = -1; |
9788 | int align, regno; | |
2f6e6d22 | 9789 | enum machine_mode mode; |
0006469d | 9790 | |
b93a436e JL |
9791 | /* The values computed by this function never change. */ |
9792 | if (size < 0) | |
ca695ac9 | 9793 | { |
b93a436e JL |
9794 | /* The first value is the incoming arg-pointer. */ |
9795 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 9796 | |
b93a436e JL |
9797 | /* The second value is the structure value address unless this is |
9798 | passed as an "invisible" first argument. */ | |
9799 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
9800 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 9801 | |
b93a436e JL |
9802 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) |
9803 | if (FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
9804 | { | |
9805 | /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's | |
9806 | value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */ | |
9807 | enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode; | |
0006469d | 9808 | |
b93a436e JL |
9809 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
9810 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
9811 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
9812 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
9813 | && HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) == 1) | |
9814 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 9815 | |
b93a436e JL |
9816 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) |
9817 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); | |
9818 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
9819 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
9820 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
9821 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code | |
9822 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9823 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 9824 | |
b93a436e JL |
9825 | mode = best_mode; |
9826 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
9827 | abort (); | |
904762c8 | 9828 | |
b93a436e JL |
9829 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
9830 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9831 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9832 | apply_args_reg_offset[regno] = size; | |
9833 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
9834 | apply_args_mode[regno] = mode; | |
9835 | } | |
9836 | else | |
9837 | { | |
9838 | apply_args_mode[regno] = VOIDmode; | |
9839 | apply_args_reg_offset[regno] = 0; | |
9840 | } | |
9841 | } | |
9842 | return size; | |
9843 | } | |
0006469d | 9844 | |
b93a436e JL |
9845 | /* Return the size required for the block returned by __builtin_apply, |
9846 | and initialize apply_result_mode. */ | |
904762c8 | 9847 | |
b93a436e JL |
9848 | static int |
9849 | apply_result_size () | |
9850 | { | |
9851 | static int size = -1; | |
9852 | int align, regno; | |
9853 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
0006469d | 9854 | |
b93a436e JL |
9855 | /* The values computed by this function never change. */ |
9856 | if (size < 0) | |
9857 | { | |
9858 | size = 0; | |
0006469d | 9859 | |
b93a436e JL |
9860 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) |
9861 | if (FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (regno)) | |
9862 | { | |
9863 | /* Search for the proper mode for copying this register's | |
9864 | value. I'm not sure this is right, but it works so far. */ | |
9865 | enum machine_mode best_mode = VOIDmode; | |
0006469d | 9866 | |
b93a436e JL |
9867 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); |
9868 | mode != TImode; | |
9869 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
9870 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode)) | |
9871 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 9872 | |
b93a436e JL |
9873 | if (best_mode == VOIDmode) |
9874 | for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_FLOAT); | |
9875 | mode != VOIDmode; | |
9876 | mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode)) | |
9877 | if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, mode) | |
9878 | && (mov_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code | |
9879 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
9880 | best_mode = mode; | |
0006469d | 9881 | |
b93a436e JL |
9882 | mode = best_mode; |
9883 | if (mode == VOIDmode) | |
9884 | abort (); | |
9885 | ||
9886 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9887 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9888 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9889 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
9890 | apply_result_mode[regno] = mode; | |
9891 | } | |
9892 | else | |
9893 | apply_result_mode[regno] = VOIDmode; | |
9894 | ||
9895 | /* Allow targets that use untyped_call and untyped_return to override | |
9896 | the size so that machine-specific information can be stored here. */ | |
9897 | #ifdef APPLY_RESULT_SIZE | |
9898 | size = APPLY_RESULT_SIZE; | |
9899 | #endif | |
9900 | } | |
9901 | return size; | |
9902 | } | |
0006469d | 9903 | |
b93a436e JL |
9904 | #if defined (HAVE_untyped_call) || defined (HAVE_untyped_return) |
9905 | /* Create a vector describing the result block RESULT. If SAVEP is true, | |
9906 | the result block is used to save the values; otherwise it is used to | |
9907 | restore the values. */ | |
9908 | ||
9909 | static rtx | |
9910 | result_vector (savep, result) | |
9911 | int savep; | |
9912 | rtx result; | |
9913 | { | |
9914 | int regno, size, align, nelts; | |
9915 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
9916 | rtx reg, mem; | |
9917 | rtx *savevec = (rtx *) alloca (FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof (rtx)); | |
9918 | ||
9919 | size = nelts = 0; | |
9920 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9921 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9922 | { | |
9923 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
9924 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9925 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
9926 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, savep ? regno : INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); | |
9927 | mem = change_address (result, mode, | |
9928 | plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0), size)); | |
9929 | savevec[nelts++] = (savep | |
9930 | ? gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem, reg) | |
9931 | : gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, mem)); | |
9932 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
ca695ac9 | 9933 | } |
b93a436e JL |
9934 | return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, gen_rtvec_v (nelts, savevec)); |
9935 | } | |
9936 | #endif /* HAVE_untyped_call or HAVE_untyped_return */ | |
0006469d | 9937 | |
b93a436e JL |
9938 | /* Save the state required to perform an untyped call with the same |
9939 | arguments as were passed to the current function. */ | |
904762c8 | 9940 | |
b93a436e JL |
9941 | static rtx |
9942 | expand_builtin_apply_args () | |
9943 | { | |
9944 | rtx registers; | |
9945 | int size, align, regno; | |
9946 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
0006469d | 9947 | |
b93a436e JL |
9948 | /* Create a block where the arg-pointer, structure value address, |
9949 | and argument registers can be saved. */ | |
9950 | registers = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_args_size (), -1); | |
0cb1d109 | 9951 | |
b93a436e JL |
9952 | /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */ |
9953 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9954 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
9955 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0cb1d109 | 9956 | |
b93a436e JL |
9957 | /* Save each register used in calling a function to the block. */ |
9958 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
9959 | if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
9960 | { | |
9961 | rtx tem; | |
0cb1d109 | 9962 | |
b93a436e JL |
9963 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; |
9964 | if (size % align != 0) | |
9965 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
0006469d | 9966 | |
b93a436e | 9967 | tem = gen_rtx_REG (mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); |
0e8c9172 | 9968 | |
b93a436e JL |
9969 | #ifdef STACK_REGS |
9970 | /* For reg-stack.c's stack register household. | |
9971 | Compare with a similar piece of code in function.c. */ | |
0006469d | 9972 | |
b93a436e JL |
9973 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (mode, tem)); |
9974 | #endif | |
0e8c9172 | 9975 | |
b93a436e JL |
9976 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, mode, |
9977 | plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0), | |
9978 | size)), | |
9979 | tem); | |
9980 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
0e8c9172 | 9981 | } |
0006469d | 9982 | |
b93a436e JL |
9983 | /* Save the arg pointer to the block. */ |
9984 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode, XEXP (registers, 0)), | |
9985 | copy_to_reg (virtual_incoming_args_rtx)); | |
9986 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
0006469d | 9987 | |
b93a436e JL |
9988 | /* Save the structure value address unless this is passed as an |
9989 | "invisible" first argument. */ | |
9990 | if (struct_value_incoming_rtx) | |
9991 | { | |
9992 | emit_move_insn (change_address (registers, Pmode, | |
9993 | plus_constant (XEXP (registers, 0), | |
9994 | size)), | |
9995 | copy_to_reg (struct_value_incoming_rtx)); | |
9996 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
9997 | } | |
0006469d | 9998 | |
b93a436e JL |
9999 | /* Return the address of the block. */ |
10000 | return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (registers, 0)); | |
10001 | } | |
0006469d | 10002 | |
b93a436e JL |
10003 | /* Perform an untyped call and save the state required to perform an |
10004 | untyped return of whatever value was returned by the given function. */ | |
0006469d | 10005 | |
b93a436e JL |
10006 | static rtx |
10007 | expand_builtin_apply (function, arguments, argsize) | |
10008 | rtx function, arguments, argsize; | |
10009 | { | |
10010 | int size, align, regno; | |
10011 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10012 | rtx incoming_args, result, reg, dest, call_insn; | |
10013 | rtx old_stack_level = 0; | |
10014 | rtx call_fusage = 0; | |
0006469d | 10015 | |
b93a436e JL |
10016 | /* Create a block where the return registers can be saved. */ |
10017 | result = assign_stack_local (BLKmode, apply_result_size (), -1); | |
10018 | ||
10019 | /* ??? The argsize value should be adjusted here. */ | |
10020 | ||
10021 | /* Fetch the arg pointer from the ARGUMENTS block. */ | |
10022 | incoming_args = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); | |
10023 | emit_move_insn (incoming_args, | |
10024 | gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, arguments)); | |
10025 | #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD | |
10026 | incoming_args = expand_binop (Pmode, sub_optab, incoming_args, argsize, | |
10027 | incoming_args, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
10028 | #endif | |
10029 | ||
10030 | /* Perform postincrements before actually calling the function. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10031 | emit_queue (); |
0006469d | 10032 | |
b93a436e JL |
10033 | /* Push a new argument block and copy the arguments. */ |
10034 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
0006469d | 10035 | |
b93a436e JL |
10036 | /* Save the stack with nonlocal if available */ |
10037 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
10038 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
10039 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_NONLOCAL, &old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
10040 | else | |
10041 | #endif | |
10042 | emit_stack_save (SAVE_BLOCK, &old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
0006469d | 10043 | |
b93a436e JL |
10044 | /* Push a block of memory onto the stack to store the memory arguments. |
10045 | Save the address in a register, and copy the memory arguments. ??? I | |
10046 | haven't figured out how the calling convention macros effect this, | |
10047 | but it's likely that the source and/or destination addresses in | |
10048 | the block copy will need updating in machine specific ways. */ | |
10049 | dest = allocate_dynamic_stack_space (argsize, 0, 0); | |
10050 | emit_block_move (gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, dest), | |
10051 | gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, incoming_args), | |
10052 | argsize, | |
10053 | PARM_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
10054 | ||
10055 | /* Refer to the argument block. */ | |
10056 | apply_args_size (); | |
10057 | arguments = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, arguments); | |
10058 | ||
10059 | /* Walk past the arg-pointer and structure value address. */ | |
10060 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
10061 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
10062 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
10063 | ||
10064 | /* Restore each of the registers previously saved. Make USE insns | |
10065 | for each of these registers for use in making the call. */ | |
10066 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
10067 | if ((mode = apply_args_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
10068 | { | |
10069 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
10070 | if (size % align != 0) | |
10071 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
10072 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); | |
10073 | emit_move_insn (reg, | |
10074 | change_address (arguments, mode, | |
10075 | plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0), | |
10076 | size))); | |
10077 | ||
10078 | use_reg (&call_fusage, reg); | |
10079 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
10080 | } | |
10081 | ||
10082 | /* Restore the structure value address unless this is passed as an | |
10083 | "invisible" first argument. */ | |
10084 | size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
10085 | if (struct_value_rtx) | |
0006469d | 10086 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10087 | rtx value = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode); |
10088 | emit_move_insn (value, | |
10089 | change_address (arguments, Pmode, | |
10090 | plus_constant (XEXP (arguments, 0), | |
10091 | size))); | |
10092 | emit_move_insn (struct_value_rtx, value); | |
10093 | if (GET_CODE (struct_value_rtx) == REG) | |
10094 | use_reg (&call_fusage, struct_value_rtx); | |
10095 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); | |
ca695ac9 | 10096 | } |
0006469d | 10097 | |
b93a436e JL |
10098 | /* All arguments and registers used for the call are set up by now! */ |
10099 | function = prepare_call_address (function, NULL_TREE, &call_fusage, 0); | |
0006469d | 10100 | |
b93a436e JL |
10101 | /* Ensure address is valid. SYMBOL_REF is already valid, so no need, |
10102 | and we don't want to load it into a register as an optimization, | |
10103 | because prepare_call_address already did it if it should be done. */ | |
10104 | if (GET_CODE (function) != SYMBOL_REF) | |
10105 | function = memory_address (FUNCTION_MODE, function); | |
0006469d | 10106 | |
b93a436e JL |
10107 | /* Generate the actual call instruction and save the return value. */ |
10108 | #ifdef HAVE_untyped_call | |
10109 | if (HAVE_untyped_call) | |
10110 | emit_call_insn (gen_untyped_call (gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, function), | |
10111 | result, result_vector (1, result))); | |
10112 | else | |
10113 | #endif | |
10114 | #ifdef HAVE_call_value | |
10115 | if (HAVE_call_value) | |
ca695ac9 | 10116 | { |
b93a436e | 10117 | rtx valreg = 0; |
0006469d | 10118 | |
b93a436e JL |
10119 | /* Locate the unique return register. It is not possible to |
10120 | express a call that sets more than one return register using | |
10121 | call_value; use untyped_call for that. In fact, untyped_call | |
10122 | only needs to save the return registers in the given block. */ | |
10123 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
10124 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
10125 | { | |
10126 | if (valreg) | |
10127 | abort (); /* HAVE_untyped_call required. */ | |
10128 | valreg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno); | |
10129 | } | |
0006469d | 10130 | |
b93a436e JL |
10131 | emit_call_insn (gen_call_value (valreg, |
10132 | gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, function), | |
10133 | const0_rtx, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx)); | |
0006469d | 10134 | |
b93a436e JL |
10135 | emit_move_insn (change_address (result, GET_MODE (valreg), |
10136 | XEXP (result, 0)), | |
10137 | valreg); | |
ca695ac9 | 10138 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10139 | else |
10140 | #endif | |
10141 | abort (); | |
0006469d | 10142 | |
b93a436e JL |
10143 | /* Find the CALL insn we just emitted. */ |
10144 | for (call_insn = get_last_insn (); | |
10145 | call_insn && GET_CODE (call_insn) != CALL_INSN; | |
10146 | call_insn = PREV_INSN (call_insn)) | |
10147 | ; | |
0006469d | 10148 | |
b93a436e JL |
10149 | if (! call_insn) |
10150 | abort (); | |
0006469d | 10151 | |
b93a436e JL |
10152 | /* Put the register usage information on the CALL. If there is already |
10153 | some usage information, put ours at the end. */ | |
10154 | if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn)) | |
0006469d | 10155 | { |
b93a436e | 10156 | rtx link; |
0006469d | 10157 | |
b93a436e JL |
10158 | for (link = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn); XEXP (link, 1) != 0; |
10159 | link = XEXP (link, 1)) | |
10160 | ; | |
10161 | ||
10162 | XEXP (link, 1) = call_fusage; | |
ca695ac9 | 10163 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10164 | else |
10165 | CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (call_insn) = call_fusage; | |
0006469d | 10166 | |
b93a436e JL |
10167 | /* Restore the stack. */ |
10168 | #ifdef HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal | |
10169 | if (HAVE_save_stack_nonlocal) | |
10170 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_NONLOCAL, old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
10171 | else | |
10172 | #endif | |
10173 | emit_stack_restore (SAVE_BLOCK, old_stack_level, NULL_RTX); | |
10174 | ||
10175 | /* Return the address of the result block. */ | |
10176 | return copy_addr_to_reg (XEXP (result, 0)); | |
0006469d | 10177 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10178 | |
b93a436e | 10179 | /* Perform an untyped return. */ |
ca695ac9 JB |
10180 | |
10181 | static void | |
b93a436e JL |
10182 | expand_builtin_return (result) |
10183 | rtx result; | |
bbf6f052 | 10184 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10185 | int size, align, regno; |
10186 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10187 | rtx reg; | |
10188 | rtx call_fusage = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10189 | |
b93a436e JL |
10190 | apply_result_size (); |
10191 | result = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, result); | |
bbf6f052 | 10192 | |
b93a436e JL |
10193 | #ifdef HAVE_untyped_return |
10194 | if (HAVE_untyped_return) | |
ca695ac9 | 10195 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10196 | emit_jump_insn (gen_untyped_return (result, result_vector (0, result))); |
10197 | emit_barrier (); | |
10198 | return; | |
ca695ac9 | 10199 | } |
b93a436e | 10200 | #endif |
1499e0a8 | 10201 | |
b93a436e JL |
10202 | /* Restore the return value and note that each value is used. */ |
10203 | size = 0; | |
10204 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
10205 | if ((mode = apply_result_mode[regno]) != VOIDmode) | |
10206 | { | |
10207 | align = GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) / BITS_PER_UNIT; | |
10208 | if (size % align != 0) | |
10209 | size = CEIL (size, align) * align; | |
10210 | reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, INCOMING_REGNO (regno)); | |
10211 | emit_move_insn (reg, | |
10212 | change_address (result, mode, | |
10213 | plus_constant (XEXP (result, 0), | |
10214 | size))); | |
10215 | ||
10216 | push_to_sequence (call_fusage); | |
10217 | emit_insn (gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode, reg)); | |
10218 | call_fusage = get_insns (); | |
10219 | end_sequence (); | |
10220 | size += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); | |
10221 | } | |
10222 | ||
10223 | /* Put the USE insns before the return. */ | |
10224 | emit_insns (call_fusage); | |
10225 | ||
10226 | /* Return whatever values was restored by jumping directly to the end | |
10227 | of the function. */ | |
10228 | expand_null_return (); | |
ca695ac9 JB |
10229 | } |
10230 | \f | |
b93a436e JL |
10231 | /* Expand code for a post- or pre- increment or decrement |
10232 | and return the RTX for the result. | |
10233 | POST is 1 for postinc/decrements and 0 for preinc/decrements. */ | |
1499e0a8 | 10234 | |
b93a436e JL |
10235 | static rtx |
10236 | expand_increment (exp, post, ignore) | |
10237 | register tree exp; | |
10238 | int post, ignore; | |
ca695ac9 | 10239 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10240 | register rtx op0, op1; |
10241 | register rtx temp, value; | |
10242 | register tree incremented = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
10243 | optab this_optab = add_optab; | |
10244 | int icode; | |
10245 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (exp)); | |
10246 | int op0_is_copy = 0; | |
10247 | int single_insn = 0; | |
10248 | /* 1 means we can't store into OP0 directly, | |
10249 | because it is a subreg narrower than a word, | |
10250 | and we don't dare clobber the rest of the word. */ | |
10251 | int bad_subreg = 0; | |
1499e0a8 | 10252 | |
b93a436e JL |
10253 | /* Stabilize any component ref that might need to be |
10254 | evaluated more than once below. */ | |
10255 | if (!post | |
10256 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
10257 | || (TREE_CODE (incremented) == COMPONENT_REF | |
10258 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0)) != INDIRECT_REF | |
10259 | || DECL_BIT_FIELD (TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 1))))) | |
10260 | incremented = stabilize_reference (incremented); | |
10261 | /* Nested *INCREMENT_EXPRs can happen in C++. We must force innermost | |
10262 | ones into save exprs so that they don't accidentally get evaluated | |
10263 | more than once by the code below. */ | |
10264 | if (TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREINCREMENT_EXPR | |
10265 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
10266 | incremented = save_expr (incremented); | |
e9a25f70 | 10267 | |
b93a436e JL |
10268 | /* Compute the operands as RTX. |
10269 | Note whether OP0 is the actual lvalue or a copy of it: | |
10270 | I believe it is a copy iff it is a register or subreg | |
10271 | and insns were generated in computing it. */ | |
e9a25f70 | 10272 | |
b93a436e JL |
10273 | temp = get_last_insn (); |
10274 | op0 = expand_expr (incremented, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_RW); | |
e9a25f70 | 10275 | |
b93a436e JL |
10276 | /* If OP0 is a SUBREG made for a promoted variable, we cannot increment |
10277 | in place but instead must do sign- or zero-extension during assignment, | |
10278 | so we copy it into a new register and let the code below use it as | |
10279 | a copy. | |
e9a25f70 | 10280 | |
b93a436e JL |
10281 | Note that we can safely modify this SUBREG since it is know not to be |
10282 | shared (it was made by the expand_expr call above). */ | |
10283 | ||
10284 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op0)) | |
10285 | { | |
10286 | if (post) | |
10287 | SUBREG_REG (op0) = copy_to_reg (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
10288 | else | |
10289 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
10290 | } | |
10291 | else if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG | |
10292 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
10293 | { | |
10294 | /* We cannot increment this SUBREG in place. If we are | |
10295 | post-incrementing, get a copy of the old value. Otherwise, | |
10296 | just mark that we cannot increment in place. */ | |
10297 | if (post) | |
10298 | op0 = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
10299 | else | |
10300 | bad_subreg = 1; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
10301 | } |
10302 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10303 | op0_is_copy = ((GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (op0) == REG) |
10304 | && temp != get_last_insn ()); | |
10305 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, | |
10306 | EXPAND_MEMORY_USE_BAD); | |
1499e0a8 | 10307 | |
b93a436e JL |
10308 | /* Decide whether incrementing or decrementing. */ |
10309 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
10310 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
10311 | this_optab = sub_optab; | |
10312 | ||
10313 | /* Convert decrement by a constant into a negative increment. */ | |
10314 | if (this_optab == sub_optab | |
10315 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT) | |
ca695ac9 | 10316 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10317 | op1 = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (op1)); |
10318 | this_optab = add_optab; | |
ca695ac9 | 10319 | } |
1499e0a8 | 10320 | |
b93a436e JL |
10321 | /* For a preincrement, see if we can do this with a single instruction. */ |
10322 | if (!post) | |
10323 | { | |
10324 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; | |
10325 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
10326 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
10327 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
10328 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode) | |
10329 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode) | |
10330 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
10331 | single_insn = 1; | |
10332 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10333 | |
b93a436e JL |
10334 | /* If OP0 is not the actual lvalue, but rather a copy in a register, |
10335 | then we cannot just increment OP0. We must therefore contrive to | |
10336 | increment the original value. Then, for postincrement, we can return | |
10337 | OP0 since it is a copy of the old value. For preincrement, expand here | |
10338 | unless we can do it with a single insn. | |
bbf6f052 | 10339 | |
b93a436e JL |
10340 | Likewise if storing directly into OP0 would clobber high bits |
10341 | we need to preserve (bad_subreg). */ | |
10342 | if (op0_is_copy || (!post && !single_insn) || bad_subreg) | |
a358cee0 | 10343 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10344 | /* This is the easiest way to increment the value wherever it is. |
10345 | Problems with multiple evaluation of INCREMENTED are prevented | |
10346 | because either (1) it is a component_ref or preincrement, | |
10347 | in which case it was stabilized above, or (2) it is an array_ref | |
10348 | with constant index in an array in a register, which is | |
10349 | safe to reevaluate. */ | |
10350 | tree newexp = build (((TREE_CODE (exp) == POSTDECREMENT_EXPR | |
10351 | || TREE_CODE (exp) == PREDECREMENT_EXPR) | |
10352 | ? MINUS_EXPR : PLUS_EXPR), | |
10353 | TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10354 | incremented, | |
10355 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
a358cee0 | 10356 | |
b93a436e JL |
10357 | while (TREE_CODE (incremented) == NOP_EXPR |
10358 | || TREE_CODE (incremented) == CONVERT_EXPR) | |
10359 | { | |
10360 | newexp = convert (TREE_TYPE (incremented), newexp); | |
10361 | incremented = TREE_OPERAND (incremented, 0); | |
10362 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10363 | |
b93a436e JL |
10364 | temp = expand_assignment (incremented, newexp, ! post && ! ignore , 0); |
10365 | return post ? op0 : temp; | |
10366 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10367 | |
b93a436e JL |
10368 | if (post) |
10369 | { | |
10370 | /* We have a true reference to the value in OP0. | |
10371 | If there is an insn to add or subtract in this mode, queue it. | |
10372 | Queueing the increment insn avoids the register shuffling | |
10373 | that often results if we must increment now and first save | |
10374 | the old value for subsequent use. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10375 | |
b93a436e JL |
10376 | #if 0 /* Turned off to avoid making extra insn for indexed memref. */ |
10377 | op0 = stabilize (op0); | |
10378 | #endif | |
41dfd40c | 10379 | |
b93a436e JL |
10380 | icode = (int) this_optab->handlers[(int) mode].insn_code; |
10381 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing | |
10382 | /* Make sure that OP0 is valid for operands 0 and 1 | |
10383 | of the insn we want to queue. */ | |
10384 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][0]) (op0, mode) | |
10385 | && (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][1]) (op0, mode)) | |
10386 | { | |
10387 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
10388 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
bbf6f052 | 10389 | |
b93a436e JL |
10390 | return enqueue_insn (op0, GEN_FCN (icode) (op0, op0, op1)); |
10391 | } | |
10392 | if (icode != (int) CODE_FOR_nothing && GET_CODE (op0) == MEM) | |
10393 | { | |
10394 | rtx addr = (general_operand (XEXP (op0, 0), mode) | |
10395 | ? force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (op0, 0)) | |
10396 | : copy_to_reg (XEXP (op0, 0))); | |
10397 | rtx temp, result; | |
ca695ac9 | 10398 | |
b93a436e JL |
10399 | op0 = change_address (op0, VOIDmode, addr); |
10400 | temp = force_reg (GET_MODE (op0), op0); | |
10401 | if (! (*insn_operand_predicate[icode][2]) (op1, mode)) | |
10402 | op1 = force_reg (mode, op1); | |
ca695ac9 | 10403 | |
b93a436e JL |
10404 | /* The increment queue is LIFO, thus we have to `queue' |
10405 | the instructions in reverse order. */ | |
10406 | enqueue_insn (op0, gen_move_insn (op0, temp)); | |
10407 | result = enqueue_insn (temp, GEN_FCN (icode) (temp, temp, op1)); | |
10408 | return result; | |
bbf6f052 RK |
10409 | } |
10410 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 10411 | |
b93a436e JL |
10412 | /* Preincrement, or we can't increment with one simple insn. */ |
10413 | if (post) | |
10414 | /* Save a copy of the value before inc or dec, to return it later. */ | |
10415 | temp = value = copy_to_reg (op0); | |
10416 | else | |
10417 | /* Arrange to return the incremented value. */ | |
10418 | /* Copy the rtx because expand_binop will protect from the queue, | |
10419 | and the results of that would be invalid for us to return | |
10420 | if our caller does emit_queue before using our result. */ | |
10421 | temp = copy_rtx (value = op0); | |
bbf6f052 | 10422 | |
b93a436e JL |
10423 | /* Increment however we can. */ |
10424 | op1 = expand_binop (mode, this_optab, value, op1, | |
7d384cc0 | 10425 | current_function_check_memory_usage ? NULL_RTX : op0, |
b93a436e JL |
10426 | TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); |
10427 | /* Make sure the value is stored into OP0. */ | |
10428 | if (op1 != op0) | |
10429 | emit_move_insn (op0, op1); | |
5718612f | 10430 | |
b93a436e JL |
10431 | return temp; |
10432 | } | |
10433 | \f | |
10434 | /* Expand all function calls contained within EXP, innermost ones first. | |
10435 | But don't look within expressions that have sequence points. | |
10436 | For each CALL_EXPR, record the rtx for its value | |
10437 | in the CALL_EXPR_RTL field. */ | |
5718612f | 10438 | |
b93a436e JL |
10439 | static void |
10440 | preexpand_calls (exp) | |
10441 | tree exp; | |
10442 | { | |
10443 | register int nops, i; | |
10444 | int type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (exp)); | |
5718612f | 10445 | |
b93a436e JL |
10446 | if (! do_preexpand_calls) |
10447 | return; | |
5718612f | 10448 | |
b93a436e | 10449 | /* Only expressions and references can contain calls. */ |
bbf6f052 | 10450 | |
b93a436e JL |
10451 | if (type != 'e' && type != '<' && type != '1' && type != '2' && type != 'r') |
10452 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 10453 | |
b93a436e JL |
10454 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
10455 | { | |
10456 | case CALL_EXPR: | |
10457 | /* Do nothing if already expanded. */ | |
10458 | if (CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0 | |
10459 | /* Do nothing if the call returns a variable-sized object. */ | |
10460 | || TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (TREE_TYPE(exp))) != INTEGER_CST | |
10461 | /* Do nothing to built-in functions. */ | |
10462 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR | |
10463 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)) | |
10464 | == FUNCTION_DECL) | |
10465 | && DECL_BUILT_IN (TREE_OPERAND (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), 0)))) | |
10466 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 10467 | |
b93a436e JL |
10468 | CALL_EXPR_RTL (exp) = expand_call (exp, NULL_RTX, 0); |
10469 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 10470 | |
b93a436e JL |
10471 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
10472 | case COND_EXPR: | |
10473 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: | |
10474 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: | |
10475 | /* If we find one of these, then we can be sure | |
10476 | the adjust will be done for it (since it makes jumps). | |
10477 | Do it now, so that if this is inside an argument | |
10478 | of a function, we don't get the stack adjustment | |
10479 | after some other args have already been pushed. */ | |
10480 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
10481 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 10482 | |
b93a436e JL |
10483 | case BLOCK: |
10484 | case RTL_EXPR: | |
10485 | case WITH_CLEANUP_EXPR: | |
10486 | case CLEANUP_POINT_EXPR: | |
10487 | case TRY_CATCH_EXPR: | |
10488 | return; | |
bbf6f052 | 10489 | |
b93a436e JL |
10490 | case SAVE_EXPR: |
10491 | if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (exp) != 0) | |
10492 | return; | |
10493 | ||
10494 | default: | |
10495 | break; | |
ca695ac9 | 10496 | } |
bbf6f052 | 10497 | |
b93a436e JL |
10498 | nops = tree_code_length[(int) TREE_CODE (exp)]; |
10499 | for (i = 0; i < nops; i++) | |
10500 | if (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i) != 0) | |
10501 | { | |
10502 | type = TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i))); | |
10503 | if (type == 'e' || type == '<' || type == '1' || type == '2' | |
10504 | || type == 'r') | |
10505 | preexpand_calls (TREE_OPERAND (exp, i)); | |
10506 | } | |
10507 | } | |
10508 | \f | |
10509 | /* At the start of a function, record that we have no previously-pushed | |
10510 | arguments waiting to be popped. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10511 | |
b93a436e JL |
10512 | void |
10513 | init_pending_stack_adjust () | |
10514 | { | |
10515 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
10516 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10517 | |
b93a436e | 10518 | /* When exiting from function, if safe, clear out any pending stack adjust |
060fbabf JL |
10519 | so the adjustment won't get done. |
10520 | ||
10521 | Note, if the current function calls alloca, then it must have a | |
10522 | frame pointer regardless of the value of flag_omit_frame_pointer. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10523 | |
b93a436e JL |
10524 | void |
10525 | clear_pending_stack_adjust () | |
10526 | { | |
10527 | #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
10528 | if (optimize > 0 | |
060fbabf JL |
10529 | && (! flag_omit_frame_pointer || current_function_calls_alloca) |
10530 | && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK | |
b93a436e JL |
10531 | && ! (DECL_INLINE (current_function_decl) && ! flag_no_inline) |
10532 | && ! flag_inline_functions) | |
10533 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
10534 | #endif | |
10535 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10536 | |
b93a436e JL |
10537 | /* Pop any previously-pushed arguments that have not been popped yet. */ |
10538 | ||
10539 | void | |
10540 | do_pending_stack_adjust () | |
10541 | { | |
10542 | if (inhibit_defer_pop == 0) | |
ca695ac9 | 10543 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10544 | if (pending_stack_adjust != 0) |
10545 | adjust_stack (GEN_INT (pending_stack_adjust)); | |
10546 | pending_stack_adjust = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 10547 | } |
bbf6f052 RK |
10548 | } |
10549 | \f | |
b93a436e | 10550 | /* Expand conditional expressions. */ |
bbf6f052 | 10551 | |
b93a436e JL |
10552 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is zero. |
10553 | LABEL is an rtx of code CODE_LABEL, in this function and all the | |
10554 | functions here. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10555 | |
b93a436e JL |
10556 | void |
10557 | jumpifnot (exp, label) | |
ca695ac9 | 10558 | tree exp; |
b93a436e | 10559 | rtx label; |
bbf6f052 | 10560 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10561 | do_jump (exp, label, NULL_RTX); |
10562 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10563 | |
b93a436e | 10564 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to LABEL if the value is nonzero. */ |
ca695ac9 | 10565 | |
b93a436e JL |
10566 | void |
10567 | jumpif (exp, label) | |
10568 | tree exp; | |
10569 | rtx label; | |
10570 | { | |
10571 | do_jump (exp, NULL_RTX, label); | |
10572 | } | |
ca695ac9 | 10573 | |
b93a436e JL |
10574 | /* Generate code to evaluate EXP and jump to IF_FALSE_LABEL if |
10575 | the result is zero, or IF_TRUE_LABEL if the result is one. | |
10576 | Either of IF_FALSE_LABEL and IF_TRUE_LABEL may be zero, | |
10577 | meaning fall through in that case. | |
ca695ac9 | 10578 | |
b93a436e JL |
10579 | do_jump always does any pending stack adjust except when it does not |
10580 | actually perform a jump. An example where there is no jump | |
10581 | is when EXP is `(foo (), 0)' and IF_FALSE_LABEL is null. | |
ca695ac9 | 10582 | |
b93a436e JL |
10583 | This function is responsible for optimizing cases such as |
10584 | &&, || and comparison operators in EXP. */ | |
5718612f | 10585 | |
b93a436e JL |
10586 | void |
10587 | do_jump (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10588 | tree exp; | |
10589 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
10590 | { | |
10591 | register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (exp); | |
10592 | /* Some cases need to create a label to jump to | |
10593 | in order to properly fall through. | |
10594 | These cases set DROP_THROUGH_LABEL nonzero. */ | |
10595 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
10596 | rtx temp; | |
10597 | rtx comparison = 0; | |
10598 | int i; | |
10599 | tree type; | |
10600 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 10601 | |
dbecbbe4 JL |
10602 | #ifdef MAX_INTEGER_COMPUTATION_MODE |
10603 | check_max_integer_computation_mode (exp); | |
10604 | #endif | |
10605 | ||
b93a436e | 10606 | emit_queue (); |
ca695ac9 | 10607 | |
b93a436e | 10608 | switch (code) |
ca695ac9 | 10609 | { |
b93a436e | 10610 | case ERROR_MARK: |
ca695ac9 | 10611 | break; |
bbf6f052 | 10612 | |
b93a436e JL |
10613 | case INTEGER_CST: |
10614 | temp = integer_zerop (exp) ? if_false_label : if_true_label; | |
10615 | if (temp) | |
10616 | emit_jump (temp); | |
10617 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10618 | |
b93a436e JL |
10619 | #if 0 |
10620 | /* This is not true with #pragma weak */ | |
10621 | case ADDR_EXPR: | |
10622 | /* The address of something can never be zero. */ | |
10623 | if (if_true_label) | |
10624 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10625 | break; | |
10626 | #endif | |
bbf6f052 | 10627 | |
b93a436e JL |
10628 | case NOP_EXPR: |
10629 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == COMPONENT_REF | |
10630 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == BIT_FIELD_REF | |
10631 | || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ARRAY_REF) | |
10632 | goto normal; | |
10633 | case CONVERT_EXPR: | |
10634 | /* If we are narrowing the operand, we have to do the compare in the | |
10635 | narrower mode. */ | |
10636 | if ((TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
10637 | < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
10638 | goto normal; | |
10639 | case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: | |
10640 | case REFERENCE_EXPR: | |
10641 | case ABS_EXPR: | |
10642 | case NEGATE_EXPR: | |
10643 | case LROTATE_EXPR: | |
10644 | case RROTATE_EXPR: | |
10645 | /* These cannot change zero->non-zero or vice versa. */ | |
10646 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10647 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10648 | |
b93a436e JL |
10649 | #if 0 |
10650 | /* This is never less insns than evaluating the PLUS_EXPR followed by | |
10651 | a test and can be longer if the test is eliminated. */ | |
10652 | case PLUS_EXPR: | |
10653 | /* Reduce to minus. */ | |
10654 | exp = build (MINUS_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10655 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
10656 | fold (build1 (NEGATE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
10657 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))); | |
10658 | /* Process as MINUS. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 10659 | #endif |
bbf6f052 | 10660 | |
b93a436e JL |
10661 | case MINUS_EXPR: |
10662 | /* Non-zero iff operands of minus differ. */ | |
10663 | comparison = compare (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10664 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), | |
10665 | TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)), | |
10666 | NE, NE); | |
10667 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10668 | |
b93a436e JL |
10669 | case BIT_AND_EXPR: |
10670 | /* If we are AND'ing with a small constant, do this comparison in the | |
10671 | smallest type that fits. If the machine doesn't have comparisons | |
10672 | that small, it will be converted back to the wider comparison. | |
10673 | This helps if we are testing the sign bit of a narrower object. | |
10674 | combine can't do this for us because it can't know whether a | |
10675 | ZERO_EXTRACT or a compare in a smaller mode exists, but we do. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10676 | |
b93a436e JL |
10677 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS |
10678 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
10679 | && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT | |
10680 | && (i = floor_log2 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) >= 0 | |
10681 | && (mode = mode_for_size (i + 1, MODE_INT, 0)) != BLKmode | |
10682 | && (type = type_for_mode (mode, 1)) != 0 | |
10683 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
10684 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
10685 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
10686 | { | |
10687 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10688 | break; | |
10689 | } | |
10690 | goto normal; | |
bbf6f052 | 10691 | |
b93a436e JL |
10692 | case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: |
10693 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
10694 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10695 | |
b93a436e JL |
10696 | case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: |
10697 | if (if_false_label == 0) | |
10698 | if_false_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10699 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
10700 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
10701 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10702 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
10703 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10704 | |
b93a436e JL |
10705 | case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: |
10706 | if (if_true_label == 0) | |
10707 | if_true_label = drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10708 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
10709 | start_cleanup_deferral (); | |
10710 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10711 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
10712 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10713 | |
b93a436e JL |
10714 | case COMPOUND_EXPR: |
10715 | push_temp_slots (); | |
10716 | expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), const0_rtx, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10717 | preserve_temp_slots (NULL_RTX); | |
10718 | free_temp_slots (); | |
10719 | pop_temp_slots (); | |
10720 | emit_queue (); | |
10721 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
10722 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10723 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10724 | |
b93a436e JL |
10725 | case COMPONENT_REF: |
10726 | case BIT_FIELD_REF: | |
10727 | case ARRAY_REF: | |
10728 | { | |
10729 | int bitsize, bitpos, unsignedp; | |
10730 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
10731 | tree type; | |
10732 | tree offset; | |
10733 | int volatilep = 0; | |
10734 | int alignment; | |
bbf6f052 | 10735 | |
b93a436e JL |
10736 | /* Get description of this reference. We don't actually care |
10737 | about the underlying object here. */ | |
10738 | get_inner_reference (exp, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, | |
10739 | &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, | |
10740 | &alignment); | |
bbf6f052 | 10741 | |
b93a436e JL |
10742 | type = type_for_size (bitsize, unsignedp); |
10743 | if (! SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS | |
10744 | && type != 0 && bitsize >= 0 | |
10745 | && TYPE_PRECISION (type) < TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (exp)) | |
10746 | && (cmp_optab->handlers[(int) TYPE_MODE (type)].insn_code | |
10747 | != CODE_FOR_nothing)) | |
10748 | { | |
10749 | do_jump (convert (type, exp), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10750 | break; | |
10751 | } | |
10752 | goto normal; | |
10753 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10754 | |
b93a436e JL |
10755 | case COND_EXPR: |
10756 | /* Do (a ? 1 : 0) and (a ? 0 : 1) as special cases. */ | |
10757 | if (integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) | |
10758 | && integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
10759 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10760 | |
b93a436e JL |
10761 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)) |
10762 | && integer_onep (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2))) | |
10763 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10764 | |
b93a436e JL |
10765 | else |
10766 | { | |
10767 | register rtx label1 = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10768 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10769 | |
b93a436e | 10770 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), label1, NULL_RTX); |
bbf6f052 | 10771 | |
b93a436e JL |
10772 | start_cleanup_deferral (); |
10773 | /* Now the THEN-expression. */ | |
10774 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), | |
10775 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
10776 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
10777 | /* In case the do_jump just above never jumps. */ | |
10778 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
10779 | emit_label (label1); | |
bbf6f052 | 10780 | |
b93a436e JL |
10781 | /* Now the ELSE-expression. */ |
10782 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 2), | |
10783 | if_false_label ? if_false_label : drop_through_label, | |
10784 | if_true_label ? if_true_label : drop_through_label); | |
10785 | end_cleanup_deferral (); | |
10786 | } | |
10787 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10788 | |
b93a436e JL |
10789 | case EQ_EXPR: |
10790 | { | |
10791 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 10792 | |
9ec36da5 JL |
10793 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT |
10794 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
8d62b411 AS |
10795 | { |
10796 | tree exp0 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
10797 | tree exp1 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
10798 | do_jump | |
10799 | (fold | |
10800 | (build (TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10801 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10802 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
10803 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10804 | exp0)), | |
10805 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
10806 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10807 | exp1)))), | |
10808 | fold (build (EQ_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10809 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
10810 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10811 | exp0)), | |
10812 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
10813 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10814 | exp1)))))), | |
10815 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10816 | } | |
9ec36da5 JL |
10817 | |
10818 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
10819 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
10820 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10821 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT |
10822 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (inner_type))) | |
10823 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10824 | else | |
10825 | comparison = compare (exp, EQ, EQ); | |
10826 | break; | |
10827 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10828 | |
b93a436e JL |
10829 | case NE_EXPR: |
10830 | { | |
10831 | tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
bbf6f052 | 10832 | |
9ec36da5 JL |
10833 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT |
10834 | || GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT) | |
8d62b411 AS |
10835 | { |
10836 | tree exp0 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
10837 | tree exp1 = save_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)); | |
10838 | do_jump | |
10839 | (fold | |
10840 | (build (TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10841 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10842 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
10843 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10844 | exp0)), | |
10845 | fold (build1 (REALPART_EXPR, | |
10846 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10847 | exp1)))), | |
10848 | fold (build (NE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (exp), | |
10849 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
10850 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10851 | exp0)), | |
10852 | fold (build1 (IMAGPART_EXPR, | |
10853 | TREE_TYPE (inner_type), | |
10854 | exp1)))))), | |
10855 | if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10856 | } | |
9ec36da5 JL |
10857 | |
10858 | else if (integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) | |
10859 | do_jump (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10860 | ||
b93a436e JL |
10861 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (inner_type)) == MODE_INT |
10862 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (inner_type))) | |
10863 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
10864 | else | |
10865 | comparison = compare (exp, NE, NE); | |
10866 | break; | |
10867 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10868 | |
b93a436e JL |
10869 | case LT_EXPR: |
10870 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10871 | == MODE_INT) | |
10872 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
10873 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10874 | else | |
10875 | comparison = compare (exp, LT, LTU); | |
10876 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10877 | |
b93a436e JL |
10878 | case LE_EXPR: |
10879 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10880 | == MODE_INT) | |
10881 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
10882 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
10883 | else | |
10884 | comparison = compare (exp, LE, LEU); | |
10885 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10886 | |
b93a436e JL |
10887 | case GT_EXPR: |
10888 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10889 | == MODE_INT) | |
10890 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
10891 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 0, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
10892 | else | |
10893 | comparison = compare (exp, GT, GTU); | |
10894 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10895 | |
b93a436e JL |
10896 | case GE_EXPR: |
10897 | if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
10898 | == MODE_INT) | |
10899 | && !can_compare_p (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))))) | |
10900 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, 1, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
10901 | else | |
10902 | comparison = compare (exp, GE, GEU); | |
10903 | break; | |
bbf6f052 | 10904 | |
b93a436e JL |
10905 | default: |
10906 | normal: | |
10907 | temp = expand_expr (exp, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10908 | #if 0 | |
10909 | /* This is not needed any more and causes poor code since it causes | |
10910 | comparisons and tests from non-SI objects to have different code | |
10911 | sequences. */ | |
10912 | /* Copy to register to avoid generating bad insns by cse | |
10913 | from (set (mem ...) (arithop)) (set (cc0) (mem ...)). */ | |
10914 | if (!cse_not_expected && GET_CODE (temp) == MEM) | |
10915 | temp = copy_to_reg (temp); | |
ca695ac9 | 10916 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
10917 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
10918 | if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT) | |
10919 | comparison = (temp == const0_rtx ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx); | |
10920 | else if (GET_CODE (temp) == LABEL_REF) | |
10921 | comparison = const_true_rtx; | |
10922 | else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (temp)) == MODE_INT | |
10923 | && !can_compare_p (GET_MODE (temp))) | |
10924 | /* Note swapping the labels gives us not-equal. */ | |
10925 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (temp, if_true_label, if_false_label); | |
10926 | else if (GET_MODE (temp) != VOIDmode) | |
10927 | comparison = compare_from_rtx (temp, CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (temp)), | |
10928 | NE, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
10929 | GET_MODE (temp), NULL_RTX, 0); | |
10930 | else | |
10931 | abort (); | |
10932 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10933 | |
b93a436e JL |
10934 | /* Do any postincrements in the expression that was tested. */ |
10935 | emit_queue (); | |
bbf6f052 | 10936 | |
b93a436e JL |
10937 | /* If COMPARISON is nonzero here, it is an rtx that can be substituted |
10938 | straight into a conditional jump instruction as the jump condition. | |
10939 | Otherwise, all the work has been done already. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10940 | |
b93a436e JL |
10941 | if (comparison == const_true_rtx) |
10942 | { | |
10943 | if (if_true_label) | |
10944 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
10945 | } | |
10946 | else if (comparison == const0_rtx) | |
10947 | { | |
10948 | if (if_false_label) | |
10949 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
10950 | } | |
10951 | else if (comparison) | |
10952 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 10953 | |
b93a436e JL |
10954 | if (drop_through_label) |
10955 | { | |
10956 | /* If do_jump produces code that might be jumped around, | |
10957 | do any stack adjusts from that code, before the place | |
10958 | where control merges in. */ | |
10959 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); | |
10960 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
10961 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 10962 | } |
b93a436e JL |
10963 | \f |
10964 | /* Given a comparison expression EXP for values too wide to be compared | |
10965 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. | |
10966 | The code of EXP is ignored; we always test GT if SWAP is 0, | |
10967 | and LT if SWAP is 1. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 10968 | |
b93a436e JL |
10969 | static void |
10970 | do_jump_by_parts_greater (exp, swap, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
10971 | tree exp; | |
10972 | int swap; | |
10973 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
10974 | { | |
10975 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10976 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, !swap), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
10977 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10978 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
10979 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
10980 | int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
10981 | int i; | |
bbf6f052 | 10982 | |
b93a436e JL |
10983 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) |
10984 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
10985 | if (! if_true_label) | |
10986 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
10987 | if (! if_false_label) | |
10988 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 10989 | |
b93a436e JL |
10990 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ |
10991 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
f81497d9 | 10992 | { |
b93a436e JL |
10993 | rtx comp; |
10994 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; | |
10995 | ||
10996 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
10997 | { | |
10998 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
10999 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
11000 | } | |
f81497d9 | 11001 | else |
b93a436e JL |
11002 | { |
11003 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
11004 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
11005 | } | |
11006 | ||
11007 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ | |
11008 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, | |
11009 | (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT, | |
11010 | unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
11011 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
11012 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
11013 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
11014 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
11015 | ||
11016 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ | |
11017 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, | |
11018 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
11019 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
11020 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11021 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
11022 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); | |
f81497d9 | 11023 | } |
ca695ac9 | 11024 | |
b93a436e JL |
11025 | if (if_false_label) |
11026 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11027 | if (drop_through_label) | |
11028 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
f81497d9 RS |
11029 | } |
11030 | ||
b93a436e JL |
11031 | /* Compare OP0 with OP1, word at a time, in mode MODE. |
11032 | UNSIGNEDP says to do unsigned comparison. | |
11033 | Jump to IF_TRUE_LABEL if OP0 is greater, IF_FALSE_LABEL otherwise. */ | |
f81497d9 | 11034 | |
b93a436e JL |
11035 | void |
11036 | do_jump_by_parts_greater_rtx (mode, unsignedp, op0, op1, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
11037 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
11038 | int unsignedp; | |
11039 | rtx op0, op1; | |
11040 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
f81497d9 | 11041 | { |
b93a436e JL |
11042 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); |
11043 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
11044 | int i; | |
f81497d9 | 11045 | |
b93a436e JL |
11046 | if (! if_true_label || ! if_false_label) |
11047 | drop_through_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
11048 | if (! if_true_label) | |
11049 | if_true_label = drop_through_label; | |
11050 | if (! if_false_label) | |
11051 | if_false_label = drop_through_label; | |
f81497d9 | 11052 | |
b93a436e JL |
11053 | /* Compare a word at a time, high order first. */ |
11054 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) | |
11055 | { | |
11056 | rtx comp; | |
11057 | rtx op0_word, op1_word; | |
bbf6f052 | 11058 | |
b93a436e JL |
11059 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
11060 | { | |
11061 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode); | |
11062 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode); | |
11063 | } | |
11064 | else | |
11065 | { | |
11066 | op0_word = operand_subword_force (op0, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
11067 | op1_word = operand_subword_force (op1, nwords - 1 - i, mode); | |
11068 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11069 | |
b93a436e JL |
11070 | /* All but high-order word must be compared as unsigned. */ |
11071 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, | |
11072 | (unsignedp || i > 0) ? GTU : GT, | |
11073 | unsignedp, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
11074 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
11075 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
11076 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
11077 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 11078 | |
b93a436e JL |
11079 | /* Consider lower words only if these are equal. */ |
11080 | comp = compare_from_rtx (op0_word, op1_word, NE, unsignedp, word_mode, | |
11081 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
11082 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
11083 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11084 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
11085 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, NULL_RTX, if_false_label); | |
11086 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11087 | |
b93a436e JL |
11088 | if (if_false_label) |
11089 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11090 | if (drop_through_label) | |
11091 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 RK |
11092 | } |
11093 | ||
b93a436e JL |
11094 | /* Given an EQ_EXPR expression EXP for values too wide to be compared |
11095 | with one insn, test the comparison and jump to the appropriate label. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 11096 | |
b93a436e JL |
11097 | static void |
11098 | do_jump_by_parts_equality (exp, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
11099 | tree exp; | |
11100 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 11101 | { |
b93a436e JL |
11102 | rtx op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); |
11103 | rtx op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
11104 | enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))); | |
11105 | int nwords = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
11106 | int i; | |
11107 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 11108 | |
b93a436e JL |
11109 | if (! if_false_label) |
11110 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 11111 | |
b93a436e JL |
11112 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
11113 | { | |
11114 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, mode), | |
11115 | operand_subword_force (op1, i, mode), | |
11116 | EQ, TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (exp)), | |
11117 | word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
11118 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
11119 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11120 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
11121 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
11122 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11123 | |
b93a436e JL |
11124 | if (if_true_label) |
11125 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
11126 | if (drop_through_label) | |
11127 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 11128 | } |
b93a436e JL |
11129 | \f |
11130 | /* Jump according to whether OP0 is 0. | |
11131 | We assume that OP0 has an integer mode that is too wide | |
11132 | for the available compare insns. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 11133 | |
f5963e61 | 11134 | void |
b93a436e JL |
11135 | do_jump_by_parts_equality_rtx (op0, if_false_label, if_true_label) |
11136 | rtx op0; | |
11137 | rtx if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
ca695ac9 | 11138 | { |
b93a436e JL |
11139 | int nwords = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) / UNITS_PER_WORD; |
11140 | rtx part; | |
11141 | int i; | |
11142 | rtx drop_through_label = 0; | |
bbf6f052 | 11143 | |
b93a436e JL |
11144 | /* The fastest way of doing this comparison on almost any machine is to |
11145 | "or" all the words and compare the result. If all have to be loaded | |
11146 | from memory and this is a very wide item, it's possible this may | |
11147 | be slower, but that's highly unlikely. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 11148 | |
b93a436e JL |
11149 | part = gen_reg_rtx (word_mode); |
11150 | emit_move_insn (part, operand_subword_force (op0, 0, GET_MODE (op0))); | |
11151 | for (i = 1; i < nwords && part != 0; i++) | |
11152 | part = expand_binop (word_mode, ior_optab, part, | |
11153 | operand_subword_force (op0, i, GET_MODE (op0)), | |
11154 | part, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 11155 | |
b93a436e JL |
11156 | if (part != 0) |
11157 | { | |
11158 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (part, const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, | |
11159 | NULL_RTX, 0); | |
0f41302f | 11160 | |
b93a436e JL |
11161 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) |
11162 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11163 | else if (comp == const0_rtx) | |
11164 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
11165 | else | |
11166 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, if_true_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 11167 | |
b93a436e JL |
11168 | return; |
11169 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11170 | |
b93a436e JL |
11171 | /* If we couldn't do the "or" simply, do this with a series of compares. */ |
11172 | if (! if_false_label) | |
11173 | drop_through_label = if_false_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
bbf6f052 | 11174 | |
b93a436e JL |
11175 | for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++) |
11176 | { | |
11177 | rtx comp = compare_from_rtx (operand_subword_force (op0, i, | |
11178 | GET_MODE (op0)), | |
11179 | const0_rtx, EQ, 1, word_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
11180 | if (comp == const_true_rtx) | |
11181 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11182 | else if (comp != const0_rtx) | |
11183 | do_jump_for_compare (comp, if_false_label, NULL_RTX); | |
11184 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11185 | |
b93a436e JL |
11186 | if (if_true_label) |
11187 | emit_jump (if_true_label); | |
0f41302f | 11188 | |
b93a436e JL |
11189 | if (drop_through_label) |
11190 | emit_label (drop_through_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 11191 | } |
bbf6f052 | 11192 | |
b93a436e JL |
11193 | /* Given a comparison expression in rtl form, output conditional branches to |
11194 | IF_TRUE_LABEL, IF_FALSE_LABEL, or both. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 11195 | |
b93a436e JL |
11196 | static void |
11197 | do_jump_for_compare (comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label) | |
11198 | rtx comparison, if_false_label, if_true_label; | |
bbf6f052 | 11199 | { |
b93a436e JL |
11200 | if (if_true_label) |
11201 | { | |
11202 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) | |
d804ed43 RH |
11203 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) |
11204 | (if_true_label)); | |
b93a436e JL |
11205 | else |
11206 | abort (); | |
ca695ac9 | 11207 | |
b93a436e JL |
11208 | if (if_false_label) |
11209 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11210 | } | |
11211 | else if (if_false_label) | |
11212 | { | |
d804ed43 RH |
11213 | rtx first = get_last_insn (), insn, branch; |
11214 | int br_count; | |
0f41302f | 11215 | |
b93a436e JL |
11216 | /* Output the branch with the opposite condition. Then try to invert |
11217 | what is generated. If more than one insn is a branch, or if the | |
11218 | branch is not the last insn written, abort. If we can't invert | |
11219 | the branch, emit make a true label, redirect this jump to that, | |
11220 | emit a jump to the false label and define the true label. */ | |
d804ed43 RH |
11221 | /* ??? Note that we wouldn't have to do any of this nonsense if |
11222 | we passed both labels into a combined compare-and-branch. | |
11223 | Ah well, jump threading does a good job of repairing the damage. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 11224 | |
b93a436e | 11225 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)] != 0) |
d804ed43 RH |
11226 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) GET_CODE (comparison)]) |
11227 | (if_false_label)); | |
b93a436e JL |
11228 | else |
11229 | abort (); | |
bbf6f052 | 11230 | |
d804ed43 | 11231 | /* Here we get the first insn that was just emitted. It used to be the |
b93a436e JL |
11232 | case that, on some machines, emitting the branch would discard |
11233 | the previous compare insn and emit a replacement. This isn't | |
70f8a7a1 | 11234 | done anymore, but abort if we see that FIRST is deleted. */ |
bbf6f052 | 11235 | |
d804ed43 RH |
11236 | if (first == 0) |
11237 | first = get_insns (); | |
11238 | else if (INSN_DELETED_P (first)) | |
b93a436e JL |
11239 | abort (); |
11240 | else | |
d804ed43 | 11241 | first = NEXT_INSN (first); |
bbf6f052 | 11242 | |
d804ed43 RH |
11243 | /* Look for multiple branches in this sequence, as might be generated |
11244 | for a multi-word integer comparison. */ | |
11245 | ||
11246 | br_count = 0; | |
11247 | branch = NULL_RTX; | |
11248 | for (insn = first; insn ; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
b93a436e JL |
11249 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN) |
11250 | { | |
b93a436e | 11251 | branch = insn; |
d804ed43 | 11252 | br_count += 1; |
b93a436e | 11253 | } |
a7c5971a | 11254 | |
d804ed43 RH |
11255 | /* If we've got one branch at the end of the sequence, |
11256 | we can try to reverse it. */ | |
bbf6f052 | 11257 | |
d804ed43 | 11258 | if (br_count == 1 && NEXT_INSN (branch) == NULL_RTX) |
b93a436e | 11259 | { |
d804ed43 RH |
11260 | rtx insn_label; |
11261 | insn_label = XEXP (condjump_label (branch), 0); | |
11262 | JUMP_LABEL (branch) = insn_label; | |
11263 | ||
11264 | if (insn_label != if_false_label) | |
11265 | abort (); | |
11266 | ||
11267 | if (invert_jump (branch, if_false_label)) | |
11268 | return; | |
b93a436e | 11269 | } |
d804ed43 RH |
11270 | |
11271 | /* Multiple branches, or reversion failed. Convert to branches | |
11272 | around an unconditional jump. */ | |
11273 | ||
11274 | if_true_label = gen_label_rtx (); | |
11275 | for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
11276 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN) | |
11277 | { | |
11278 | rtx insn_label; | |
11279 | insn_label = XEXP (condjump_label (insn), 0); | |
11280 | JUMP_LABEL (insn) = insn_label; | |
11281 | ||
11282 | if (insn_label == if_false_label) | |
11283 | redirect_jump (insn, if_true_label); | |
11284 | } | |
11285 | emit_jump (if_false_label); | |
11286 | emit_label (if_true_label); | |
b93a436e JL |
11287 | } |
11288 | } | |
11289 | \f | |
11290 | /* Generate code for a comparison expression EXP | |
11291 | (including code to compute the values to be compared) | |
11292 | and set (CC0) according to the result. | |
11293 | SIGNED_CODE should be the rtx operation for this comparison for | |
11294 | signed data; UNSIGNED_CODE, likewise for use if data is unsigned. | |
bbf6f052 | 11295 | |
b93a436e JL |
11296 | We force a stack adjustment unless there are currently |
11297 | things pushed on the stack that aren't yet used. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11298 | |
b93a436e JL |
11299 | static rtx |
11300 | compare (exp, signed_code, unsigned_code) | |
11301 | register tree exp; | |
11302 | enum rtx_code signed_code, unsigned_code; | |
11303 | { | |
76bbe028 ZW |
11304 | register rtx op0, op1; |
11305 | register tree type; | |
11306 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
11307 | int unsignedp; | |
11308 | enum rtx_code code; | |
11309 | ||
11310 | /* Don't crash if the comparison was erroneous. */ | |
11311 | op0 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
11312 | if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) == ERROR_MARK) | |
11313 | return op0; | |
11314 | ||
11315 | op1 = expand_expr (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
11316 | type = TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)); | |
11317 | mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
11318 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
11319 | code = unsignedp ? unsigned_code : signed_code; | |
ca695ac9 | 11320 | |
b93a436e JL |
11321 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare |
11322 | /* If function pointers need to be "canonicalized" before they can | |
11323 | be reliably compared, then canonicalize them. */ | |
11324 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
11325 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
11326 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
11327 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
bbf6f052 | 11328 | { |
b93a436e | 11329 | rtx new_op0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); |
bbf6f052 | 11330 | |
b93a436e JL |
11331 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op0, op0)); |
11332 | op0 = new_op0; | |
ca695ac9 | 11333 | } |
bbf6f052 | 11334 | |
b93a436e JL |
11335 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare |
11336 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
11337 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
11338 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
11339 | { | |
11340 | rtx new_op1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
bbf6f052 | 11341 | |
b93a436e JL |
11342 | emit_insn (gen_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare (new_op1, op1)); |
11343 | op1 = new_op1; | |
11344 | } | |
11345 | #endif | |
0f41302f | 11346 | |
b93a436e JL |
11347 | return compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, |
11348 | ((mode == BLKmode) | |
11349 | ? expr_size (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)) : NULL_RTX), | |
11350 | TYPE_ALIGN (TREE_TYPE (exp)) / BITS_PER_UNIT); | |
ca695ac9 | 11351 | } |
bbf6f052 | 11352 | |
b93a436e JL |
11353 | /* Like compare but expects the values to compare as two rtx's. |
11354 | The decision as to signed or unsigned comparison must be made by the caller. | |
bbf6f052 | 11355 | |
b93a436e JL |
11356 | If MODE is BLKmode, SIZE is an RTX giving the size of the objects being |
11357 | compared. | |
bbf6f052 | 11358 | |
b93a436e JL |
11359 | If ALIGN is non-zero, it is the alignment of this type; if zero, the |
11360 | size of MODE should be used. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11361 | |
b93a436e JL |
11362 | rtx |
11363 | compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, mode, size, align) | |
11364 | register rtx op0, op1; | |
11365 | enum rtx_code code; | |
11366 | int unsignedp; | |
11367 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
11368 | rtx size; | |
11369 | int align; | |
bbf6f052 | 11370 | { |
b93a436e | 11371 | rtx tem; |
bbf6f052 | 11372 | |
b93a436e JL |
11373 | /* If one operand is constant, make it the second one. Only do this |
11374 | if the other operand is not constant as well. */ | |
e7c33f54 | 11375 | |
b93a436e JL |
11376 | if ((CONSTANT_P (op0) && ! CONSTANT_P (op1)) |
11377 | || (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)) | |
ca695ac9 | 11378 | { |
b93a436e JL |
11379 | tem = op0; |
11380 | op0 = op1; | |
11381 | op1 = tem; | |
11382 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
11383 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11384 | |
b93a436e JL |
11385 | if (flag_force_mem) |
11386 | { | |
11387 | op0 = force_not_mem (op0); | |
11388 | op1 = force_not_mem (op1); | |
11389 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11390 | |
b93a436e | 11391 | do_pending_stack_adjust (); |
ca695ac9 | 11392 | |
b93a436e JL |
11393 | if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT |
11394 | && (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0) | |
11395 | return tem; | |
ca695ac9 | 11396 | |
b93a436e JL |
11397 | #if 0 |
11398 | /* There's no need to do this now that combine.c can eliminate lots of | |
11399 | sign extensions. This can be less efficient in certain cases on other | |
11400 | machines. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11401 | |
b93a436e JL |
11402 | /* If this is a signed equality comparison, we can do it as an |
11403 | unsigned comparison since zero-extension is cheaper than sign | |
11404 | extension and comparisons with zero are done as unsigned. This is | |
11405 | the case even on machines that can do fast sign extension, since | |
11406 | zero-extension is easier to combine with other operations than | |
11407 | sign-extension is. If we are comparing against a constant, we must | |
11408 | convert it to what it would look like unsigned. */ | |
11409 | if ((code == EQ || code == NE) && ! unsignedp | |
11410 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
11411 | { | |
11412 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT | |
11413 | && (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))) != INTVAL (op1)) | |
11414 | op1 = GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0))); | |
11415 | unsignedp = 1; | |
11416 | } | |
11417 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 11418 | |
b93a436e | 11419 | emit_cmp_insn (op0, op1, code, size, mode, unsignedp, align); |
ca695ac9 | 11420 | |
b93a436e JL |
11421 | return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, cc0_rtx, const0_rtx); |
11422 | } | |
11423 | \f | |
11424 | /* Generate code to calculate EXP using a store-flag instruction | |
11425 | and return an rtx for the result. EXP is either a comparison | |
11426 | or a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR whose operand is a comparison. | |
ca695ac9 | 11427 | |
b93a436e | 11428 | If TARGET is nonzero, store the result there if convenient. |
ca695ac9 | 11429 | |
b93a436e JL |
11430 | If ONLY_CHEAP is non-zero, only do this if it is likely to be very |
11431 | cheap. | |
ca695ac9 | 11432 | |
b93a436e JL |
11433 | Return zero if there is no suitable set-flag instruction |
11434 | available on this machine. | |
ca695ac9 | 11435 | |
b93a436e JL |
11436 | Once expand_expr has been called on the arguments of the comparison, |
11437 | we are committed to doing the store flag, since it is not safe to | |
11438 | re-evaluate the expression. We emit the store-flag insn by calling | |
11439 | emit_store_flag, but only expand the arguments if we have a reason | |
11440 | to believe that emit_store_flag will be successful. If we think that | |
11441 | it will, but it isn't, we have to simulate the store-flag with a | |
11442 | set/jump/set sequence. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11443 | |
b93a436e JL |
11444 | static rtx |
11445 | do_store_flag (exp, target, mode, only_cheap) | |
11446 | tree exp; | |
11447 | rtx target; | |
11448 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
11449 | int only_cheap; | |
11450 | { | |
11451 | enum rtx_code code; | |
11452 | tree arg0, arg1, type; | |
11453 | tree tem; | |
11454 | enum machine_mode operand_mode; | |
11455 | int invert = 0; | |
11456 | int unsignedp; | |
11457 | rtx op0, op1; | |
11458 | enum insn_code icode; | |
11459 | rtx subtarget = target; | |
381127e8 | 11460 | rtx result, label; |
ca695ac9 | 11461 | |
b93a436e JL |
11462 | /* If this is a TRUTH_NOT_EXPR, set a flag indicating we must invert the |
11463 | result at the end. We can't simply invert the test since it would | |
11464 | have already been inverted if it were valid. This case occurs for | |
11465 | some floating-point comparisons. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11466 | |
b93a436e JL |
11467 | if (TREE_CODE (exp) == TRUTH_NOT_EXPR) |
11468 | invert = 1, exp = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 11469 | |
b93a436e JL |
11470 | arg0 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0); |
11471 | arg1 = TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1); | |
11472 | type = TREE_TYPE (arg0); | |
11473 | operand_mode = TYPE_MODE (type); | |
11474 | unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (type); | |
ca695ac9 | 11475 | |
b93a436e JL |
11476 | /* We won't bother with BLKmode store-flag operations because it would mean |
11477 | passing a lot of information to emit_store_flag. */ | |
11478 | if (operand_mode == BLKmode) | |
11479 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 11480 | |
b93a436e JL |
11481 | /* We won't bother with store-flag operations involving function pointers |
11482 | when function pointers must be canonicalized before comparisons. */ | |
11483 | #ifdef HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
11484 | if (HAVE_canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare | |
11485 | && ((TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
11486 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 0)))) | |
11487 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)) | |
11488 | || (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1))) == POINTER_TYPE | |
11489 | && (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (exp, 1)))) | |
11490 | == FUNCTION_TYPE)))) | |
11491 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 JB |
11492 | #endif |
11493 | ||
b93a436e JL |
11494 | STRIP_NOPS (arg0); |
11495 | STRIP_NOPS (arg1); | |
ca695ac9 | 11496 | |
b93a436e JL |
11497 | /* Get the rtx comparison code to use. We know that EXP is a comparison |
11498 | operation of some type. Some comparisons against 1 and -1 can be | |
11499 | converted to comparisons with zero. Do so here so that the tests | |
11500 | below will be aware that we have a comparison with zero. These | |
11501 | tests will not catch constants in the first operand, but constants | |
11502 | are rarely passed as the first operand. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11503 | |
b93a436e JL |
11504 | switch (TREE_CODE (exp)) |
11505 | { | |
11506 | case EQ_EXPR: | |
11507 | code = EQ; | |
bbf6f052 | 11508 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
11509 | case NE_EXPR: |
11510 | code = NE; | |
bbf6f052 | 11511 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
11512 | case LT_EXPR: |
11513 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
11514 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
11515 | else | |
11516 | code = unsignedp ? LTU : LT; | |
ca695ac9 | 11517 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
11518 | case LE_EXPR: |
11519 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
11520 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = LT; | |
11521 | else | |
11522 | code = unsignedp ? LEU : LE; | |
ca695ac9 | 11523 | break; |
b93a436e JL |
11524 | case GT_EXPR: |
11525 | if (! unsignedp && integer_all_onesp (arg1)) | |
11526 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = GE; | |
11527 | else | |
11528 | code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
11529 | break; | |
11530 | case GE_EXPR: | |
11531 | if (integer_onep (arg1)) | |
11532 | arg1 = integer_zero_node, code = unsignedp ? GTU : GT; | |
11533 | else | |
11534 | code = unsignedp ? GEU : GE; | |
ca695ac9 | 11535 | break; |
ca695ac9 | 11536 | default: |
b93a436e | 11537 | abort (); |
bbf6f052 | 11538 | } |
bbf6f052 | 11539 | |
b93a436e JL |
11540 | /* Put a constant second. */ |
11541 | if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == REAL_CST || TREE_CODE (arg0) == INTEGER_CST) | |
11542 | { | |
11543 | tem = arg0; arg0 = arg1; arg1 = tem; | |
11544 | code = swap_condition (code); | |
ca695ac9 | 11545 | } |
bbf6f052 | 11546 | |
b93a436e JL |
11547 | /* If this is an equality or inequality test of a single bit, we can |
11548 | do this by shifting the bit being tested to the low-order bit and | |
11549 | masking the result with the constant 1. If the condition was EQ, | |
11550 | we xor it with 1. This does not require an scc insn and is faster | |
11551 | than an scc insn even if we have it. */ | |
d39985fa | 11552 | |
b93a436e JL |
11553 | if ((code == NE || code == EQ) |
11554 | && TREE_CODE (arg0) == BIT_AND_EXPR && integer_zerop (arg1) | |
11555 | && integer_pow2p (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1))) | |
11556 | { | |
11557 | tree inner = TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 0); | |
11558 | int bitnum = tree_log2 (TREE_OPERAND (arg0, 1)); | |
11559 | int ops_unsignedp; | |
bbf6f052 | 11560 | |
b93a436e JL |
11561 | /* If INNER is a right shift of a constant and it plus BITNUM does |
11562 | not overflow, adjust BITNUM and INNER. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11563 | |
b93a436e JL |
11564 | if (TREE_CODE (inner) == RSHIFT_EXPR |
11565 | && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == INTEGER_CST | |
11566 | && TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) == 0 | |
11567 | && (bitnum + TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)) | |
11568 | < TYPE_PRECISION (type))) | |
ca695ac9 | 11569 | { |
b93a436e JL |
11570 | bitnum += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_OPERAND (inner, 1)); |
11571 | inner = TREE_OPERAND (inner, 0); | |
ca695ac9 | 11572 | } |
ca695ac9 | 11573 | |
b93a436e JL |
11574 | /* If we are going to be able to omit the AND below, we must do our |
11575 | operations as unsigned. If we must use the AND, we have a choice. | |
11576 | Normally unsigned is faster, but for some machines signed is. */ | |
11577 | ops_unsignedp = (bitnum == TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1 ? 1 | |
11578 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP | |
11579 | : (LOAD_EXTEND_OP (operand_mode) == SIGN_EXTEND ? 0 : 1) | |
11580 | #else | |
11581 | : 1 | |
11582 | #endif | |
11583 | ); | |
bbf6f052 | 11584 | |
b93a436e JL |
11585 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG |
11586 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
e5e809f4 | 11587 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, inner, 1)) |
b93a436e | 11588 | subtarget = 0; |
bbf6f052 | 11589 | |
b93a436e | 11590 | op0 = expand_expr (inner, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); |
bbf6f052 | 11591 | |
b93a436e JL |
11592 | if (bitnum != 0) |
11593 | op0 = expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, GET_MODE (op0), op0, | |
11594 | size_int (bitnum), subtarget, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 11595 | |
b93a436e JL |
11596 | if (GET_MODE (op0) != mode) |
11597 | op0 = convert_to_mode (mode, op0, ops_unsignedp); | |
bbf6f052 | 11598 | |
b93a436e JL |
11599 | if ((code == EQ && ! invert) || (code == NE && invert)) |
11600 | op0 = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, op0, const1_rtx, subtarget, | |
11601 | ops_unsignedp, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
bbf6f052 | 11602 | |
b93a436e JL |
11603 | /* Put the AND last so it can combine with more things. */ |
11604 | if (bitnum != TYPE_PRECISION (type) - 1) | |
11605 | op0 = expand_and (op0, const1_rtx, subtarget); | |
bbf6f052 | 11606 | |
b93a436e JL |
11607 | return op0; |
11608 | } | |
bbf6f052 | 11609 | |
b93a436e JL |
11610 | /* Now see if we are likely to be able to do this. Return if not. */ |
11611 | if (! can_compare_p (operand_mode)) | |
11612 | return 0; | |
11613 | icode = setcc_gen_code[(int) code]; | |
11614 | if (icode == CODE_FOR_nothing | |
11615 | || (only_cheap && insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][0] != mode)) | |
ca695ac9 | 11616 | { |
b93a436e JL |
11617 | /* We can only do this if it is one of the special cases that |
11618 | can be handled without an scc insn. */ | |
11619 | if ((code == LT && integer_zerop (arg1)) | |
11620 | || (! only_cheap && code == GE && integer_zerop (arg1))) | |
11621 | ; | |
11622 | else if (BRANCH_COST >= 0 | |
11623 | && ! only_cheap && (code == NE || code == EQ) | |
11624 | && TREE_CODE (type) != REAL_TYPE | |
11625 | && ((abs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
11626 | != CODE_FOR_nothing) | |
11627 | || (ffs_optab->handlers[(int) operand_mode].insn_code | |
11628 | != CODE_FOR_nothing))) | |
11629 | ; | |
11630 | else | |
11631 | return 0; | |
ca695ac9 | 11632 | } |
b93a436e JL |
11633 | |
11634 | preexpand_calls (exp); | |
11635 | if (subtarget == 0 || GET_CODE (subtarget) != REG | |
11636 | || GET_MODE (subtarget) != operand_mode | |
e5e809f4 | 11637 | || ! safe_from_p (subtarget, arg1, 1)) |
b93a436e JL |
11638 | subtarget = 0; |
11639 | ||
11640 | op0 = expand_expr (arg0, subtarget, VOIDmode, 0); | |
11641 | op1 = expand_expr (arg1, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0); | |
11642 | ||
11643 | if (target == 0) | |
11644 | target = gen_reg_rtx (mode); | |
11645 | ||
11646 | /* Pass copies of OP0 and OP1 in case they contain a QUEUED. This is safe | |
11647 | because, if the emit_store_flag does anything it will succeed and | |
11648 | OP0 and OP1 will not be used subsequently. */ | |
ca695ac9 | 11649 | |
b93a436e JL |
11650 | result = emit_store_flag (target, code, |
11651 | queued_subexp_p (op0) ? copy_rtx (op0) : op0, | |
11652 | queued_subexp_p (op1) ? copy_rtx (op1) : op1, | |
11653 | operand_mode, unsignedp, 1); | |
ca695ac9 | 11654 | |
b93a436e JL |
11655 | if (result) |
11656 | { | |
11657 | if (invert) | |
11658 | result = expand_binop (mode, xor_optab, result, const1_rtx, | |
11659 | result, 0, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN); | |
11660 | return result; | |
ca695ac9 | 11661 | } |
bbf6f052 | 11662 | |
b93a436e JL |
11663 | /* If this failed, we have to do this with set/compare/jump/set code. */ |
11664 | if (GET_CODE (target) != REG | |
11665 | || reg_mentioned_p (target, op0) || reg_mentioned_p (target, op1)) | |
11666 | target = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (target)); | |
11667 | ||
11668 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
11669 | result = compare_from_rtx (op0, op1, code, unsignedp, | |
11670 | operand_mode, NULL_RTX, 0); | |
11671 | if (GET_CODE (result) == CONST_INT) | |
11672 | return (((result == const0_rtx && ! invert) | |
11673 | || (result != const0_rtx && invert)) | |
11674 | ? const0_rtx : const1_rtx); | |
ca695ac9 | 11675 | |
b93a436e JL |
11676 | label = gen_label_rtx (); |
11677 | if (bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code] == 0) | |
11678 | abort (); | |
0f41302f | 11679 | |
b93a436e JL |
11680 | emit_jump_insn ((*bcc_gen_fctn[(int) code]) (label)); |
11681 | emit_move_insn (target, invert ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
11682 | emit_label (label); | |
bbf6f052 | 11683 | |
b93a436e | 11684 | return target; |
ca695ac9 | 11685 | } |
b93a436e JL |
11686 | \f |
11687 | /* Generate a tablejump instruction (used for switch statements). */ | |
11688 | ||
11689 | #ifdef HAVE_tablejump | |
e87b4f3f | 11690 | |
b93a436e JL |
11691 | /* INDEX is the value being switched on, with the lowest value |
11692 | in the table already subtracted. | |
11693 | MODE is its expected mode (needed if INDEX is constant). | |
11694 | RANGE is the length of the jump table. | |
11695 | TABLE_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx for the table itself. | |
88d3b7f0 | 11696 | |
b93a436e JL |
11697 | DEFAULT_LABEL is a CODE_LABEL rtx to jump to if the |
11698 | index value is out of range. */ | |
0f41302f | 11699 | |
ca695ac9 | 11700 | void |
b93a436e JL |
11701 | do_tablejump (index, mode, range, table_label, default_label) |
11702 | rtx index, range, table_label, default_label; | |
11703 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
ca695ac9 | 11704 | { |
b93a436e | 11705 | register rtx temp, vector; |
88d3b7f0 | 11706 | |
b93a436e JL |
11707 | /* Do an unsigned comparison (in the proper mode) between the index |
11708 | expression and the value which represents the length of the range. | |
11709 | Since we just finished subtracting the lower bound of the range | |
11710 | from the index expression, this comparison allows us to simultaneously | |
11711 | check that the original index expression value is both greater than | |
11712 | or equal to the minimum value of the range and less than or equal to | |
11713 | the maximum value of the range. */ | |
709f5be1 | 11714 | |
c5d5d461 JL |
11715 | emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (index, range, GTU, NULL_RTX, mode, 1, |
11716 | 0, default_label); | |
bbf6f052 | 11717 | |
b93a436e JL |
11718 | /* If index is in range, it must fit in Pmode. |
11719 | Convert to Pmode so we can index with it. */ | |
11720 | if (mode != Pmode) | |
11721 | index = convert_to_mode (Pmode, index, 1); | |
bbf6f052 | 11722 | |
b93a436e JL |
11723 | /* Don't let a MEM slip thru, because then INDEX that comes |
11724 | out of PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS won't be a valid address, | |
11725 | and break_out_memory_refs will go to work on it and mess it up. */ | |
11726 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
11727 | if (flag_pic && GET_CODE (index) != REG) | |
11728 | index = copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, index); | |
11729 | #endif | |
ca695ac9 | 11730 | |
b93a436e JL |
11731 | /* If flag_force_addr were to affect this address |
11732 | it could interfere with the tricky assumptions made | |
11733 | about addresses that contain label-refs, | |
11734 | which may be valid only very near the tablejump itself. */ | |
11735 | /* ??? The only correct use of CASE_VECTOR_MODE is the one inside the | |
11736 | GET_MODE_SIZE, because this indicates how large insns are. The other | |
11737 | uses should all be Pmode, because they are addresses. This code | |
11738 | could fail if addresses and insns are not the same size. */ | |
11739 | index = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, | |
11740 | gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, index, | |
11741 | GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (CASE_VECTOR_MODE))), | |
11742 | gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, table_label)); | |
11743 | #ifdef PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS | |
11744 | if (flag_pic) | |
11745 | index = PIC_CASE_VECTOR_ADDRESS (index); | |
11746 | else | |
bbf6f052 | 11747 | #endif |
b93a436e JL |
11748 | index = memory_address_noforce (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); |
11749 | temp = gen_reg_rtx (CASE_VECTOR_MODE); | |
11750 | vector = gen_rtx_MEM (CASE_VECTOR_MODE, index); | |
11751 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (vector) = 1; | |
11752 | convert_move (temp, vector, 0); | |
11753 | ||
11754 | emit_jump_insn (gen_tablejump (temp, table_label)); | |
11755 | ||
11756 | /* If we are generating PIC code or if the table is PC-relative, the | |
11757 | table and JUMP_INSN must be adjacent, so don't output a BARRIER. */ | |
11758 | if (! CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE && ! flag_pic) | |
11759 | emit_barrier (); | |
bbf6f052 | 11760 | } |
b93a436e JL |
11761 | |
11762 | #endif /* HAVE_tablejump */ |